Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition by kevotinhhanhphuc

VIEWS: 7,482 PAGES: 364

                g Easier!                  3rd Edition
Making Everythin


Learn to:
• Sign up on Facebook, create a Profile,
  and use privacy features

• Find old friends and make new ones

• Share photos and videos and send
  private messages

• Create a page for your business or
  promote a cause or event

Carolyn Abram
Leah Pearlman
           Get More and Do More at Dummies.com ®
                                                  Start with FREE Cheat Sheets
                                                  Cheat Sheets include
                                                     • Checklists
                                                     • Charts
                                                     • Common Instructions
                                                     • And Other Good Stuff!

              To access the Cheat Sheet created specifically for this book, go to

Get Smart at Dummies.com
Dummies.com makes your life easier with 1,000s
of answers on everything from removing wallpaper
to using the latest version of Windows.

Check out our
   • Videos
   • Illustrated Articles
   • Step-by-Step Instructions

Plus, each month you can win valuable prizes by entering
our Dummies.com sweepstakes. *

Want a weekly dose of Dummies? Sign up for Newsletters on
  • Digital Photography
  • Microsoft Windows & Office
  • Personal Finance & Investing
  • Health & Wellness
  • Computing, iPods & Cell Phones
  • eBay
  • Internet
  • Food, Home & Garden

Find out “HOW” at Dummies.com
*Sweepstakes not currently available in all countries; visit Dummies.com for official rules.
Facebook          ®



         3RD   EDITION
      Facebook               ®



                    3RD   EDITION

by Carolyn Abram and Leah Pearlman
Facebook® For Dummies® 3rd Edition
Published by
Wiley Publishing, Inc.
111 River Street
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Copyright © 2010 by Wiley Publishing, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana
Published by Wiley Publishing, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning or otherwise, except as permit-
ted under Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without either the prior written
permission of the Publisher, or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the
Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, (978) 750-8400, fax (978) 646-8600.
Requests to the Publisher for permission should be addressed to the Permissions Department, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030, (201) 748-6011, fax (201) 748-6008, or online at http://
Trademarks: Wiley, the Wiley Publishing logo, For Dummies, the Dummies Man logo, A Reference for the
Rest of Us!, The Dummies Way, Dummies Daily, The Fun and Easy Way, Dummies.com, Making Everything
Easier, and related trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and/
or its affiliates in the United States and other countries, and may not be used without written permission.
Facebook is a registered trademark of Facebook, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respec-
tive owners. Wiley Publishing, Inc., is not associated with any product or vendor mentioned in this book.


For general information on our other products and services, please contact our Customer Care
Department within the U.S. at 877-762-2974, outside the U.S. at 317-572-3993, or fax 317-572-4002.
For technical support, please visit www.wiley.com/techsupport.
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats. Some content that appears in print may
not be available in electronic books.
Library of Congress Control Number: 2010935575
ISBN: 978-0-470-87804-0
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
About the Authors
    Carolyn Abram: One of the first Facebook users on the west coast, Carolyn
    took her English degree from Stanford University (Class of 2006) and decided
    the best career move was to get paid to be on Facebook all day long. At
    Facebook from 2006 to 2009, Carolyn is currently studying fiction writing at
    California College of the Arts in San Francisco. Originally from Ardsley, New
    York, Carolyn resides in California. Her hobbies include hiking, writing, enjoy-
    ing sunshine, mocking her friends, and playing Ultimate Frisbee.

    Leah Pearlman: Leah graduated with a degree in computer science from
    Brown University, where she first signed up for Facebook to find out the
    name of a boy in a class. Typical. She spent two years at Microsoft learning
    the product management ropes (seriously, there are ropes) before becom-
    ing a Product Manager for Facebook. Since joining, she has worked on a wide
    range of projects including messaging and the Inbox, News Feed, Pages, and
    Ads. She currently works on Facebook’s Internal Communications team. Her
    hobbies include such pretentious sounding activities as yoga, snowboarding,
    writing, and playing Ultimate Frisbee.
Authors’ Acknowledgments
    First and foremost, we’d like to thank Blake Ross, double agent and ghost
    writer extraordinaire. We also could never have started (or finished) this
    book without the help of everyone at Wiley: Steve Hayes, Nicole Sholly,
    Blair Pottenger, as well as everyone listed on the other side of this page. We
    don’t have space to list by name everyone on the Facebook team we’d like to
    thank; everyone who makes Facebook such a great product to write about,
    and use.

    Leah gives her personal thanks to Mom and Dad for the endless supply
    of you-can-do-its and nose-to-the-grindstone-kiddos. Special shout-out to
    brother DJ, nephew Collin, and Uncle Marc for graduating from newbie to
    Facebook-JV, without the help of this handy how-to. Thanks Maggie and
    Emily for your sisterly and BFF-erly love, respectively. An obvious, yet totally
    genuine thanks to Carolyn; if you had an Awesome button, I’d press it. Finally,
    thank you, spell-check; without ewe nothing eye right wood make any cents.

    Carolyn gives her personal thanks to Eric (nee Boyfriend), Mom and Dad,
    Becca and Matt, Charlotte, Grandma and Grandma. Thank you friends for all
    of the support over the last year. Lastly, to Leah: If you had any of the follow-
    ing buttons, I’d press them: Awesome, Awkward, and Spell Check.

    In closing, we’d like to thank the millions of Facebook users around the world
    who are busy connecting, organizing, and generally having fun on Facebook.
    Keep on signin’ on.
Publisher’s Acknowledgments
We’re proud of this book; please send us your comments at http://dummies.custhelp.com.
For other comments, please contact our Customer Care Department within the U.S. at 877-762-2974,
outside the U.S. at 317-572-3993, or fax 317-572-4002.
Some of the people who helped bring this book to market include the following:

Acquisitions, Editorial                           Composition Services
Project Editor: Nicole Sholly                      Project Coordinator: Sheree Montgomery
Executive Editor: Steve Hayes                      Layout and Graphics: Carl Byers,
Copy Editor: Melba Hopper                             Ashley Chamberlain

Technical Editor: Claudia Snell                    Proofreaders: John Greenough,
                                                      Nancy L. Reinhardt
Editorial Manager: Kevin Kirschner
                                                   Indexer: Galen Schroeder
Editorial Assistant: Amanda Graham
Sr. Editorial Assistant: Cherie Case
Cartoons: Rich Tennant

Publishing and Editorial for Technology Dummies
    Richard Swadley, Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
    Andy Cummings, Vice President and Publisher
    Mary Bednarek, Executive Acquisitions Director
    Mary C. Corder, Editorial Director
Publishing for Consumer Dummies
    Diane Graves Steele, Vice President and Publisher
Composition Services
    Debbie Stailey, Director of Composition Services
               Contents at a Glance
Introduction ................................................................ 1
Part I: Getting Started with Facebook ........................... 7
Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook ........................................................................ 9
Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook .......................................................... 29
Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook ......................................................... 41
Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends ............................................................................ 51
Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook ................................................................. 67

Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook ........................ 83
Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile............................................................................. 85
Chapter 7: Social Stories ............................................................................................... 107
Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes................................... 117
Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends .................................................................. 141

Part III: Getting Organized ....................................... 161
Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook ............................................ 163
Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook ...................................................... 183
Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business ......................................................... 197

Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook ...................... 231
Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web ............................................................................. 233
Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go .................................................................................. 259
Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising ............................................................... 275

Part V: The Part of Tens ........................................... 291
Chapter 16: Ten Great Third-Party Applications ....................................................... 293
Chapter 17:Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely Impacts Lives ......................................... 297
Chapter 18: Ten Questions That Leah and Carolyn Get a Lot.................................. 305
Chapter 19: Ten True Facebook Tales ........................................................................ 313

Index ...................................................................... 319
                  Table of Contents
Introduction ................................................................. 1
           About Facebook For Dummies ....................................................................... 1
           Foolish Assumptions ....................................................................................... 2
           Conventions Used in This Book ..................................................................... 2
           What You Don’t Have to Read........................................................................ 3
           How This Book Is Organized .......................................................................... 3
                 Part I: Getting Started with Facebook ................................................. 3
                 Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook ................................................ 4
                 Part III: Getting Organized..................................................................... 4
                 Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook ............................................... 4
                 Part V: The Part of Tens ........................................................................ 4
           Icons Used in This Book ................................................................................. 5
           Where to Go from Here ................................................................................... 5

Part I: Getting Started with Facebook ............................ 7
     Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
           Figuring Out What Facebook Is Exactly ...................................................... 10
           Discovering What You Can Do on Facebook.............................................. 11
                 Establish a Profile ................................................................................ 11
                 Connect with friends ........................................................................... 13
                 Communicate with Facebook friends ................................................ 13
                 Share your words ................................................................................. 14
                 Share your pictures ............................................................................. 14
                 Plan events, join groups ...................................................................... 15
                 Facebook and the Web ........................................................................ 15
                 Promote your business ....................................................................... 16
           Keeping in Mind What You Can’t Do on Facebook.................................... 17
                 You can’t lie .......................................................................................... 17
                 You can’t be twelve ............................................................................. 18
                 You can’t troll ....................................................................................... 18
                 You can’t upload illegal content ........................................................ 18
           Realizing How Facebook Is Different from Other Social Sites .................. 19
           Who Is on Facebook ...................................................................................... 19
                 Students of the ’Book .......................................................................... 21
                 The School of Life ................................................................................ 23
                 Putting Facebook to work at work ..................................................... 24
                 Facebook is all grown up .................................................................... 24
                 Le Facebook International .................................................................. 28
xii   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

               Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
                     Signing Up for Facebook ............................................................................... 29
                     Making Facebook Revolve Around You ...................................................... 32
                           Current city........................................................................................... 32
                           Networks ............................................................................................... 32
                     Setting Up Your Profile ................................................................................. 34
                           The Information Box ............................................................................ 36
                           Education and work history ............................................................... 36
                           Profile picture ....................................................................................... 36
                     Trust Me: Getting Verified ............................................................................ 37

               Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
                     Checking Out the Blue Bar on Top .............................................................. 41
                     Discovering the Home Page ......................................................................... 44
                          News Feed ............................................................................................. 45
                          Getting published................................................................................. 45
                          Down the left ........................................................................................ 46
                          Accessing applications........................................................................ 47
                          Chat........................................................................................................ 48
                          Right column, what’s up? .................................................................... 48
                          Lowest links .......................................................................................... 49

               Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
                     What Is a Facebook Friend?.......................................................................... 52
                          A reflection of reality ........................................................................... 52
                          A contact ............................................................................................... 52
                          A privacy implication .......................................................................... 53
                          A News Feed implication..................................................................... 53
                          A real-time implication ........................................................................ 53
                     Discovering the Facebook Friend Philosophy ........................................... 54
                          Choose your friends wisely ................................................................ 54
                          It’s quality, not quantity ...................................................................... 54
                     Finding Your Friends on Facebook.............................................................. 55
                          If only real life had a Friend Finder .................................................... 55
                          Find what you’re looking for: Search................................................. 61
                     Keeping Track: Friend List Management .................................................... 64
                          Creating and applying Friend Lists .................................................... 64
                          Spring friend–cleaning......................................................................... 66

               Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
                     Seeing the Win-Win of Privacy ..................................................................... 68
                     Know Your Audience .................................................................................... 68
                          Custom-made privacy ......................................................................... 70
                     Know Your Privacy Options ......................................................................... 71
                          Basic Directory ..................................................................................... 72
                          Sharing on Facebook ........................................................................... 74
                          Applications and Web sites ................................................................ 75
                                                                                                Table of Contents                xiii
                Block lists .............................................................................................. 76
                The Application Privacy page ............................................................ 78
           Taking Personal Responsibility for Safety .................................................. 79
           Remembering That It Takes a Village to Raise a Facebook...................... 80
           Peeking Behind the Scenes........................................................................... 81
                Protecting minors ................................................................................ 81
                Preventing spam and viruses ............................................................. 82

Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook ......................... 83
    Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
           “Wall” You Need Is Love ............................................................................... 86
                 Understanding the Publisher ............................................................. 87
           Getting the Lowdown on Info ....................................................................... 92
                 Back to basics....................................................................................... 93
                 Getting personal ................................................................................... 93
                 Getting in touch.................................................................................... 94
                 Education and work ............................................................................. 94
           Hello, Photos .................................................................................................. 94
           Thinking Inside the Boxes ............................................................................ 95
                 Profile picture, Action links, and Bio box ......................................... 96
                 The Friends box ................................................................................... 97
                 Application boxes ................................................................................ 98
           Profile-Building Strategies ............................................................................ 99
                 Building a Profile for yourself............................................................. 99
                 Building a Profile for promotion ...................................................... 100
                 Sharing yourself with family, friends, and the world .................... 101
           Choosing Who Can See What ..................................................................... 102
                 Know your options ............................................................................ 102
                 Your Profile is in the eye of the beholder ....................................... 103
                 Contact information .......................................................................... 104
                 Your birthday ..................................................................................... 104

    Chapter 7: Social Stories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
           Going to the Wall ......................................................................................... 107
           Everything but the Kitchen Sink ................................................................ 110
                Just give me the Highlights ............................................................... 112
           Searching the World Over .......................................................................... 113

    Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes . . . . . .117
           Finding the Common Themes in Applications ......................................... 118
           Photos and Video ........................................................................................ 118
                The Photos Dashboard ..................................................................... 119
xiv   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

                     Uploading Photos and Video...................................................................... 120
                           Uploading photos............................................................................... 121
                           Uploading video ................................................................................. 123
                           Recording video ................................................................................. 125
                     Editing and Tagging Photos and Videos ................................................... 126
                           Editing and tagging photos ............................................................... 127
                           Editing and tagging videos................................................................ 130
                     Viewing Photos and Videos of You ........................................................... 131
                     Looking at the Profile Picture Album ........................................................ 132
                     Discovering Privacy .................................................................................... 132
                           Album and Video privacy ................................................................. 132
                           Photos and Videos of You privacy .................................................. 133
                     Notes ............................................................................................................. 134
                           Writing a note ..................................................................................... 135
                           Formatting a Note .............................................................................. 136
                           Adding photos to a note ................................................................... 137
                           Tagging friends in your note ............................................................ 138
                           Importing a blog into Notes .............................................................. 138
                           Reading, liking, and commenting
                              on your friends’ notes ................................................................... 139

               Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
                     Just between You and Me........................................................................... 142
                           Messages ............................................................................................. 142
                           Sharing is caring................................................................................. 149
                           Chat...................................................................................................... 152
                           Anatomy of Chat ................................................................................ 153
                           Poke ..................................................................................................... 155
                           Requests.............................................................................................. 156
                           Notifications ....................................................................................... 156
                     Public Displays of Affection: Comments, Publisher, and the Wall ........ 158
                           The writing’s on the Wall .................................................................. 158
                           Care to comment? .............................................................................. 160
                           Broader audience............................................................................... 160

           Part III: Getting Organized ....................................... 161
               Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook . . . . . . . . . . .163
                     Getting Going with Groups ......................................................................... 163
                           Joining a Group .................................................................................. 164
                           Anatomy of a Group........................................................................... 165
                           Adding your two cents (or more) .................................................... 169
                     Finding the Group for You .......................................................................... 169
                           Searching Groups............................................................................... 170
                           Narrowing your search ..................................................................... 170
                           Checking out popular Groups .......................................................... 171
                           Reporting offensive Groups .............................................................. 171
                                                                                                Table of Contents                xv
          Creating Your Own Groups ........................................................................ 172
               Step 1: Group Info .............................................................................. 173
               Step 2: Customize............................................................................... 175
               Managing your Group ........................................................................ 177

    Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
          Getting Going with Events .......................................................................... 183
                Anatomy of an Event ......................................................................... 185
                Going to the after party ..................................................................... 187
          Finding the Event for You ........................................................................... 188
                Searching Events ................................................................................ 188
                Checking out popular Events ........................................................... 189
          Creating Your Own Events ......................................................................... 189
                Big Events ........................................................................................... 189
                Quick Events ....................................................................................... 192
                Managing your Event ......................................................................... 194

    Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
          Pages and You .............................................................................................. 198
               Anatomy of an Official Fan Page ...................................................... 198
               Community Pages .............................................................................. 199
               Connecting and interacting with Pages .......................................... 200
          Why Create a Facebook Page? ................................................................... 201
               Pages versus Profiles versus Groups .............................................. 203
               Who should create a Facebook Page? ............................................. 205
               Who shouldn’t build a Facebook Page? .......................................... 205
               Living In the Gray Netherworld between Pages and Profiles ....... 206
          Creating and Managing a Facebook Page ................................................. 207
               Creating a Page for your business ................................................... 207
               Making your Page yours.................................................................... 210
               Promoting your Page ......................................................................... 222
               Engaging your fans............................................................................. 223
          Know-It-All .................................................................................................... 226

Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook ...................... 231
    Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
          Understanding What Facebook Platform Is.............................................. 234
          Applications That Live on Facebook......................................................... 235
               Figuring out why to use applications inside Facebook ................. 236
               Getting started: Request for Permission, sir .................................. 236
               Now what? Using applications ......................................................... 239
               Using Facebook outside of Facebook .............................................. 243
               Login .................................................................................................... 243
               Plugin Play .......................................................................................... 245
               Instant Personalization ..................................................................... 249
xvi   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

                     Discovering Other Applications ................................................................ 250
                          Applications for your business ........................................................ 250
                          Applications for your desktop ......................................................... 250
                          Applications for your phone ............................................................ 250
                     Finding Your New Favorite Application.................................................... 251
                          The Applications dashboard ............................................................ 251
                          The Games dashboard ...................................................................... 252
                          Signs of a trustworthy application .................................................. 253
                     Managing Your Applications ...................................................................... 253
                          The Application Settings page ......................................................... 254
                          The Application Privacy page .......................................................... 256
                          Controlling what you see from friends............................................ 257

               Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
                     Is That Facebook Mobile Web in Your Pocket . . . ? ................................ 260
                           Getting started ................................................................................... 260
                           Mobile uploads ................................................................................... 261
                           Mobile texts ........................................................................................ 262
                           What’s all the buzz about? ................................................................ 265
                     Using Facebook Mobile Web ...................................................................... 266
                           Facebook Mobile for the touch screen ........................................... 272
                           Touch screen layout .......................................................................... 273

               Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
                     Realizing How Advertising Has Improved ................................................ 275
                     Defining Social Ads ...................................................................................... 277
                           Social actions...................................................................................... 277
                           Social ads plus social actions rules ................................................. 278
                           Who uses social ads?......................................................................... 279
                     Creating a Social Ad .................................................................................... 279
                           Getting started ................................................................................... 279
                           Designing your ad .............................................................................. 280
                           Targeting your ad .............................................................................. 281
                           Figuring out campaigns and pricing ................................................ 284
                           Reviewing your ad ............................................................................. 286
                     Managing Your Social Ads .......................................................................... 287
                     Spam Is Not Delicious ................................................................................. 289

           Part V: The Part of Tens ............................................ 291
               Chapter 16: Ten Great Third-Party Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
                     Typing Maniac.............................................................................................. 293
                     Marketplace .................................................................................................. 294
                     Music, by iLike ............................................................................................. 294
                     Groupcard .................................................................................................... 294
                     Digg ................................................................................................................ 295
                     Graffiti ........................................................................................................... 295
                                                                                                Table of Contents                xvii
           Carpool by Zimride ..................................................................................... 295
           Visual Bookshelf .......................................................................................... 296
           Lady Gaga ..................................................................................................... 296
           Restaurant City ............................................................................................ 296

     Chapter 17: Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely Impacts Lives . . . . . . . . .297
           Keeping in Touch with Summer Friends .................................................. 297
           Preparing to Head Off to School ................................................................ 298
           Going on Not-So-Blind Dates ...................................................................... 298
           Meeting People in Your New City or Town .............................................. 299
           Reconnecting with Old Friends.................................................................. 299
           Keeping Up with the ’rents ......................................................................... 300
           Keeping Up with the Kids ........................................................................... 300
           Facebooking for Food (or Jobs)................................................................. 301
           Goin’ to the Chapel ...................................................................................... 302
           Hey, Facebook Me! ....................................................................................... 303

     Chapter 18: Ten Questions That Leah and Carolyn Get a Lot . . . . . . .305
           Is My Computer Infected with a Virus? ..................................................... 305
           Do People Know When I Look at Their Profiles? ..................................... 306
           I Have a Problem with My Account — Can You Help Me? ..................... 307
           What Do I Do with Friend Requests I Don’t Want to Accept? ................ 308
           What’s the Difference between Facebook,
              MySpace, Twitter, and LinkedIn? ........................................................... 309
           I Keep Getting Invites for Those App Thingies —
              Should I Accept Them?............................................................................ 310
           How Do I Convince My Friends to Join Facebook?.................................. 310
           What if I Don’t Want Everyone Knowing My Business? .......................... 311
           I Heard Facebook Owns Everything I Put on its Site — True? ............... 311
           Does Facebook Have a Feature That Lets Me
              Lock Myself Out for a Few Hours? ......................................................... 312

     Chapter 19: Ten True Facebook Tales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
           I’m Kelly — I’m Kelly, Too .......................................................................... 313
           One Million Voices....................................................................................... 314
           Facing Autism ............................................................................................... 314
           Bringing Home Baby.................................................................................... 315
           Twenty-Year Reunion .................................................................................. 315
           Activism Like an Egyptian .......................................................................... 315
           Kids with Compassion ................................................................................ 316
           Virtual Support Network............................................................................. 317
           From a Skinny Kid to President ................................................................. 317

Index ....................................................................... 319
xviii   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition
    F    acebook connects you with the people you know and care about. It
         enables you to communicate, stay up-to-date, and keep in touch with
    friends and family anywhere. It facilitates your relationships online to help
    enhance them in person. Specifically, Facebook connects you with the people
    you know around content that is important to you. Whether you’re the type
    to take photos or look at them, or write about your life, or read about your
    friends’ lives, Facebook is designed to enable you to succeed. Maybe you like
    to share Web sites and news, play games, plan events, organize groups of
    people, or promote your business. Whatever you prefer, Facebook has you

    Facebook offers you control. Communication and information sharing are
    powerful only when you can do what you want within your comfort zone.
    Nearly every piece of information and means of connecting on Facebook
    comes with full privacy controls, allowing you to share and communicate
    exactly how — and with whom — you desire.

    Facebook welcomes everyone: students and professionals; grandchildren
    (as long as they’re at least age 13), parents, and grandparents; busy people;
    socialites; celebrities; distant friends; and roommates. No matter who you
    are, using Facebook can add value to your life. Results are typical.

About Facebook For Dummies
    Part I of this book teaches you all the basics to get you up and running
    on Facebook. This information is more than enough for you to discover
    Facebook’s value. Part II and Part III explore all the powerful ways of sharing
    all kinds of information with the people you care about. Part IV does a deep
    dive into some of the more advanced ways of using the site that can be of
    great additional value, depending on your needs. Finally, Part V explores the
    creative, diverse, touching, and even frustrating ways people have welcomed
    Facebook into their lives.

    Here are some of the things you can do with this book:

      ✓ Find out how to represent yourself online in a way that’s specific
        to each member of your online audience. Friends may see you one
        way, family another way, co-workers another, and friends of friends yet
        another (or not at all).
2   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

               ✓ Connect and communicate with people you know. Whether you’re
                 seeking close friends or long-lost ones, family members, business con-
                 tacts, teammates, businesses, and celebrities, Facebook keeps you con-
                 nected. Never say, “Goodbye” again . . . unless you want to.
               ✓ Discover how a rich toolset online can help enhance your relation-
                 ships offline. Event and group organizational tools, photo-sharing, and
                 direct and passive communication capabilities all enable you to main-
                 tain an active social life in the real world.
               ✓ Bring your connections off Facebook and on to the rest of the Web.
                 Through Facebook Platform and Connect, you see how many services
                 you already use can be made more powerful by using them in conjunc-
                 tion with your Facebook friends.
               ✓ Bring your business to the consumers who can bring you success.
                 Productive audience engagement coupled with deeply targeted advertis-
                 ing can help you ensure that your message is heard.

    Foolish Assumptions
             In this book, we make the following assumptions:

               ✓ You’re at least 13 years of age.
               ✓ You have some access to the Internet and an e-mail address.
               ✓ There are people in your life with whom you communicate.
               ✓ You can read the language in which this sentence is printed.

    Conventions Used in This Book
             In this book, we stick to a few conventions to help with readability. Whenever
             you have to type text, we show it in bold, so it’s easy to see. Monofont
             text denotes an e-mail address or Web site URL. When you see an italicized
             word, look for its nearby definition. Facebook pages and features — such as
             the Friends box or the Privacy Overview page — are called out with capital
             letters. Numbered lists guide you through tasks that must be completed in
             order from top to bottom; bulleted lists can be read in any order you like
             (from top to bottom or bottom to top).

             Finally, we, the authors, often state our opinions throughout this book.
             Though we have worked or do work for Facebook, the opinions expressed
             here represent only our perspective, and not that of Facebook. We are avid
                                                                      Introduction     3
     Facebook users and have been since before we joined the company. While
     writing this book, we took off our “employee hats” and put on our “user hats”
     to allow us to serve as reliable tour guides and to share objectively our pas-
     sion for the site.

What You Don’t Have to Read
     This book is written with the new Facebook user in mind. Some information
     pertains to readers looking to use Facebook to launch or expand a business.
     If you want to get on Facebook primarily to keep in touch with family and
     friends, feel free to skip these sections. Sprinkled throughout the book, side-
     bars cover many bits of extra information; these are simply added points of
     interest that can be skipped without detriment to your Facebook experience.

How This Book Is Organized
     Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition, is split into five parts. You don’t have
     to read it sequentially, and you don’t even have to read all the sections in
     any particular chapter. We explain the most generalized functionality — that
     which applies to just about everyone — up front. The first chapter of each
     part gives you an overview of the application and functionality covered in
     that particular part, along with a description of the likely audience for that
     part. If you’re unsure whether a part of this book pertains to you, try reading
     its first chapter; if you’re unsure about a particular chapter, try reading its
     introduction to decide.

     Topics in this book are covered mostly in the order in which most people
     use each particular feature. We recommend that you feel comfortable with
     the material in Part I before you move to Part II, and so on. As the book pro-
     gresses, we dive deeper into specialized functionality that may be relevant
     only to certain audiences.

     Don’t forget about the Table of Contents and the Index; you can use these
     sections to quickly find the information you need. Here’s what you find in
     each part.

     Part I: Getting Started with Facebook
     Chapter 1 introduces you to Facebook and gives you an overview of the most
     popular and useful ways different types of people incorporate Facebook into
     their lives. In the few chapters that follow, we help you get your profile set
     up and orient you to the site so you can always find your way around. Finally,
4   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

             you discover all the privacy tools and safety tips you need to take full control
             of your own Facebook experience; when each individual feels safe, the entire
             Facebook community benefits.

             Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook
             When you’re familiar with the basics, Part II helps you create an honest,
             interactive online presence, linking you with all the people you know in
             the Facebook community, a community that is getting larger every day. We
             introduce some of the most popular uses of Facebook, including Photos, and
             explain how you can tailor the system to meet your specific needs.

             Part III: Getting Organized
             Part III covers how Facebook can help you stay connected and close to the
             people you know. We explain the differences between private and public
             communication, and active and passive interactions, all of which fulfill differ-
             ent needs in different social situations. In this part, you discover how people
             also keep connected and in touch using Facebook Groups and Events.

             Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook
             Along with providing value for people in their personal lives, Facebook can
             also help businesses connect with their customers in specialized ways.
             Whether in the Facebook Platform or in Facebook’s spam-free ad system,
             your business’s message can reach consumers in an engaging and uniquely
             targeted way.

             Part V: The Part of Tens
             The final section of this book gives fun-to-read and easy-to-digest views on
             the creative ways people use Facebook. We highlight ten very different appli-
             cations other companies have integrated into the Facebook environment,
             including one that helps people raise money for nonprofit causes. Next, you
             get the answers to ten of the questions these authors hear most often about
             how to use Facebook. Ten real-world scenarios provide you a perspective
             on the value of integrating Facebook with your lifestyle. Finally, we share ten
             truly amazing tales of Facebook.
                                                                      Introduction      5
Icons Used in This Book
     What’s a For Dummies book without icons pointing you in the direction of
     great information that’s sure to help you along your way? In this section, we
     briefly describe each icon we use in this book.

     The Tip icon points out helpful information that is likely to improve your

     The Remember icon marks an interesting and useful fact — something that
     you may want to use later.

     The Warning icon highlights lurking danger. With this icon, we’re telling you to
     pay attention and proceed with caution.

Where to Go from Here
     Whether you’ve been using Facebook for years or this is your first time, we
     recommend you start by reading Chapter 1, which sets the stage for most
     of what we describe in detail in the rest of this book. After reading the first
     chapter, you may have a better sense of which topics in this book will be
     more relevant to you, and you can, therefore, flip right to them. However,
     we recommend that everyone spend some quality time in Chapter 5, which
     covers privacy on Facebook. Facebook is an online representation of a com-
     munity, so it’s important that each person understand how to operate in that
     community to ensure a safe, fun, and functional environment for everyone.

     If you’re new to Facebook and looking to use it to enhance your own personal
     connections, we recommend reading this book from Part I straight through
     Part III. If you’re so new to Facebook that you’re not even sure that it’s for
     you, you’ll find your answer in Chapter 1. (We’ll go ahead and ruin the sur-
     prise by telling you now that Facebook is for you, whoever you are.)

     You may already be quite familiar with Facebook when you pick up this book.
     But because the site is constantly growing and changing, there is always
     more to know. Part IV is the section of the book that will keep you ahead of
     the curve.

     No matter which category you fall into, it’s time to get started: Let one hand
     flip the pages of this book, the other drive your computer mouse, and let
     your mind open up to a revolutionary way to enhance and experience your
     real-world relationships.
6   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition
     Part I
Getting Started
with Facebook
          In this part . . .
S    o, we’ve persuaded you to read beyond the
     Introduction. Go team! (You can’t see it, but we’re
high-fiving right now.) Because you started at the begin-
ning, we assume that you have some pretty basic ques-
tions, such as

What is Facebook?

Am I too old for Facebook?

How do I use Facebook effectively?

I know I want to use Facebook, but how do I get started?

These are all great questions for starting a journey into the
’book. In this part, we answer all these and more. We start
with the bigger picture of who’s using Facebook and how,
and then we move into the nitty-gritty of signing up, creat-
ing your Profile, and finding a few friends. Additionally, we
show you how to navigate around the site and protect your
                                     Chapter 1

       The Many Faces of Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Discovering Facebook
▶ Knowing what you can and can’t do on Facebook
▶ Finding out how Facebook is different from other social sites
▶ Seeing how different people use Facebook . . . differently

            I  magine trying to get from New York to California via some way other
               than riding an airplane, or baking a pie (pecan, please) without an oven,
            or getting to the seventieth floor without riding an elevator. Certainly there
            are ways to achieve those tasks, but without the right tools, they may take
            longer, come out less-than-perfect, and really make you sweat.

            Like an airplane, an oven, or an elevator, Facebook is a tool that can make
            life’s To-Dos fun and easy. Facebook enables you to manage, maintain, and
            enhance your social connections. Think about how you accomplish these

              ✓ Getting the phone number of an old friend
              ✓ Finding out what your friends are up to today
              ✓ Making a contact in a city you’re moving to or at an office where you’re
                applying for a job
              ✓ Planning an event, tracking the guest list, and updating everyone when
                the time changes
              ✓ Garnering support for a cause
              ✓ Getting recommendations for movies, books, and restaurants
              ✓ Showing off the pictures from your latest vacation
              ✓ Telling your friends and family about your recent successes, showing
                them your photos, or letting them know you’re thinking of them
              ✓ Remembering everyone’s birthday
10   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               The preceding list is merely a sampling of life’s tricky tasks that Facebook
               can help you accomplish more easily and enjoyably. The list could go on,
               but we need to leave some space in the book to tell you how to solve these

               Facebook facilitates and improves all your social relationships — we real-
               ize that’s a big claim. Almost as big as the claims about the blender that can
               prepare a seven course meal in six minutes, the pill that can give you the abs
               of Chuck Norris and the legs of Tina Turner, or the six easy steps that can
               make you a millionaire. However, Facebook is a little different than these in
               at least three ways. First, we won’t claim it’s so easy your Chihuahua can do
               it. Getting set up and familiar with Facebook does take a little work (which
               you know or you wouldn’t be starting out on this 360-page journey). Second,
               Facebook costs only three low payments of $0, but if you aren’t totally
               satisfied, you can be fully refunded. Finally, unlike the blender or the pill,
               Facebook will actually change your life, make it better, more fun, easier, and,
               did we mention . . . more fun?

     Figuring Out What Facebook Is Exactly
               Think about the people you interacted with throughout the past day. In the
               morning, you may have gone to get the paper and chatted with the neighbor.
               You may have asked your kids what time they’d be home and negotiated with
               your partner about whose turn it is to cook dinner. Perhaps you spent the
               day interacting with co-workers, taking time out for lunch with a friend who’s
               in town for business. In the evening, you may have shot off an e-mail to an
               old college roommate, called your mom (it’s her birthday after all), and made
               plans with the gang to get together this weekend. At the end of the day, you
               unwound in front of your favorite newscaster telling you about the various
               politicians, athletes, businessmen, and celebrities whose lives may (or may
               not) interest you. Every day, you interact with so many different people in
               unique ways. You exchange information: “Did you catch the news this morn-
               ing?” You enjoy another’s company: “Who’s up for a good joke?” You enrich
               lives: “I made you something at school today.” Throughout your day, most of
               the decisions you make and actions you take are thanks to, or on behalf of,
               someone you know.

               That’s a one-foot view of the world in which you’re the center. Pan the
               camera back a ways (farther . . . farther . . . even farther), and you see that
               each person you interact with — family, friends, the newspaper delivery guy,
               the lunch lady, your favorite musician, and even the people who are writing
               this book — are at the center of their own realities. So is each person they
               know. The connections between every single person in the world intertwine,
               interplay, and interlock to form the social graph. Bold claim: This living,
               throbbing, shifting, growing web of human relationships is one of life’s most
               awesome and powerful concepts.
                                     Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook          11
    The power of the social graph refers to how information travels quickly
    and (somewhat) reliably among folks who are connected with one another.
    Facebook’s function is to make the social graph accessible — that is, to help
    people keep track of and reach the people they know and help individu-
    als leverage the power of the graph by enabling them to communicate and
    exchange information with anyone or everyone they trust.

    Another powerful aspect of the social graph on Facebook is that it builds
    and maintains itself. Each member helps define his or her place in the
    graph. When you sign up for Facebook, you start by finding the Profiles of
    the people you know and establishing your virtual connection to them. As
    a Facebook user, it’s in your best interest to keep your portion of the graph
    mapped as accurately as possible — form a complete set of connections to
    the people you know. Facebook can become your single access point for the
    people you know, so it becomes more useful when you can confidently find
    exactly who you’re looking for. Because of how Facebook is built, you are not
    the only one responsible for connecting with everyone you know (imagine
    the longest game of Hide and Seek ever). After you make a few connections,
    mutual friends are automatically made aware of your presence on the site,
    and they seek you out to establish a connection. Remember: It’s also in their
    best interest to keep their contact list up-to-date.

Discovering What You
Can Do on Facebook
    Now that you know that Facebook is a means by which you can connect with
    people who matter to you, your next question may be, “How?” It’s a good
    question — such a good question that we spend almost the rest of this book
    answering it. But, first, an overview.

    Establish a Profile
    When you sign up for Facebook, one of the first things you do is establish
    your Profile. A Profile on Facebook is a social résumé — a page about you
    that you keep up-to-date with all the information you want people to know.

    Facebook understands that if you were handing out résumés in the real
    world, you’d probably give different documents to different people. Your
    social résumé may have your phone number, your favorite quotes, and pic-
    tures from that crazy night in you-know-where with you-know-who. Your
    résumé for a potential employer would probably share your education and
    employment history. Your résumé for your family may include your personal
    address as well as show off your recent vacation photos and news about your
    life’s changes.
12   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                    You show different slices of your life and personality to different people, and
                    a Facebook Profile, shown in Figure 1-1, allows you (no, encourages you) to do
                    the same. To this end, your Profile is set up with all kinds of privacy controls to
                    specify who you want to see which information. Many people find great value
                    in adding to their Profile just about every piece of information they can and
                    then unveiling each particular piece cautiously. The safest rule here is to share
                    on your Profile any piece of information you’d share with someone in real life.
                    The corollary applies, too: Don’t share on your Profile any information that
                    you wouldn’t share with someone in real life. We provide more detail about the
                    Profile in Chapter 2. For now, think of it like a personal Web page with privacy
                    controls for particular pieces of information. This page accurately reflects you
                    so that you hand the right social résumé to the right person.

      Figure 1-1:

                    The motivations for establishing a Profile on Facebook are twofold. First, a
                    Profile helps the people who know you in real life find and connect with you
                    on Facebook. Each individual is actively (or actively trying) to keep track of
                    the people she knows. If your name is something relatively common, such as
                    James Brown or Maria Gonzales, it’s difficult for people to find you without
                    additional identifiers. Information about you, such as your hometown, your
                    education history, or your photos, helps people find the right James or Maria.
                                 Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook            13
The second (and way cooler) reason to establish an accurate Profile is the
work it saves you. Keeping your Profile detailed and relevant means that your
friends and family can always get the latest information about where you
live, who you know, and what you’re up to. You no longer have to read your
phone number to someone while he fumbles to find a pen. Just tell him, “It’s
on Facebook.” If a cousin wants to send you a birthday present, he doesn’t
have to ruin the surprise by asking you for your address. When your Profile
is up-to-date, conversations that used to start with the open-ended, “How
have you been?” can skip straight to the good stuff: “I saw your pictures from
Hawaii last week. Please tell me how you ended up wearing those coconuts.”

Connect with friends
After you join Facebook, start seeing its value by tracking down some people
you know. Facebook offers the following tools to help you:

  ✓ Facebook Friend Finder: Allows you to scan the e-mail addresses in your
    e-mail address book to find whether those people are already on Facebook.
    Selectively choose among those with whom you’d like to connect.
  ✓ Suggestions: Will show you the names and pictures of people you likely
    know or celebrities whose news you’d like to follow. These people are
    selected for you based on various signals like where you live or work or
    how many friends you have in common.
  ✓ Search: Helps you find the people who are most likely already using

After you establish a few connections, use those connections to find other
people you know by searching through their connections for familiar names.
We explain how to find people you know on Facebook in Chapter 4.

Communicate with Facebook friends
As Facebook grows, it becomes more likely that anyone with whom you’re
trying to communicate can be reached. These days it’s a fairly safe assump-
tion that you’ll be able to find that person you just met at a dinner party,
an old professor from college, or the childhood friend you’ve been meaning
to catch up with. Digging up a person’s contact information could require
calls to mutual friends, a trip to the white pages (provided you know enough
about that person to identify the right contact information), or an e-mail sent
to a potentially outdated e-mail address. You may have different methods of
reaching people depending on how you met the person, or what limited infor-
mation you have about him or her.
14   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Facebook streamlines finding and contacting people in a reliable forum. If the
               person you’re reaching out to is active on Facebook, no matter where she
               lives or how many times she’s changed her e-mail address, you can reach one

               Share your words
               You have something to say. We can just tell by the look on your face. Maybe
               you’re proud of the home team, maybe you’re excited for Friday, or maybe you
               can’t believe what you saw on the way to work this morning. All day long, things
               are happening to all of us that make us just want to turn to our friends and say,
               “You know what? . . . That’s what.” Facebook gives you the stage and an eager
               audience. In Chapter 6, we explain how you can make short or long posts about
               the things happening around you, and how they’re distributed to your friends in
               an easy, nonintrusive way.

               Share your pictures
               Since the invention of the modern-day camera, people have been all too eager
               to yell, “Cheese!” Photographs can make great tour guides on trips down
               memory lane, but only if we actually remember to develop, upload, or scrap-
               book them. Many memories fade away when the smiling faces are stuffed
               into an old shoe box, remain on undeveloped rolls of film, or are forgotten in
               some folder on a hard drive.

               Facebook offers three great incentives for uploading, organizing, and editing
               your photos:

                 ✓ Facebook provides one easy-to-access location for all your photos.
                   Directing any interested person to your Facebook Profile is easier than
                   e-mailing pictures individually, sending a complicated link to a photo
                   site, or waiting until the family reunion to show off the my-how-the-kids-
                   have-grown pics.
                 ✓ Every photo you upload can be linked to the Profiles of the people in
                   the photo. For example, you upload pictures of you and your sister and
                   link them to her Profile. Whenever someone visits her Profile, he sees
                   those pictures; he doesn’t even have to know you. This is great because
                   it introduces a longevity to photos that they’ve never had before. As
                   long as people are visiting your sister’s Profile, they can see those pic-
                   tures. Photo albums no longer have to be something people look at right
                   after the event, and maybe then again years later.
                 ✓ Facebook gives you the power to control exactly who has access to
                   your photos. Every time you upload a photo or create a new photo
                   album on Facebook, you can decide whether you want everyone on
                                  Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook           15
     Facebook to see it, just your friends, or even just a subset of your
     friends based on your comfort level. You may choose to show your wed-
     ding photos to all your friends, but perhaps only some friends see the
     honeymoon. This control enables you to tailor your audience to those
     friends who might be most interested. All your friends might enjoy your
     baby photos, but maybe only your co-workers will care about photos
     from the recent company party.

Plan events, join groups
Just about anything you do with other people is easier on Facebook . . .
except cuddling. Facebook isn’t meant to be a replacement for face time; it’s
meant to facilitate interactions when face time isn’t possible or to facilitate
the planning of face time. Two of the greatest tools for this are Facebook
Events and Facebook Groups.

Groups are basically Web pages people can subscribe to, or join. One
group may be intimate, such as five best friends who plan several activi-
ties together. Another group could be practical, for example, PTA Members
of Denver Schools. Some groups garner support, such as AIDS Awareness.
Others exist for solidarity; for example, the When I Was Your Age, Pluto Was
a Planet Group allows people to come together in the name of some common
interest or goal. Depending on the particular group’s settings, members may
upload photos or videos, invite other people to the group, receive messages,
and check on news and updates.

Events are similar to groups, with the addition of being time-based. Rather
than joining, users RSVP to events, which allows the event organizers to plan
accordingly and allows attendees to receive event reminders. Facebook Events
are often used for something as small as a lunch date or something as big as a
march on Washington, D.C. Sometimes events are notional rather than physi-
cal. For example, someone could create an event for Ride Your Bike to Work
Day and hope the invitation spreads far and wide (through friends and friends
of friends) to promote awareness. At Facebook headquarters, Events are used
to plan company meetings, happy hours, ski trips, and more. Read more about
Facebook Groups and Facebook Events in Chapter 10.

Facebook and the Web
Facebook Photos, Groups, and Events are only a small sampling of how you
can use Facebook to connect with the people you know. In Chapter 13, we
explain in detail Facebook and the Web. In short, Facebook is a service that
helps you maintain connections with your friends, but any company can
16   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               build the tools — Web sites, or applications — that allow sharing. Photos,
               Groups, and Events are tools that are built on top of the Facebook Platform;
               they are the means by which people can share information through their
               social connections.

               Examples of Web sites and applications that have been built by other compa-
               nies include tools to help you edit your photos, create slideshows, play games
               with friends across the globe, divvy bills among people who live or hang out
               together, and exchange information about good movies, music, books, and res-
               taurants. After you get a little more comfortable with the Facebook basics, you
               can try some of the thousands of applications and Web sites that allow you to
               interact with your Facebook friends through their services.

               Promote your business
               Say, you have something to sell — that fancy blender, maybe. How do you get
               people’s attention? You don’t go to a deserted parking lot and yell, “Hey! Buy
               my blender!” do you? Of course not. You go to where the people are, and the
               people are on Facebook. Although anybody can (and should) use Facebook
               to connect with their friends and family, more and more people are using it
               to connect with their patrons, fans, or supporters. In addition to their per-
               sonal Profiles, people create additional Profiles to promote their bands, busi-
               nesses, brands, products, services, or themselves, in the case of celebrities
               or politicians. These special kinds of profiles on Facebook are called Pages
               with a capital P. Pages are similar to user Profiles in that they’re a page on
               Facebook meant to

                 ✓ Represent a specific real-world entity
                 ✓ Consist of truthful, necessary information required to engage with that

               Pages differ from user Profiles in that the relationships are essentially one
               way. We may have a relationship to Starbucks, but Starbucks doesn’t really
               have a specific relationship with us, which leads to a number of differences
               in the functionality of Pages. We discuss the details of those differences and
               explain the benefits of promoting your business on Facebook in Chapter 15.

               Chapter 15 discusses how you advertise your business without, or in addi-
               tion to, establishing a Page on Facebook. Because Facebook users enter
               detailed information about themselves (and their actions on Facebook reveal
               even more about the kinds of people they are), Facebook can offer a compel-
               ling advertising platform by allowing advertisers to reach a targeted audience
               based on who people are and what they like.
                                     Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook           17
    Facebook also offers another kind of targeting, which is social targeting. For
    many kinds of commercial goods, we’re often more likely to buy something if
    we know people who’ve already had a positive experience with the particular
    good or the company selling it. When Facebook shows someone an ad, it lets
    that person know whether any of their friends had an experience with that
    product, service, or business. In fact, if that person has a friend who inter-
    acted with an ad, that person is more likely to see that same ad than some-
    one with friends who haven’t interacted with that ad. This type of targeted
    advertising is a win-win for business owners and consumers because busi-
    ness owners don’t have to waste money or dilute their message on people
    who don’t care about their product, and users are more likely to see ads for
    products that actually interest them — or, at the very least, tell them some-
    thing about their friends’ consumer habits.

Keeping in Mind What You
Can’t Do on Facebook
    Facebook is meant to represent real people and real associations; it’s also
    meant to be safe. Many of the rules of participation on Facebook exist to
    uphold those two goals.

    Note: There are things you can’t do on Facebook other than what we list
    here. For example, you can’t message multiple people unless you’re friends
    with all of them; you can’t join the school network of a school you didn’t
    attend (or a workplace network of a company you don’t work for); and you
    can’t spin straw into gold. These rules may change how you use Facebook,
    but probably won’t change whether you use it. We separate the four rules in
    this section because, if any are a problem for you, you probably won’t get to
    the rest of the book.

    You can’t lie
    Okay, you can, but you shouldn’t, especially not about your basic informa-
    tion. Lying about your identity is a violation of the Facebook Terms of Use
    and grounds for Profile deactivation. In other words, thank you, bye-bye.
    Although many people try, Facebook doesn’t let anyone sign up with an obvi-
    ously fake name like Marilyn Manson or Fakey McFakerson. Those who do
    make it past the name checks will likely find their account tracked down and
18   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Some fake accounts survive on Facebook undetected for a very long time
               because the Facebook user operations team goes after people who are break-
               ing serious and safety-compromising offenses first. So, if you’re considering
               setting up a fake Profile to test our claim, you’re probably better off just
               going outside to play. Take a Frisbee.

               You can’t be twelve
               Or younger. Seriously. Facebook takes very seriously the U.S. law that prohib-
               its minors under the age of 13 from creating an online Profile for themselves.
               This rule is in place for the safety of minors, and it’s a particular safety rule
               that Facebook takes extremely seriously. If you or someone you know on
               Facebook is under 13, deactivate (or make them deactivate) the account now.
               If you’re reported to the Facebook user operations team, your account is
               deleted instantly, and Facebook (and Carolyn and Leah as well) will be very
               unhappy. Facebook is vigilant about keeping minors off the site, so if you’re
               under 13, be aware that the people you hang out with won’t be on Facebook
               either. If you happen to be older than 13 and looking for people under 13,
               check out the next section for what else you can’t do.

               You can’t troll
               We can’t stress this enough, and putting it in bold definitely isn’t enough
               stress. Maybe we should add underline, italic, and all caps. Let’s try.

                    YOU CAN’T TROLL.

               Facebook is about real people and real connections. It’s one thing to message
               a mutual friend or the occasional stranger whose Profile implies being open
               to meeting new people if the two of you have matching interests. However,
               the moment the people you contact have a problem with you sending unso-
               licited messages, your account is flagged; if the behavior continues, your
               account is deactivated.

               Imagine going to a coffee shop and introducing yourself to each and every
               person while they try to mind their cup of joe. That is how we view the send-
               ing of unsolicited messages on Facebook, and the user operations team will
               make like an angry barista and kick you to the coffee shop curb.

               You can’t upload illegal content
               Respecting United States law is something Facebook has to do regardless
               of its own position on pornography (where minors can see it), copyrighted
               material, hate speech, depictions of crimes, and other offensive content.
                                       Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook            19
     However, doing so is also in line with Facebook’s value of being a safe, happy
     place for all people (older than the age of 12). Don’t confuse this with censor-
     ship; Facebook is all about freedom of speech and self-expression, but the
     moment that compromises anyone’s safety or breaks any law, disciplinary
     action is taken.

Realizing How Facebook Is Different
from Other Social Sites
     Several social sites besides Facebook try to help people connect. Some of
     the most popular sites are Twitter, MySpace, Friendster, Orkut, LinkedIn,
     Windows Live Spaces, Bebo, Meebo, Match.com, and QQ.

     In some cases, these sites have slightly different goals than Facebook.
     LinkedIn, for example, is a tool for connecting with people specifically for
     career networking. MySpace initially started out as a way for small, local
     bands to gain popularity outside of the politically-complicated music indus-
     try by creating a space for people to connect with others who had similar
     tastes in music. Match.com is a social networking site specifically geared
     toward people looking to date. Alternatively, other sites have the same goals
     as Facebook; they just have different strategies. MySpace gives users com-
     plete customization over the look and feel of their Profile, whereas Facebook
     maintains a pretty consistent design and expects users to differentiate their
     Profiles by uploading unique content. On the other extreme, Twitter allows
     its members to share only very short bits of text to achieve super-simple
     and consistent information sharing, whereas Facebook allows more flex-
     ibility with respect to sharing photos, videos, and more. That’s not to say
     one model is better than another; different models may appeal to different

Who Is on Facebook
     Originally, Facebook was created as a way for students at a particular college
     or university to find and connect with each another. In fact, when Facebook
     launched, only those people with a verified college e-mail address were per-
     mitted to sign up.

     After the success of the university-only model, Facebook opened its doors to
     high school students in the United States as well. High school students don’t
     have e-mail addresses to verify which high school they attend; therefore,
     Facebook has a fairly complicated system that relies on students verifying
     one another before gaining access to a particular high school network.
20   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Facebook took off in high schools with such momentum that Facebook next
               opened its doors to workplace networks. Workplace networks followed the
               same model as the college networks — in order to join, you had to sign up
               with a verified e-mail address, in this case, from a particular corporation.
               Therefore, workplace networks existed only for the companies big enough to
               offer its employees e-mail addresses, such as Microsoft, Apple, Amazon, and

               Finally, in the fall of 2004, rather than opening any more doors, Facebook just
               knocked down its walls. Today, anyone with any e-mail address is welcome to
               join the Facebook party.

               People can still limit the visibility of any part of their Profiles, or they can open
               up parts of their Profiles to anyone. Now that Facebook is used by more than
               500 million people, the name of the game is control and choice. You can share
               as much or as little with as many or as few people as you so desire. Put under
               lock and key the parts of your Profile you don’t want to share with everyone.
               Chapter 5 goes into much greater detail on how to protect yourself and your

               Here are two reasons Facebook made the leap from verified networks (those
               in which you must offer some kind of proof of identity, such as an e-mail
               address, in order to join) to enabling people to share with everyone:

                 ✓ Facebook was offering a tremendous amount of utility to the people
                   who had access to it. Before opening to the general public, about 85 per-
                   cent of registered users were logging in at least once per month, and 75
                   percent of those people were logging in daily. Numbers like that proved
                   Facebook creators were onto something special and that other people —
                   in addition to students and employees of large corporations — could gain
                   value from access to Facebook.
                 ✓ Facebook is better when lots of different people are active on
                   Facebook. This reason for allowing any and everyone on Facebook is a
                   little less obvious, so we offer this example as an explanation:
                    A University of Colorado alumnus wants to throw himself a birthday
                    party. At college, he used Facebook to plan his events and manage his
                    guest lists, but now some of his friends are older and were out of college
                    before Facebook became popular. Creating the event on Facebook could
                    lead to an incomplete guest list. If he chooses not to use Facebook,
                    he may end up using a less efficient means of communicating, such as
                    e-mail, which requires that he dig up the e-mail address of everyone he
                    wants to invite and then manage all the RSVPs as they flood his inbox.
                    He may also decide that it’s not worth the hassle and invite only people
                    who are on Facebook. Facebook actually allows him to create an event
                    and generate special invites to those not on the site, but he still has to
                    locate those friend’s e-mail addresses and enter them on Facebook.
                                   Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook             21
Facebook has great tools for organizing people, information, and communica-
tion. Their utility, however, depends on you being able to reach your friends
with them. The more contacts you have on Facebook, the more useful each of
these tools becomes.

Significant to the utility of the social graph is its reliability. Having a single
source to find and interact with friends, mutual acquaintances, family, or
others with shared interests and beliefs would be one of the greatest solu-
tions to many of life’s most complicated tasks. Managing our relationships
with everyone we know or want to know is the service Facebook is trying to
provide. To anyone for whom Facebook has become the primary source for
information and interaction, the moment someone in particular isn’t repre-
sented on Facebook, the whole service becomes less powerful because its
reliability for finding whomever you’re looking for is reduced. To that end,
welcoming everyone onto Facebook was a way to make the service more
valuable to those already using it.

A majority of Facebook users are not, nor have ever been, part of a school
network, and most of Facebook’s growth is in demographics other than high
school or college. In the following sections, we talk about how people in dif-
ferent demographics use Facebook. Note that these cases aren’t exclusive to
the particular category they’re listed under; people in workplace networks
may use many of the same features and functionality as students, and inter-
national users clearly span all three of the demographics. These sections
simply emphasize the general trends in particular demographics and high-
light some of the differences among them.

Students of the ’Book
Students live in a somewhat unique environment in that the shared affilia-
tion to the same school implies a level of trust. This trust allows students to
create Profiles for themselves, and if they choose, share their information
only with other students at their school (and people they manually verify).
Because of the close quarters and accountability of their peers, students
are perhaps the group most open about the information they exchange on
Facebook. As long as students are safe about the information they choose to
share (see Chapter 5), this abundance of information flow is actually a very
good thing that can make their lives and relationships extremely rich.

Students use Facebook for all kinds of fun and practical things:

  ✓ Getting information: Students can easily connect with others who live
    in their dorm or take the same classes. Connecting with peers can be
    great for (approved) collaboration on class work, finding out when
    homework is due, or borrowing a book for research.
22   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                 ✓ Planning events: A big source of student engagement is event planning.
                   Say, Tau Phi Beta wants to plan an event. The fraternity’s officers can
                   create the Event page on Facebook, and with a few clicks of a few but-
                   tons, invite everyone they want to. They can specify whether the invite
                   should go only to those initially invited — say, a Tau Phi Beta brothers–
                   only dinner — or whether anyone can be invited (a must for a giant frat
                   party — er, fundraiser). This is just one example, but events are rampant
                   across universities. Every club, dorm room, sports team, and group of
                   friends organizes their events on Facebook.
                 ✓ Tagging photos: The Photos feature is one of the most popular on
                   Facebook. Students regularly engage in a lot of memorable activities,
                   such as dances, games, and rallies. Generally, a large number of stu-
                   dents and a nearly-as-large number of cameras attend these events.
                   We hear many students confess that in the time it takes them to hop a
                   shuttle or stumble to their dorm room, someone has already uploaded
                   photos from the event to Facebook. No sooner does a student experi-
                   ence a magical moment than she gets to remember it.
                   One of the fancy aspects of Facebook Photos is that each photo can
                   be tagged with links to the Profiles of the people in the photo. All the
                   photos a particular person is tagged in are aggregated into one album,
                   so when you look at a person’s Profile, you see all the photos he’s
                   ever been tagged in. After a big night on campus, students can see all
                   the pictures their friends took or go straight to all the photos of them.
                   Narcissistic maybe, but also human.
                 ✓ Keeping up with friends from home: Sometimes college can feel like
                   its own little universe, especially for those who travel far from home to
                   attend. By establishing friend connections with those friends they don’t
                   see every day, they can more easily stay in touch. When they upload
                   photos from the University Gala, friends from home can send a message
                   to say, “Nice dress!” or “Who’s the boy?” An RSVP to an event, such as
                   the National Championship Dinner, informs friends from back home
                   of their friend’s recent success. And, even though students often get
                   caught up in the action of campus life, sometimes they’ll hear a song or
                   read a passage that reminds them of a friend back home. Rather than
                   digging for the e-mail address or finding time to call, they can just use
                   Facebook to drop their friend a thinking of you Wall post, Poke, or mes-
                   sage. (Find out more about these options in Chapter 9.)
                 ✓ Flirting and gossip: We should’ve stuck this bullet point first because
                   it’s probably the biggest piece of the time-spent-on-Facebook pie.
                   Mmmm, Facebook pie. Throughout this book, you read about mes-
                   saging, poking, chatting, and gifting, which are all ways that students
                   virtually bat their eyelashes at one another — and avoid doing their
                   Everyone has the ability on their Profile to inform people who they’re
                   looking to meet (women, men, or both) and for what purpose (relation-
                   ship, dating, friendship, and so on). Those already in a relationship can
                                  Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook             23
     link to their significant other for the world to see. Provocative Wall posts
     (one friend can write a public message on a friend’s Wall), intriguing
     photo uploads, and changing relationship statuses are all sources of
     juicy gossip without which high school or college just wouldn’t be the

The School of Life
Chronologically speaking, there’s only a small difference between someone
nearing the end of their school career (whether that be high school, college,
or graduate school) and someone starting life after school. But these two
phases share a few other similarities. During school, most people have a set
crowd of folks they interact with. They’re very familiar with the city or town
they live in and the daily routine (class, sports, studying) they’ve been doing
for years. After school, things can change. Many folks move to new cities,
start new jobs, and meet new people. Their groups of friends start to dis-
perse (geographically and emotionally), and creating environments for social
interaction requires more effort when people cut out lunch time, study hall,
or Friday nights at the student center. Because Facebook is all about nurtur-
ing relationships, when the nature of people’s relationships change, their
usage of Facebook changes as well. After school, people find different kinds
of utility from their social graph:

  ✓ Moving to a new city: Landing in a new city with all your worldly
    belongings and an upside-down map can be hugely intimidating. Having
    some open arms or at least numbers to call when you arrive can greatly
    ease the transition. Although you may already know some people who
    live in your new city, Facebook can help connect with all the old friends
    and acquaintances you either forgot live there or have moved there
    since you last heard from them.
     When Leah first moved to the Bay area, she filtered her Friend List to
     everyone in the San Francisco and Silicon Valley networks. The final list
     probably contained four times as many people as she remembered living
     in the area. She sent messages announcing her imminent arrival and
     then connected with her various contacts to get settled into an apart-
     ment, meet other people, and find doctors, bike routes, Frisbee leagues,
     and restaurants. Even if you don’t have friends or acquaintances in your
     new city, someone you know probably does. Your friends can give you
     names of people to look up when you arrive — use Facebook to do that.
  ✓ Getting a job: Recently, more and more people began using Facebook
    as a tool for managing their careers as well as their social lives. If you’re
    looking at a particular company, find people who already work there
    to get the inside scoop or to land an interview. If you’re thinking about
    moving into a particular industry, browse your friends by past jobs and
    interests to find someone to connect with.
24   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                 ✓ Finding activity partners: Many folks would agree that it’s harder to
                   meet people after they leave school. Facebook is a great tool for meeting
                   new friends with similar interests, activity partners, or even potential
                   love interests. You can browse Profiles of people in your network based
                   on various kinds of information, such as age, political views, and work
                   history. Plenty of online sites offer these kinds of services, but Facebook
                   works particularly well because the connection you make is often based
                   on mutual acquaintances, making them less awkward, better informed,
                   and safer.

               Putting Facebook to work at work
               Facebook is still finding its footing within the workplace networks. Therefore,
               it’s tricky to generalize how people in workplace networks use Facebook
               because it really depends on the particular workplace. However, here are
               some uses we’ve heard about anecdotally:

                 ✓ Getting to know co-workers and putting names to faces.
                 ✓ Hosting events specific to the company. Facebook uses Events to plan
                   company parties and host happy hours.
                 ✓ Using Groups for people in the company with similar interests or needs,
                   such as athletic endeavors, carpool requirements, or artistic interests.
                 ✓ Having a business presence on Facebook. Advertising on Facebook is
                   one way to use Facebook at work. Additionally, when companies work
                   together, sometimes their employees become fans of one another’s busi-
                   nesses on Facebook to show support.
                 ✓ Posting and sharing stories about the company relevant to the business.

               Facebook is all grown up
               Facebook isn’t just for students. Anything you’ve heard to the contrary is
               dated information. Like we mention before, the fastest growing group of
               Facebook users is the group for whom school is a distant memory. Many of
               these folks find the same value in Facebook as people in other demographics;
               however, they also use it for some different kinds of interactions.

               Keeping in touch with family
               These days, families are often spread far and wide across state or country
               lines. Children go to college, parents travel for work, grandparents move to
               Florida. These distances make it hard for families to interact in any more sig-
               nificant way than gathering together once per year to share some turkey and
               pie (pecan, preferably). Facebook offers a place where families can
                                   Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook            25
virtually meet and interact. Parents can upload photos of the kids for every-
one to see, grandparents can write notes about what everyone is up to, and
college students can gather support for a cause, plan a graduation party, or
show off their class schedule — great information for family members who
may have a hard time extracting the information in other ways.

We often hear parents and older family members say they feel being on
Facebook may infringe on their kid’s social life. If you fit this description, we
have a few comments for you:

  ✓ You may be right that your kids want you nowhere near their social
    lives. If that’s the case, and you respect that, don’t connect with them
    on Facebook. Exist within your social graph on Facebook, and let them
    exist within theirs — you never have to interact with one another what-
    soever. Not joining Facebook because your kids are using it is like not
    eating ice cream because your kids eat ice cream. Sure, you can go for
    ice cream together (or be connected on Facebook), but you certainly
    don’t have to. Don’t deprive yourself of the sweet creamy deliciousness
    just because your kid may be offended that you have similar taste in
  ✓ You may be wrong that your kids don’t want you on Facebook.
    Depending on your kids’ age and personality, they may actually prefer
    that you join Facebook. Some kids, especially the college-aged or
    twenty-somethings, are very busy and active. It can be hard for them
    to remember to call home, let alone call the grandparents, aunts, and
    uncles. Even when they do, they may leave out interesting information
    about their lives simply because they forget (this hypothetical is coming
    from personal experience). These relationships can be much stronger
    when everyone is on Facebook. Relatives can always see the latest news
    or photos even when they’ve been out of touch for some time; they can
    also connect in a lightweight way in between longer phone conversa-
    tions. (See Chapter 9 on communicating through Facebook.)
  ✓ Kids are really good at using Facebook. If you are connected to your
    children on Facebook and they want to upload something they don’t
    want you to see, they know exactly which privacy controls to put in
    place so that you don’t see it. It may be easy for them to connect with
    you and share only the information they want to and hide the informa-
    tion they (and you) may be better off not sharing. Whether this concern
    is a relevant one to you, we recommend sitting down with your kids
    (sometime after the birds-and-bees conversation but before the how-to-
    pay taxes conversation) and figuring out how to happily cohabitate on

Facebook reunion
Thanks to life’s curve balls, whoever your friends are at any given time may
not be the people in your life at another. People you consider to be most
important in your life fade over the years so that even trying to recall a last
26   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               name causes you pause. The primary reason for this lapse is a legitimate one:
               There are only so many hours in a day. While we make new, close friends,
               others drift away because it’s impossible to maintain many intense relation-
               ships. Facebook is an extremely powerful tool; however, it hasn’t yet found a
               way to extend the number of hours in a day, so it can’t exactly fix the prob-
               lem of growing apart. Facebook can, however, lessen the finality and inevita-
               bility of the distance.

               Assuming Facebook achieves the longevity and reach it’s striving for, those
               who have started using Facebook at a young age (13 is the minimum) will,
               at an old age, actually have a lead on every single person they’ve ever been
               friends with. This extremely powerful concept actually alters how people
               keep and maintain human relationships. Thirty years after you last speak to
               someone, you may have a funny memory, something important to share, or
               just genuine curiosity about that person’s whereabouts. If you keep her on
               your Facebook Friend List, it doesn’t matter how many times you both move,
               change your phone numbers, or get married and change your name, you can
               still get in touch with each another. If that concept scares you, Facebook also
               has the tools to explicitly sever connections with people you’d rather didn’t
               find you.

               Because Facebook is less than seven years old (and because you’re reading
               this book), you probably don’t have your entire social history mapped out.
               Some may find it a daunting task to create connections with everyone they’ve
               ever known, which we don’t recommend. Instead, build your graph as you
               need to or as opportunity presents. Perhaps you want to upload a photo
               taken from your high school graduation to tag various classmates. Search
               for them on Facebook, form the friend connection, and then tag them. Maybe
               you’re thinking about opening a restaurant, and you’d like to contact a friend
               from college who was headed into the restaurant business after graduation.
               Perhaps you never told your true feelings to the one who got away — your
               unicorn. For all these reasons, you may find your cursor in the Facebook
               Search box.

               Frequently, we receive reports from adopted children who connect with their
               biological parents, or estranged siblings who find each other on Facebook.
               Carolyn once heard from her sixth-grade bully, who found her on Facebook to
               apologize for how he terrorized her back then.

               Organizing groups
               Unlike students, adults don’t often have the luxury of participating in lots of
               events organized by other people. Instead, they organize their book clubs
               and cooking groups or gather to watch sporting events and have dinner par-
               ties. Facebook Groups can add value to all these events. Creating a group on
               Facebook for your book club makes it easy for someone to update everyone
               each week about times, dates, locations, who should bring what, and what
               everyone should read before attending. People can join and leave groups as
                                                    Chapter 1: The Many Faces of Facebook               27
          they see fit, so you never have to worry about notifying those who’ve moved
          or are no longer interested in your group.

          For one-time gatherings, such as a Super Bowl party, Facebook Events offers
          a great solution. All you have to do is fill out the guest list and event descrip-
          tion — the rest takes care of itself. For the three days prior to the event,
          everyone receives a reminder on their Facebook Home pages, so they have
          no excuse for not showing (unless someone invited them to a better party).
          If you want to ensure your guest list is accurate or that people don’t forget,
          message everyone who RSVP’d (attending or tentative, that is) or who hasn’t
          replied. After the event is over, upload photos or leave funny comments and
          quotes on the event’s Wall. Your Super Bowl party is forever immortalized
          online — and everyone who RSVP’d has total access.

                             The birth of the ’Book
In the old days, say, seven or eight years ago,     and Chris Hughes, to help expand the site into
most college freshmen would receive a thinly        other schools. Your very own author, Carolyn
bound book containing the names and faces           Abram, was the first non-Harvard student to
of everyone in their matriculating class. These     receive an account. During the summer of the
face books were useful for matching names to        same year, Zuckerberg, Moskovitz, and another
the students seen around campus or for point-       partner, Andrew McCollum, moved the com-
ing out particular people to friends. There were    pany to Palo Alto, California, where the site and
several problems with these face books. If          the company kept growing. By December 2004,
someone didn’t send his picture in, they were       the site had grown to one million college stu-
incomplete. They were outdated by junior year       dents. Every time Facebook opened to a new
because many people looked drastically dif-         demographic — high school, then work users,
ferent, and the book didn’t reflect the students    then everyone — the rate at which people
who had transferred in or who were from any         joined the site continued to increase. At the
other class. Finally, they had little information   end of 2006, the site had more than 10 million
about each person.                                  users; 2007 closed out with more than 50 mil-
                                                    lion active users (active users are defined as
In February 2004, Mark Zuckerberg, a sopho-
                                                    unique accounts that accessed the site in the
more at Harvard, launched an online “book”
                                                    last 30 days). By the end of 2009, Facebook had
to which people could upload their photos and
                                                    reached well over a quarter of a billion users
personal information; a service which solved
                                                    and 1,000 employees. At the time of this book’s
many of these problems. Within a month, more
                                                    publication, that final count has more than dou-
than half the Harvard undergraduates had cre-
                                                    bled, passing 500 million active users logging in
ated their own Profiles. Zuckerberg was then
                                                    each month.
joined by others, including Dustin Moskovitz
28   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Le Facebook International
               Facebook was launched in universities in the United States, and then it
               spread to U.S. high schools. As a result, it wasn’t until the fall of 2006 (when
               Facebook opened to everyone) that Facebook started making a showing in
               any other country. When Facebook finally ventured into Canada and the
               United Kingdom, it took off fast, like Vin Diesel fast. Many people speculate
               that the reason for Facebook’s insta-popularity in these countries, more so
               than in the United States, came from the fact that citizens in Canada and the
               U.K. (and, randomly, Norway) didn’t have the same preconception that U.S.
               citizens had: that Facebook was only meant for students. People in the United
               States had heard the buzz about Facebook for two years when it was only for
               students. This stigma used to be a significant hurdle for Facebook’s growth
               in older U.S. demographics. However, during the last couple years, the fast-
               est growing demographic of U.S. Facebook users has been in the over-35 age
               group, and the notion that Facebook is only for the kiddies is becoming a dis-
               tant part of Facebook history.

               The next major leap for Facebook’s growth came at the start of 2008, when
               it was clear that many people on Facebook wanted to be connecting with
               people who spoke other languages. Facebook is more valuable for each
               person when more of their friends use the site. Facebook’s strictly English
               interface was keeping many people from connecting with people they knew.
               So Facebook launched the Facebook Translation Application. This allows any
               bilingual (English + Other) user of Facebook to volunteer to help translate
               Facebook into other languages. Volunteers are shown various English text on
               the site, and they can either offer a translation or vote on translations that
               other people have suggested.

               When a suggested translation receives enough votes, that translation
               becomes the text that other people using the site in that second language
               see. People can sign up for the site and change their language setting to
               Spanish. Rather than seeing all the English text, they see all the text that
               the Spanish speaking volunteers have suggested and approved. In this way,
               Facebook has been translated into 100 languages in just more than two years.
                                    Chapter 2

                      Adding Your Own
                      Face to Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Signing up and getting started
▶ Joining a network
▶ Creating your Profile

           I   n Chapter 1, we cover why you want to join Facebook. In this chapter, we
               actually get you signed up and ready to go on Facebook. Keep a couple
           of things in mind when you sign up. First, Facebook gets exponentially more
           useful and more fun when you start adding friends. Without friends, it can
           feel kind of dull. Second, your friends may take a few days to respond to your
           friend requests, so be patient. Even if your first time on Facebook isn’t as
           exciting as you hope, be sure to come back and try again over the following
           weeks. Third, you can have only one account on Facebook. Facebook links
           accounts to e-mail addresses, and your e-mail address can be linked to only
           one account. This system enforces a world where people are who they say
           they are on Facebook.

Signing Up for Facebook
           Officially, all you need to join Facebook is a valid e-mail address. When we say
           valid, we just mean that you need to be able to easily access the messages in
           that account because you’re e-mailed a registration confirmation. Figure 2-1
           shows the sign-up page. As you can see, you need to fill out a few things:

             ✓ Full Name: Facebook is a place based on real identity. It’s not a place for
               fake names or aliases. Numerous privacy settings are in place to protect
               your information (see Chapter 5), so use your full real name to sign up.
30   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                     ✓ E-mail: You need to enter your valid e-mail address here. If you want to
                       join a school or work network automatically, use your school or work
                     ✓ Password: Like with all passwords, using a combination of letters and
                       numbers is a good idea for your Facebook password. It’s probably not
                       a good idea to use the same password for every site you join, so we rec-
                       ommend using something unique for Facebook.
                     ✓ Gender (I am): Facebook uses your gender information to construct
                       sentences about you on the site. Especially in other languages, it’s weird
                       to see sentences like “Jennifer added a photo of themself.” If you want to
                       hide your gender, or don’t want to associate with either gender, you’ll
                       be able to do so after you sign up.
                     ✓ Date of Birth: Enter your date of birth. You can hide this information on
                       your Profile.
                     ✓ Security Check (not shown): The security check on Facebook is in the
                       form of a CAPTCHA. A CAPTCHA is that funky-looking word-in-a-box.
                       Computers can’t read CAPTCHAs, but humans can. Asking you to solve
                       a CAPTCHA is Facebook’s way of keeping out robots who want to spam
                       you, while still letting you sign up. You see the CAPTCHA after filling out
                       your information and clicking Sign Up.

      Figure 2-1:
     Enter infor-
     mation here
      to create a

                    After you’ve filled out this information and agreed to the Terms of Service
                    and Privacy Policy, click Sign Up. You’ll be able to start using Facebook, but
                    you won’t yet be confirmed. Confirmation is Facebook’s way of trying to make
                                          Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook                     31
           sure you are really you, and that the e-mail address you used to sign up is
           really yours. You receive a confirmation e-mail; click the link in that e-mail to
           make sure you are confirmed. When you log in to Facebook for the first time,
           Facebook takes you through a series of steps to help you get started and find
           your friends. These steps focus on entering information that helps you find
           friends, either immediately or later on. For example, these steps ask you to
           use the Friend Finder, which we cover in Chapter 4. The Friend Finder checks
           your e-mail address book and matches e-mails to Facebook accounts, so you
           can immediately send friend requests to people you know.

           The set-up wizard has a tendency to change depending on what kind of e-mail
           address you join with and whether a friend invited you to use Facebook.
           Therefore, instead of going through every possibility for what Facebook may
           look like when you first log in, we suggest you read the “Making Facebook
           Revolve Around You” section, as well as the “Education and work history”
           section, later in this chapter. These concepts definitely come into play as you
           are prompted for information in the set-up process.

                        Am I too old for Facebook?
No. Most emphatically, no. This is a common          demographics are signing up for Facebook
misconception, mainly because Facebook               every day to keep in touch with old friends,
was originally exclusive to college students.        share photos, create events, and connect with
Facebook’s origins, even its name, are rooted        local organizations. Almost everything we dis-
in college campuses, but its utility and nature      cuss in the book is non-age-specific.
aren’t limited to being useful to only college
                                                     Obviously, how people use the site can be very
                                                     different at different ages, but you will discover
Everyone has networks of friends and people          these nuances when you use Facebook more
with whom they interact on a day-to-day basis.       and more. Generally, you should feel confident
Young or old, in college or working, this is true.   that you and your friends can connect and use
Facebook tries to map these real-world con-          Facebook in a meaningful way.
nections to make it easier for people to share
                                                     There are more than 500 million people using
information with their friends.
                                                     Facebook, and that number isn’t made up of “a
If you’re reading this section and thinking          bunch of kids.” Rather, it’s a bunch of people
maybe you’re just too old for Facebook, you’re       from every age group, every country, and every
wrong. More and more people in older age             walk of life.
32   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

     Making Facebook Revolve Around You
               For this section, try imagining Facebook as a map in a car navigation system.
               Except, instead of mapping out only the streets of your neighborhood,
               Facebook layers on top of that the Profiles of your friends, the photos they’ve
               uploaded, and the coffee shops that are their favorites. Facebook is your own
               digital map of your life. Back in that navigation system, it’s hard to figure out
               where to turn unless your car is right at the center, and the map shifts and
               reformats as you move through it. Adding your location — whether through
               your current city or networks — ensures that Facebook is keeping you in the
               center of the picture.

               Current city
               At some point in the first few days, you will be asked — and we certainly
               encourage you to — to identify your current city. Adding a current city helps
               centralize search results around you so that if you search for pizza, you’ll get
               local results before you get some pizza place in Italy. That’s just a tease — for
               more details on searching, see Chapter 11.

               Adding your current city also helps people around you find and connect with
               you through Search. If you want to add it right now, you can do so from your
               Profile page. Look for the pencil icon next to the word Edit in the About Me
               portion of your Info tab. Clicking it takes you to a form where you can enter
               your Current City (in addition to other information).

               The word network can be a bit overused around Facebook from time to time.
               After all, isn’t Facebook a giant network? Aren’t your friends, with whom you
               have direct connections, a network? What about if you’re using Facebook for
               business networking? When getting started on Facebook, network refers to a
               group of people with a real-world connection but who may not actually know
               each other.

               Each of the three types of networks has a real-world counterpart. High school
               networks and college networks mirror high school and college campuses;
               workplace networks mirror companies and businesses. Similar to your cur-
               rent city, joining a network re-centers the site around you and your location.

               Unlike your current city, however, networks aren’t for everyone. When you’re
               deciding to join a network, keep in mind these limitations:
                                           Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook             33
                   ✓ You cannot join a high school network unless you’re actually in high
                     school. High school networks cannot, for security reasons, accommo-
                     date high school alums or even teachers.
                   ✓ You can join college and workplace networks only with authenticated
                     e-mail addresses. If you’ve already graduated from college but want the
                     capability to see classmates, request an alumni e-mail address from your
                     alma mater. Without it, you won’t be able to join that school’s network.

                 If you aren’t in high school, and if you don’t have an “authenticated” e-mail
                 address, you can skip on over to “Setting Up Your Profile.” Otherwise, read
                 on to learn more about how you can and why you should join a network.

                 To join your most relevant networks, look for the link to the Account Settings
                 page in the Account menu (at the top of any page). Click the Networks tab,
                 and enter the network you would like to join. Figure 2-2 shows the options
                 you see if you haven’t yet joined any networks.

 Figure 2-2:
     Look no
farther than
   this page
    to find a
 network to

                 Networks are nice because if you have some to join, they can be quite useful,
                 but people who don’t have any don’t really miss out. For example, you can
                 use network privacy to keep something shared only with people you work
                 with. So let’s say that Carolyn and Leah both work at Company Q and have
                 joined its corresponding network on Facebook. However, (and this is really
                 sad) they haven’t yet added each other as friends. Carolyn may take photos
                 at the company picnic, and publish them to her “Friends and Networks.” That
                 way, Leah can see Carolyn’s photos despite them not being friends. This is
                 just one example of how privacy can work; for more details about controlling
                 privacy on Facebook, check out Chapter 5.

                 This privacy setting doesn’t just apply to photos, but to all sorts of informa-
                 tion. Because you can give the people around you a little more access, and
                 you can get a little more access, joining a network makes connecting and
                 sharing even easier.

                 To join your workplace or school network(s), you need an e-mail address from
                 your company or school.
34   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

     Setting Up Your Profile
               You’re probably thinking, “Didn’t I set up my Profile when I joined?” The
               answer to that is, not quite. Your account is what you already created; how-
               ever, your Profile — what people can see about you — is probably still blank.
               We talk more about the bigger picture of Profiles and what they mean for
               you in Chapter 6. For now, just say that setting up your Profile is important
               so that when you start to find friends and friends start to find you, they can
               identify who you are, and that you really are you. The main pieces we cover
               here help people figure out who you are.

               But what does your Profile actually consist of? You can check out your cur-
               rent Profile by clicking the Profile link, in the big blue bar on top of any page.
               Your Profile is made up of boxes and tabs. You see boxes — literally small
               rectangles each containing a type of information — running down the left
               side of your Profile. You see tabs — similar to the tabs that emerge from file
               folders — running across the top of the page. Together, the information con-
               tained in these boxes and tabs tells your story.

               To get you set up on your Profile, we focus on the Info tab. The Info tab
               contains mostly text fields. Go to the Info tab of your Profile. To fill out your
               Info tab, click any of the links to edit your Profile. This takes you to the Edit
               Profile page, which is broken up into various sections based on informa-
               tion categories. Figure 2-3 shows the page for editing Basic Information; you
               can select any of the other sections to edit that information, as well. (For
               example, in the far-left pane, you see Profile Picture, Relationships, Likes and
               Interests, Education and Work, and Contact Information.)

               As you edit this information, you may wonder who can see it. By default,
               everyone can see the sections we’re diving into right now. Sensitive stuff
               like your contact information is available only to your confirmed friends by
               default. You can restrict both of these settings further by using your privacy
               settings, if you choose (see Chapter 5).

               Look for the little pencil icon you see next to Edit Information all over
               Facebook. It often appears when your mouse is hovering over something as
               well. Wherever you see it, you’ll be able to change or edit the content it marks.

               In the rest of the chapter, we detail a few fields you should fill out early on.
               Here, we briefly describe the types of fields contained within each section
               (and we get into more depth with a lot of these in Chapter 6):

                 ✓ Basic Information: Basic Information contains a variety of fields that
                   you may want to share with people. This information includes things
                   ranging from your political and religious views to the kind of relation-
                   ship you’re looking for. None of these fields are required, but they are
                   meant to encourage you to share some biographical details that help
                   people understand who you are.
                                      Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook             35
              ✓ Profile picture: This section provides you with an easy way to upload a
                Profile picture — we talk more about the importance of Profile pictures
                a little later in this chapter.
              ✓ Relationships: This section can be filled out so that you can link your
                Profile to that of your spouse or significant other, and to your parents
                and siblings. People refer to this sort of linking as being Facebook
              ✓ Likes and Interests: Likes and Interests includes a lot of fields for
                what basically amounts to your favorites — favorite books, music,
                movies, and so on. When you enter these items, you automatically link
                to Facebook Pages representing them. We’ll talk more about how this
                works in Chapter 6.
              ✓ Education and Work: We spend a lot more time on this in the follow-
                ing section. It’s pretty self-explanatory; this section allows you to share
                where you went (or go) to school and the various places you’ve worked.
              ✓ Contact Information: Facebook has an amazing ability to be a one-stop
                address book. Because of the ability to restrict visibility, you can share
                your phone number, address, e-mail addresses, and screen names
                easily. We’ll talk more about how to restrict privacy on these things in
                Chapter 5.

Figure 2-3:
  your Info
36   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               The Information Box
               Here’s where it can get a bit confusing: the Information Box, which appears
               below your Profile picture on your Profile, displays a variety of Information
               culled from your Info Tab, which we went over in the preceding section. This
               box is intended to be an “at-a-glance” window into you. Once you fill out your
               Info tab, you can choose which ones appear in this box by clicking on the
               pencil icon in its header. We recommend keeping at least your hometown
               because that’s a really common way old friends use to make sure that it’s
               really Susan from gym class. If you want to keep other fields visible, that’s
               great, too. All the fields help you tell your friends about you and what mat-
               ters to you.

               Education and work history
               Entering your education and work history usually helps people identify how
               they know you when you request a friend or send someone a message. For
               example, if you meet someone at a conference or social function, the abil-
               ity to remind them, “Remember me, the one with the cool job writing For
               Dummies books?” is built right into your Profile. Additionally, if someone per-
               forms a search for a certain class year from your school, you appear in the
               search results, and old friends can get in touch with you.

               Profile picture
               Your Profile picture is another way that people can identify you, especially if
               you have a common name. If your Profile picture features a light blue silhou-
               ette, you can change it by rolling your mouse over it and clicking the Change
               Picture link that appears. A few considerations about Profile pictures that fit
               into the larger idea of a Profile are covered in Chapter 6. For now, keep these
               points in mind when choosing a Profile picture:

                 ✓ Make a good first impression. Your Profile picture is one of the first
                   ways people interact with your Profile and how you choose to represent
                   yourself. Most people pick pictures that are more or less flattering, or
                   that represent what’s important to them. Sometimes, Profile pictures
                   include other people — friends or significant others. Other times, the
                   location matters. If the first photo you see of someone is at the beach
                   versus at a party or sitting at his desk, you may draw different conclu-
                   sions about that person. What picture represents you?
                 ✓ Consider who will see your Profile picture. By default, your Profile pic-
                   ture appears in search results that are visible to all of Facebook and can
                   even be made available to the larger Internet population. So, generally,
                                Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook             37
          people who search for your name can see that picture. Make sure it’s
          something you’re comfortable with everyone seeing.
       ✓ Remember that you’re not stuck with it. After we put all this pressure
         on you to represent yourself and let people identify you, keep in mind
         that you can easily change your Profile picture at any time. Is it the dead
         of winter and that photo of you on the beach last summer is just too
         depressing to look at? No problem; simply edit your Profile picture.

Trust Me: Getting Verified
     As we say over and over, Facebook is a Web site for real identity and real
     people. To protect this fact, Facebook has systems in place to detect any fake
     Profiles. Fake Profiles may be jokes (for example, someone creating a Profile
     for her dog), or they may be spammers (robots creating accounts to send thou-
     sands of fake friend requests). Regardless, they’re not allowed on the site.

     You, however, aren’t fake or a spammer; how does Facebook know that?
     Facebook figures that out by verifying you. Now, you may start out verified,
     or it may take a little while. To figure out whether you still need to get veri-
     fied, look at these questions:

       ✓ Did you join with an authenticated e-mail address? Authenticated
         e-mail addresses are ones that not just anyone can get. For example,
         Google provides e-mail addresses to its employees that end with a spe-
         cific domain (in their case, @google.com). You can’t have that address
         unless you work for Google. Most colleges and workplaces have authen-
         ticated e-mail addresses. If you joined with one of these, you were auto-
         matically verified.
       ✓ Do you have an authenticated e-mail address that you didn’t join
         with? Joining a network with your authenticated e-mail address also
         serves to verify you. (Refer to Figure 2-2 to see how you join an authenti-
         cated workplace or school network.)
       ✓ Do you not have an authenticated e-mail address? You will need to get
         verified as you use the site. To do that, keep reading this section.

     Without an authenticated e-mail address, Facebook unfortunately has to
     assume the worst about you. You may send spam or inappropriate content to
     people on Facebook. It’s suspicious and paranoid. But it wants to trust you,
     so it’s going to start testing you.

     Remember the CAPTCHA you filled out when you joined? Until Facebook
     trusts you, you will continue to see these when you interact with other
     people on Facebook. Through your normal use of the site, eventually
     Facebook will believe you are not, in fact, malicious, and it will stop show-
     ing you CAPTCHAs wherever you turn. You can forgo having to solve many
38   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                     of these by instead being verified through your mobile phone. In order to
                     do this, your mobile phone needs to be able to receive text messages (also
                     known as SMS messages). If you don’t have a mobile phone, or it doesn’t
                     have this capability, don’t worry — you’ll still get verified as you start using

                     To get verified via mobile, follow these steps:

                       1. Search for someone and click Add to Friends.
                          A pop-up appears that double-checks that you want to add this person
                          as a friend.
                       2. Click Send Request.
                          A security check will appear in the form of a CAPTCHA, shown in
                          Figure 2-4.
                       3. Click the Verify Your Account link (located beneath the CAPTCHA).
                          A new Confirm Your Phone pop-up appears, as shown in Figure 2-5.
                       4. Select your country and enter your mobile phone number.
                       5. Check your mobile phone for a text message that contains a code.
                       6. Enter the code into the Code field in the Confirm Your Phone pop-up.
                       7. Click Confirm.

      Figure 2-4:
      Still seeing
     a CAPTCHA
        like this?
          End the
     with mobile
                                          Chapter 2: Adding Your Own Face to Facebook                 39

 Figure 2-5:
your phone
   to prove
you’re real.

               Facebook won’t send you any other mobile messages unless you choose to
               opt into Facebook Mobile. (For more information about Facebook Mobile, see
               Chapter 14.)

               If you’re already verified, you won’t see a CAPTCHA. You may not be able to
               use mobile verification if your phone can’t receive text messages, but don’t
               worry, you’ll still get verified eventually just by being a normal user of the site.
40   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook
                                    Chapter 3

                     Finding Your Way
                     Around Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Navigating Facebook
▶ Looking around after logging in
▶ Reading about friends on the Home page
▶ Finding out about what’s new, now, and next in the right column

           I  magine a universe with you at the center. Cool, huh? This is how you can
              think of the page you see each time you log in to Facebook. The Facebook
           Home page is entirely oriented toward you and your friends. The main
           column tells you what your friends have been up to recently, and the right
           column shows key pieces of information, such as what events are coming
           up, people with whom you haven’t yet connected, and the most interesting
           content your friends have been adding. Even the ads in the right column are
           targeted specifically to you and your interests. Navigation bars line the top
           and bottom of this page and every other page on the site. These ensure that
           you can always find your way back to a page you recognize, no matter where
           you end up.

           In this chapter, we explain everything you see on this Home page when you
           log in, and how you can use this page to get around the rest of the site.

Checking Out the Blue Bar on Top
           Leah and Carolyn both happen to spend a lot of time in coffee shops working
           alongside writers, students, businesspeople, and hobbyists — all drinking
           steamy beverages and manning laptops. We can always tell at a glance when
           someone is browsing Facebook by the big blue bar across the top of the
42   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                      page. The blue bar is home to many of the important navigational links on
                      Facebook. Once you can adequately navigate the blue bar, you might as well
                      kick off your shoes and put up your feet because you’ll undoubtedly be feel-
                      ing right at home on Facebook. Figure 3-1 shows the blue bar links from left
                      to right.

       Figure 3-1:
     The blue bar
        at the top:
      link by link.

                      Here’s what you need to know about each one:

                       ✓ Facebook logo: The Facebook logo on the left of the blue bar serves two
                         purposes. First, it reminds you what Web site you’re using. Second, no
                         matter where you are on Facebook, if you click this icon, you’re back at
                         the Facebook Home page.
                       ✓ Friend requests: Next to the Facebook logo is an icon of two people,
                         intended to depict friends. Clicking this icon takes you to any pending
                         friend requests you may have. This icon also lets you access the various
                         methods for finding friends. Whenever you receive brand new friend
                         requests, a little red number totaling the number of new requests shows
                         up on top of this icon. When you view the new requests, whether or not
                         you respond to them, the red flag goes away.
                       ✓ Messages: An icon depicting two speech bubbles lets you access your
                         message Inbox. Clicking it shows you snippets from your five most
                         recent messages, as well as links if you want to send a new message or
                         go to your Inbox. As with the friend requests, a little red flag appears to
                         show you how many new messages you have. When you click that flag,
                         you’ll see the new messages, and the flag will clear.
                       ✓ Notifications: When someone on Facebook has done something to you
                         or your Profile, you are notified by a red flag on top of the next icon —
                         the globe. Maybe the person has tagged you in a photo, written on your
                         Wall or the Wall of a group you are in, given you a virtual gift, or com-
                         mented after you on a post. Click the globe to see the five most recent
                         notifications, as well as a link to the rest.
                       ✓ Search: In Chapter 7, we go into all kinds of detail about Search on
                         Facebook. The short version is that you can use Facebook search to
                         find people, groups, events, and applications on Facebook. As you start
                         typing a search topic, a list of items begins to autocomplete. If you see
                        Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook              43
  the person or item you’re looking for, scroll down or use your mouse to
  select it. Pressing Enter automatically takes you to the top item in the
  list. You can also use Search to see what your friends or anyone in the
  world is publishing about a particular topic. You can find your long-lost
  elementary school friend, a gaming application, what people are saying
  about the recent election, what they think of a product you’re thinking
  of buying, or even the up-to-the-minute score of a sports event.
  People sometimes try queries that the Search box isn’t designed to
  handle. Searching for elements of Facebook itself, such as Account or
  Privacy, for example, doesn’t give you what you’re looking for. A better
  way to discover or navigate to a particular feature of the site is to click
  Help Center under the Account link on the right side of the blue bar.
✓ Home: This link works just like the Facebook logo. Wherever you are on
  the site, clicking it brings you back to the screen you see when you log in.
✓ Profile: Next to the Home link is a link to your own Facebook Profile.
  You can also get to your Profile by clicking your own name or photo,
  wherever you see them on the site. (See Chapter 2 for more on Profiles.)
✓ Account: This link gives you access to most of the administrative
  actions you can take on Facebook. We spell these out here:
      • Your Picture and Name: One of the many ways to get to your
      • Edit friends: Lets you manage your existing Facebook connections
        or find more people with whom you may want to connect. When
        you first land on the Friends page, you see all the same friend-
        finding tools you saw during sign-up (Chapter 2). Clicking the tabs
        down the left side of the Friends page shows all your friends; if
        you’ve organized your friends into different lists, you see those
        lists here, along with the tools to edit them. We explain the Friends
        page in much more detail in Chapter 4.
      • Manage Pages: Likely you will not see this link if you’re just getting
        started. If you find yourself using Facebook to promote something
        with the Pages feature (described in Chapter 12), however, this is
        where you’ll find access to the Pages you administer.
      • Account Settings: Enables you to change your name, your e-mail
        address or password, your mobile information (which allows you
        to access the site from a mobile phone), or the language you want
        to use on the site. This is also where you go to deactivate your
      • Privacy Settings: Enables you to set the visibility of the information
        in your Profile (see Chapter 5).
44   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                       • Application Settings: Allows you to adjust various privacy and set-
                         ting configurations on a per-application basis. You can also make
                         choices about which pieces of information from your Profile you
                         want to share with applications. The various applications use this
                         information to personalize your experience on their sites (see
                         Chapter 13).
                       • Credits Balance: Takes you to a settings tab where you can see how
                         many credits you have purchased for playing games or buying
                         gifts. Here you can also enter and edit your credit card information
                         and set your preferred currency.
                       • Help Center: Takes you to all sorts of tools for finding out how to
                         use the site, how to stay safe on Facebook, and where to send your
                         suggestions about how the site may be improved.
                         Many Facebook applications are written by external developers
                         (not by Facebook). If you’re having trouble using one of these
                         applications, the Facebook Help page offers methods for contact-
                         ing the developers directly.
                       • Logout: Ends your Facebook session. If you share your computer
                         with others, always be sure to log out to ensure that another
                         person can’t access your Facebook account.
                         Another way to log out of Facebook is to end your browser ses-
                         sion. However, if you have the Remember Me option selected,
                         you won’t ever be logged out until you explicitly click Logout.
                         Remember Me keeps you logged in despite closing the browser;
                         therefore, we recommend using the Remember Me option only on
                         a computer not shared with others.

     Discovering the Home Page
               The Home page is what you see when you first log in to Facebook. It’s com-
               prised of three columns of information, described in the following sections.

               Note: Before you have your first friend, the Home page looks very different
               than it does after you start making connections. Because the sign-up flow
               described in Chapter 2 guides you through finding your first friends, every-
               thing that follows in this section assumes that you’ve connected to at least one
               person on Facebook. If you haven’t yet connected, flip ahead to Chapter 4 to
               see how to find and connect with people you know, but don’t forget to flip back
               because this chapter is a juicy one.
                          Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook             45
News Feed
Imagine if your morning paper, news show, or radio program included an
additional section that featured articles solely about the specific people you
know. That’s what News Feed (in the center column of the Home page) is. As
long as the people you know are active on Facebook, you can stay up-to-date
with their lives via your Facebook home page. A friend may post photos from
his recent birthday party, another may write a Note about her new job, and
several others may RSVP to a wine-tasting party. These may all show up as
stories in your Facebook News Feed. A News Feed bonus: You can often use it
to stay up-to-date on current events just by seeing what your friends are talk-
ing about. In this morning’s News Feed, Leah found out the latest news on the
World Cup, which concerts were playing on the upcoming weekend, and that
fighting in Thailand seems to have calmed. We’re not recommending that you
rely on Facebook for all your current event news, but sometimes it can be a
decent proxy.

At the top of your News Feed, you see two links: Top News and Most Recent.
Most Recent shows you every story every friend publishes. When you have
a lot of friends, this can be overwhelming — you might miss some important
pieces. Top News features only the most popular stories from among your
friends. We talk more about Top News in Chapter 7.

Getting published
Hey, reader: What’s on your mind? Don’t answer us here; we can’t hear you.
Answer us at the top of your Home page, in the box that asks this very ques-
tion. This box, called the Publisher, sits just under News Feed in the center
of your Home page and works just like the Publisher box on your Profile.
Any time you have something you want to share, whether it’s a quick update
about what you’re doing, where you are, or where you’re going, right now, or
in life, you can share it through the Publisher.

Anything you post in the Publisher shows up on your Profile for those you
allow to see it. In Chapter 5, we go into great detail about how you can set
the privacy on each piece of content you post to Facebook. Although many
people may be able to see your Profile, they may see different things depend-
ing on how you set the privacy on the items you post. In addition to showing
up on your Profile, the items you post may show up in the streams of the
people who can see these items. If you create a status telling all your friends
to “Remember to vote on November 4!,” it will get published into all their
streams. Whether they see it depends on their stream-reading habits. If you
post a story to everyone in your family except your grandmother, saying
“Remember to wish grandma a happy birthday!,” every one of your family
members — and only your family members — sees this story in his or her
own stream.
46   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Down the left
               The left side of the Home page houses many more of the key navigational
               links you use to go deeper into Facebook. Additionally, the left column shows
               which friends are currently online and using Facebook and gives you access
               to start a real-time conversation by using Facebook Chat. The following list
               explains each link you see on the left side of the Home page:

                 ✓ <Your Name>/Edit My Profile: Clicking your own name always takes
                   you to your own Profile. Some people find the Profile link more intuitive;
                   but for people who use a shared computer, it’s reassuring to see your
                   name up there in the blue bar to quickly verify you’re logged in to the
                   proper account. Clicking Edit My Profile is just a shortcut to filling out
                   the information that will show up there.
                   Remember that after clicking either of these links or any others that nav-
                   igate you away from the Home page, you can always get back by clicking
                   the Facebook logo in the upper-left corner or the Home link in the upper-
                   right corner.
                 ✓ News Feed: Clicking this link resets your home page so you see exactly
                   what you see upon logging in: the News Feed of your friends’ activities.
                   News Feed remembers whether you were last looking at Top News or
                   Most Recent and retains that state.
                 ✓ Messages: Anyone on Facebook can send you a message unless you
                   change the messaging privacy settings. This link is one way to retrieve
                   those messages. The number of new or unread messages you have in
                   your Inbox is shown in parentheses next to the Messages link. When you
                   click Messages, two additional options show up beneath the link. These
                   let you navigate to Updates (messages sent by the Pages of which you’re
                   a fan) and to your Sent messages.
                 ✓ Events: You use the Events application to organize real-life events with
                   guest lists, reminders, and a space to add relevant comments and
                   photos. Click Events to see three additional options: Friends’ Events,
                   Birthdays, and Past Events (see Chapter 11).
                 ✓ Photos: Use this application to browse your friends’ recent photos, view
                   photos in which you’re tagged, and upload your own photos. For more
                   details on the Photos application, see Chapter 8. Click Photos to see four
                   additional options. The Video option shows videos you or your friends
                   have uploaded or been tagged in, as well as giving you access to add
                   more videos. You can also see Recent Albums your friends have posted
                   and Mobile Uploads specifically to see what friends are doing on the go.
                   Finally, My Uploads takes you to your personal albums.
                           Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook                47
  ✓ Friends: Clicking this link shows a list of your friends sorted by those who
    have been most active recently on Facebook. After clicking Friends, you’ll
    see a few additional options, such as one to Find Friends you haven’t yet
    connected with on Facebook. You can also see only the most recent
    Status Updates from friends. If you’ve created Friend Lists, which we
    cover in Chapter 4, you’ll see these lists below the Friends link after you
    click Friends. Clicking a Friend List filters your News Feed down to show
    only the stories from the friends in that list. Only the first few Friend Lists
    will show up, but you can click the More link to access the rest.

Accessing applications
In Chapter 1, we introduce the term application as it’s defined on Facebook.
Applications are the services that leverage the core Facebook elements,
including Profile information, Friends, and the Inbox. These enable you
to engage in more specific and sometimes niche activities. Click the
Applications menu in the left column to see the applications you already
have, the applications your friends are using, and some of the more popular
applications in the Facebook community.

When you join Facebook, a few default applications are added to your
account and are listed below the Applications link in the left column. You’ll
see some of the following by default; for the rest, click the More link.

  ✓ Games: Click this app to go to a dashboard of the most popular games
    being played among the Facebook community and your friends.
  ✓ Groups: Any user can create a Facebook Group for any reason. Groups
    are intended to bring people together (virtually) around common causes
    or interests. The Groups bookmark takes you to a page for viewing
    groups recently joined by your friends, groups to which you belong that
    have recently been updated, or generally popular groups that you can
    browse (see Chapter 10).
  ✓ Notes: Known to techy-types as a blogging tool, the Notes application
    offers users a blank page for sharing thoughts, anecdotes, tirades, dia-
    tribes, and more. The Notes link, located beneath More on the
    Applications menu, gives you quick access to Notes you’ve written, and
    to those recently written by and about your friends (see Chapter 8).
  ✓ Links: This application lets you highlight interesting content from the
    Web or Facebook and then provides a forum for discussion. Clicking
    Links takes you to a list of items recently posted by your friends, as well
    as your own links and other popular links (see Chapter 6).
48   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               If you’ve been using Facebook for a while, you may see a different set of appli-
               cations than the ones we list here, which may have something to do with
               what you’ve used recently or what you’ve added to or removed from your
               Profile. The applications described here are simply the defaults you have
               upon signing up, but ultimately you have complete control over which appli-
               cations you add to your Facebook experience (see Chapter 13).

               Each time you start using a new application on Facebook, a bookmark for that
               application shows up in the Application menu. You can remove a bookmark to
               any application you’ve used by clicking the “x” that appears next to the new

               The Facebook Chat feature lets you see which friends are online at the same
               time you are and enables you to send quick messages back and forth with
               any of those people. Similar products are AOL Instant Messenger (AIM),
               Windows Live, or Yahoo! Messenger. In the left column of the Home page,
               you can see a list of friends who are currently online and may be available
               to chat with you. (Theoretically, of course. You never know when a friend’s
               boss is looking over her shoulder.) A green dot next to a name means that
               person has been using Facebook in the last 10 minutes. The crescent moon
               means the person has Facebook open but hasn’t clicked anything for a while;
               she may have gone to lunch. If there are more friends online than fit in the
               left column, you can click the See All link to open the rest of your Chat list
               from the bottom right of the screen. Note that you can always access your
               online friends from any page on Facebook using the Chat menu in the bottom
               right (see Chapter 9).

               Right column, what’s up?
               On the right side of the Home page, next to the News Feed, you find a some-
               what random smorgasbord of what’s new, what’s now, and what’s coming up
               next on Facebook:

                 ✓ Events: Reminders about all Events to which you’re invited show in this
                   column for three days prior to the start of the Event — unless you RSVP
                   as Not Attending. Click See All to see all the Events to which you’ve been
                   invited. After Events, see all the friends who have birthdays coming up in
                   the next three days. You won’t see birthday reminders for those friends
                   who have chosen in their Profiles to hide their birthday information.
                 ✓ Suggested Pages, People, and More: Going out and finding all the
                   people you know on Facebook would be a lot of work. Same goes for the
                   Pages you like or other things on Facebook you might be interested in
                   viewing. In this space, you’ll see rotating suggestions that might
                          Chapter 3: Finding Your Way Around Facebook              49
     interest you, and the headline of this section will rotate to match. You’ll
     see people, celebrities, and bands that Facebook believes you may know
     or like. These suggestions are calculated using a number of factors, the
     most important of which being how many mutual friends you have with
     the suggested person, or how many of your friends are fans of the sug-
     gested brand or celebrity. If you see someone you recognize, click on
     her photo to add that person as a friend. Like the Requests box, this box
     may not appear if Facebook doesn’t have recommendations for you at
     this time.
  ✓ Sponsored: Facebook doesn’t grow on trees, you know. Nor was it
    brought into this world hanging from the beak of a magical stork.
    Facebook is built from pure manual labor (where manual labor equals a
    lot of typing) and a whole lot of computers storing all the information you
    and your friends add to the site each day. Labor and technology — these
    things cost. The ads that appear in this section fund the entire system.
  ✓ Requests: Someone on Facebook wanting you to confirm that you two
    are friends is an example of a request. The request contains links to
    accept or ignore the friend’s request. Another example is an invitation to
    an Event to which you should RSVP. When any request is pending, a link
    to it appears at the top of the right column on your Home Page. If noth-
    ing appears there, you have no unanswered requests.
  ✓ Pokes: Read about a Poke in Chapter 9. Just know for now that if you
    receive a Poke, you find out about it on the Home page.
  ✓ Get Connected: This section doesn’t particularly fall into the new, now,
    or next theme, but if getting someone you care about to join Facebook
    would improve your Facebook experience, you have easy access to
    invite them. Click Find Your Friends to search Facebook for the people
    you’re friends with in real life, but have not yet connected with. Click
    the Invite link to start inviting people to Join Facebook so you can com-
    municate with them. Track Your Invites is a way to see how convincing
    you’ve been at getting your friends to join, and clicking Facebook on the
    Go launches you into the world of Facebook Mobile, keeping you con-
    nected to your friends wherever you are (see Chapter 14).

Lowest links
In blue type at the very bottom of every Facebook page, you see a set of links
collectively called the Footer. The Footer is the catch-all for important infor-
mation about Facebook the social network, Facebook for business, Facebook
the company, and the Facebook policies. Here is a description of each link:
50   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                 ✓ <Language>: The first link on the left of the footer shows the name
                   of the language in which you’re seeing the rest of Facebook written —
                   English, for example. Click the name of the language to see a drop-down
                   with all the languages in which Facebook is available.
                 ✓ About: Takes you to the About Facebook page where you can read
                   about key features of Facebook, see the latest headlines from the
                   Facebook Blog, discover the newest Facebook features, and see links to
                   recent articles written about Facebook.
                 ✓ Advertising: Explores Facebook’s primary promotional offerings:
                   Facebook Ads, Pages, Share, and Connect (see Chapters 12, 13 and 15 for
                   more about these advertising solutions).
                 ✓ Developers: Most of the applications you can add to your Facebook
                   Profile are written by developers who don’t work at Facebook. If you’re
                   interested in creating a new Facebook application, this is your link.
                 ✓ Careers: Wanna work for Facebook? Click this link to find out what jobs
                   are available and all about the working environment.
                 ✓ Privacy: Details the Facebook Privacy Policy, which states
                   Facebook’s Privacy Policy is designed to help you understand how we col-
                   lect and use the personal information you decide to share, and help you
                   make informed decisions when using Facebook.
                 ✓ Terms: Although this link may see the least traffic of all the links on the
                   site, it’s one of the most important. Facebook is eerily adept at catching
                   users who break the Terms of Use in any damaging way. For the sake
                   of those who use the site in a respectful way, Facebook takes violations
                   of the Terms of Use seriously. The use of fake birthdays, fake names,
                   pornographic or copyrighted content, and spam-like behavior are all
                   grounds for disabling an account.
                 ✓ Help Center: The Help page gives you all sorts of tools for finding out
                   how to use the site, how to stay safe on Facebook, and where to send
                   your suggestions about how the site may be improved.
                                     Chapter 4

           Finding Facebook Friends
In This Chapter
▶ Understanding what friending someone means
▶ Finding friends on Facebook in various ways
▶ Organizing and controlling your Friend List

           H      undreds of sayings abound about friendship and friends. We looked up
                  a bunch of them online, and we boiled them down into one catch-all
           adage: Friends, good; no friends, bad. This is true in life, and it’s also true on
           Facebook. Without your friends on Facebook, you find yourself at some point
           looking at a blank screen and asking, “Okay, now what?” With friends, you
           find yourself at some point looking at photos of a high school reunion and
           asking, “Oh, dear. How did that last hour go by so quickly?”

           Most of Facebook’s functionality is built around the premise that you have a
           certain amount of information that you want your friends to see (and maybe
           some information that you don’t want all your friends to see, but we get to
           that later). So, if you don’t have friends who are seeing your Profile, what’s
           the point in creating one? Messages aren’t that useful unless you send them
           to someone. Photos are made to be viewed, but if the access is limited to
           friends, well, you need to find some friends.

           On Facebook, all friendships are reciprocal, which means if you add someone
           as a friend, they have to confirm the friendship before it appears on both
           Profiles. If someone adds you as a friend, you can choose between Confirm
           and Ignore. If you confirm the friend, congrats: You have a new friend! And if
           you ignore the friend, the other person won’t really find out.

           Now that we made you feel as though you’re the last kid picked for the
           team in middle-school dodge ball, we’re also here to tell you to have no
           fear because there are many ways to find your friends on Facebook. If your
           friends haven’t joined Facebook, invite them to join and get them to be your
           friends on Facebook as well as in real life.
52   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

     What Is a Facebook Friend?
               Good question. In many ways, a Facebook friend is the same as a real-life
               friend (although, to quote many people we know, “You’re not real friends
               unless you’re Facebook friends”). However, subtle differences exist among
               your real-life friends and your Facebook friends: There are a few Facebook-
               specific things about friendship that you should know.

               A reflection of reality
               The first and foremost definition of Facebook friends is that they’re just
               friends. These are the people you hang out with, keep in touch with, care
               about, and want to publicly acknowledge as a friend. These aren’t people you
               met on Facebook; rather they’re the people you call on the phone, stop and
               catch up with if you cross paths at the grocery, or invite over for parties, din-
               ners, and general social gatherings.

               In real life, there are lots of shades of friendships. Think of the differences
               between acquaintances, a friend from work, an activity buddy, an “ex-significant
               other but we’re still friendly,” and a BFF (best friend forever). In real life, these
               designations are always shifting — say, when you start calling up an activity
               buddy for advice, or it turns out that you and your significant other really can’t
               be just friends. On Facebook, though, all these nuanced relationships are still
               your friends.

               There are ways to account for these different relationships using Friend Lists,
               which we discuss later in this chapter. For the most part, though, all friend-
               ships are created equal on Facebook. When people see your Friend List, they
               see a big list that can be sorted only by networks, not your personal designa-
               tions of best friends and too awkward to say no.

               A contact
               A Facebook friend is also a contact, meaning that you are giving all your
               Facebook friends a way to get in touch with you. In many cases (depend-
               ing on privacy settings and what information you choose to share), you are
               also giving your friends access to other info, such as your phone number,
               address, and e-mail address.

               In return, your friends become your contacts: You can always contact them
               through Facebook, in addition to having access to their phone numbers,
               addresses, and e-mail addresses.
                                       Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends           53
A privacy implication
One important thing to remember when you send and confirm friend
requests is that friends likely get access to your Profile. You can limit the vis-
ibility of most things on your Profile to a subset of friends, but most people
have all of their Profile visible to all of their friends, if not more people. If
your Profile is set up this way, accepting a friend request means you’re grant-
ing that person access to anything to which you’ve given all your friends

That may sound a bit scary, but it’s similar to the access we give friends in
real life. The only difference is that in real life, this process happens gradu-
ally, as opposed to at the click of a button. At some point, a person you know
becomes someone you enjoy spending time with, care about, and are willing
to listen to. This sort of friendship intimacy is akin to the intimacy of letting
someone see your Profile. In addition to that, it’s a way to acknowledge to the
world, “Hey! This is someone I care about.”

A News Feed implication
News Feed is a constantly updating list of stories about all the actions your
friends take on Facebook, as well as a few stories about actions your friends
take on other sites. Think of News Feed as a personalized cable news show.
Instead of reporting on everything happening around the world, it reports on
everything happening around your world. News Feed stories may be some-
thing like “Blake wrote on Will’s Wall” or “Eric was tagged in a video.” All
these stories link to relevant content about your friends.

When you add people as friends, the stories they post will automatically
begin showing up in your News Feed. Right away, you can start to see their
statuses, what sorts of photos they upload, and so on. However, if you’re
less interested in that person (say it’s someone you just met at work and you
don’t care much what she’s up to on a day-to-day basis), or you find you’re
not interested in her posts, you can always hide her posts from News Feed
later, which we cover in Chapter 7.

A real-time implication
Not only may you want to know what someone is up to in general, but you
may want to know what certain people are up to the moment they are up to it.
If you have a mobile phone, you can be notified in real-time about what your
most favorite friends are doing as often as they choose to let you know.
54   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               When you add someone as a friend (or later, when you go to her Profile and
               look at the links beneath her picture), you can choose to subscribe to her
               updates via SMS. This means that, after you set up your phone on Facebook
               Mobile (described in Chapter 14), each time she publishes something to her
               Profile, you get a text message containing the status update. This feature
               should be reserved for your absolute favorite, best, most wonderful people in
               the whole world, who generally update their Profiles with interesting relevant
               content (otherwise, you may start resenting the buzz of your phone).

               You may want to know what your daughter, your spouse, your best friend, or
               maybe your close co-worker, is up to in real time. Subscribing to someone’s
               status can be a neat way to discover that you’re in the same physical location
               as someone or to be able to answer a time-sensitive question, such as “Who
               wants to go get dinner with me?”

               If you ever change your mind about receiving real-time updates, head over to
               that person’s Profile, and click Unsubscribe from SMS updates beneath the
               Profile picture.

     Discovering the Facebook
     Friend Philosophy
               You may hear different reports on the rules for Facebook. You may hear that
               it’s rude to ignore a friend request. Pay no attention to these ugly rumors.
               The truth about Facebook Friend etiquette is here.

               Choose your friends wisely
               Generally, you send friend requests to and confirm friend requests from only
               people you actually know. If you don’t know them — random friend requests —
               click Ignore. For all the reasons enumerated in the preceding section — your
               privacy, News Feed, and reflection of reality — don’t declare friendship unless
               some kind of relationship actually exists. Remember the lecture you got about
               choosing good friends when you were in high school? It’s every bit as true
               now. Accept a friend request that you shouldn’t, and the next thing you know,
               you’re fleeing for the border on the back of a motorcycle belonging to some
               guy who insists his name is Harley. Trust us: It will happen exactly like that.

               It’s quality, not quantity
               Another common misperception about Facebook is that it’s all about the race
               to get the most friends. This is very, very wrong. Between the News Feed and
                                           Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends          55
     privacy implications of friendship, aim to keep your Friend List to the people
     you actually care about. Now, the number of people you care about — includ-
     ing the people you care about the most and those you care about least —
     may be large or small. The average number of friends that a person has on
     Facebook is around 120. Does a person with 120 friends care about them all
     equally? Probably not. Does this mean that person is shallow? No. It means
     that this person is keeping up with and keeping track of all the friends who
     have come and gone through a lifetime. Changing jobs, schools, and locations
     also comes with new friends, but that doesn’t displace the fact that you care
     about friends from your past.

     Should you aim to have 120 friends? No. Carolyn’s mom has a great Facebook
     experience with fewer than 30 friends. With that number, she still can share
     her photos with her friends, play games with people she knows, and have a
     pretty active News Feed. Aim to have all the people you care about on your
     Friend List. Maybe that’s a big number, or maybe it’s a small number; the
     part that counts is that you want to see them in the list, smiling back at you.

Finding Your Friends on Facebook
     Now that we’ve impressed upon you how important friends are, you may
     be feeling a bit lonely. How do you get to the people you want to be your
     friends? Facebook is big, and if you’re looking for your friend John, you
     may need to provide some more detail. Facebook has a couple of tools that
     show you people you may know and want as your friend, as well as a normal
     search-by-name functionality for finding specific people.

     If only real life had a Friend Finder
     Friend Finder is a tool that matches e-mail addresses from your e-mail
     address book to people’s Profiles on Facebook. Because each e-mail address
     can be associated with only one Facebook account, you can count on your
     matches finding the right people whom you already know through e-mail.

     With your permission, Friend Finder also invites those people who don’t
     have a Facebook account that matches the e-mail in your address book to
     join Facebook. If they join based on an invite you send, they will find a friend
     request from you when they join.

     To use Friend Finder, you need to give Facebook your e-mail address and
     e-mail password. Facebook doesn’t store this information: It just uses it to
     retrieve your contacts list that one time.
56   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                    Chances are that you came across Friend Finder when you first set up your
                    account. The following steps make several assumptions, namely, that you use
                    Web-based e-mail (Hotmail, Gmail, Yahoo! Mail, and so on), that you haven’t
                    used Friend Finder recently, and that the address book for the e-mail has a
                    bunch of your friends in it. We cover other options, such as a client-based
                    address book or using an Instant Messenger Buddy List later in this chapter.
                    Here’s how to use Friend Finder:

                      1. From the Account menu in the big blue bar across the top, choose Edit
                      2. Choose Find Friends from the tabs on the left.
                        Figure 4-1 shows the Friend Finder. Below it, you may also see Friend
                        Suggestions, which we cover later in this chapter.

      Figure 4-1:
      An unfilled

                      3. Enter your e-mail address into the Your Email field.
                      4. Enter your e-mail password (not your Facebook password) into the
                         Email Password box and then click Find Friends.
                        These instructions are meant for first time users of the Friend Finder.
                        If you’ve used it before, or if you’re currently logged into your webmail
                        client, you may see some fields pre-filled or additional pop-up prompts
                        asking you for your permission to send information to Facebook. Don’t
                        worry if it doesn’t match the figures here at the beginning.
                        If Facebook finds any matches with the e-mails in your address book,
                        you see a page that looks similar to Figure 4-2. (If it doesn’t find any
                        friends, go to Step 6.) These people are the ones Facebook thinks you
                        may know. Anyone you select is sent a friend request from you. You can
                        use the Select All link at the top if you’d rather not spend your afternoon
                        checking off little boxes.
                                                   Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends       57

Figure 4-2:
The friend
  of Friend

              5. Decide whether to
                    • Add everyone as a friend. Click Add as Friends.
                    • Not friend anyone. Click Skip.
                    • Add many people as a friend. First click the Select All Friends
                      option at the top of the screen. Then deselect the check boxes
                      to the left of the specific names that you don’t want to be friends
                      with. After you deselect all the people you don’t want, click Add as
                    • Add a few people as friend. Check the box to the left of the name of
                      anyone you want to add as a friend. When you’ve selected every-
                      one you’d like to invite, click Add as Friends.
                After you click either Add as Friends or Skip, you land on the Invite por-
                tion of Friend Finder. It should look something like Figure 4-3. These
                e-mails are those that have no matches on Facebook.
              6. (Optional) Invite people to join Facebook and become your friend.
                Similar to adding friends, you can
                    • Invite all these contacts. Click Invite to Join.
                    • Invite none of these contacts. Click Skip.
                    • Invite many of these contacts by deselecting the ones you don’t want
                      to invite. Use the check boxes to the left of their e-mail addresses
                      and then click Invite to Join.
58   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                            • Invite some of these contacts to join. Deselect the Select All/None
                              check box at the top. Then reselect the ones you want to add by
                              using the check boxes to the left of their e-mails and clicking Invite
                              to Join.

      Figure 4-3:
       The Invite
        of Friend

                    After taking all these steps, we hope you manage to send a few friend
                    requests. Your friends need to confirm your requests before you officially
                    become friends on Facebook, so you may not be able to see your friends’
                    Profiles until that confirmation happens.

                    If the whole experience yielded nothing — no friends you wanted to add, no
                    contacts you wanted to invite — you have a few options. You can go through
                    these steps again with a different e-mail address. You should probably use
                    the one that you use for personal e-mail (from where you e-mail your friends
                    and family). If that’s not the problem, you have more ways to use Friend

                    Import an address book
                    If you’re someone who uses a desktop e-mail client — a program on your local
                    computer that manages your e-mail (like Microsoft Outlook, or Entourage) —
                    create a file of your contacts and import it so that Facebook can check it for
                    friend matches. The way to create your contact file depends on which e-mail
                    client you use. Here’s how to get the right instructions:

                      1. Go to the Find Friends page (by selecting Edit Friends from the
                         Account menu and then clicking the Find Friends tab on the left).
                                                     Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends        59
                  2. Select Upload a Contact File, a blue link to the right of Find People
                     You Email.
                    This first asks you to choose a contact file to upload. If you don’t know
                    where to find your contact file, click the How to Create a Contact File
                    link just above the upload field. This expands a window that looks simi-
                    lar to Figure 4-4.

 Figure 4-4:
Importing a
contact file.

                  3. If you already have a contact file created, import it here.
                    Next, you’re taken through Steps 4–5 in the preceding section.
                    Also, if you’re on a PC, you may have an option to Automatically Import
                    your Microsoft Outlook Address Book, by choosing that option.
                  4. If you haven’t created a contact file already, click the How to Create a
                     Contact File link and follow the instructions; then import the file and
                     follow Steps 4–5 in the preceding section.

                Instant messaging Friend Finder
                This option works for you only if you use Windows Live Messenger, AIM (AOL
                Instant Messenger), ICQ Chat, or Skype as an instant messenger (IM) client
                for chatting with your friends. The biggest difference among these and the
                previous steps in the Friend Finder is that all invitations you send this way
60   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                    are delivered via instant message. Thus, instead of your friends receiving an
                    e-mail asking them to join, they get an instant message from Facebook Bot.
                    Again, follow these steps:

                      1. Go to the Find Friends page (by selecting Edit Friends from the
                         Account menu and then clicking the Find Friends tab on the left).
                      2. Scroll to the bottom right. Under Find People You IM, click Import AIM
                         Buddy List or Import Windows Live Contacts (whichever you use).
                         The page expands as shown in Figure 4-5.

      Figure 4-5:
        The AIM

                      3. Enter your screen name and password and click Find Friends.
                      4. Follow Steps 4–5, as in the preceding sections, for the regular Friend

                    If none of these methods yields any results for you, don’t worry; you’ll find
                    friends in other ways, and you can still use the site.

                    After you have a friend or two, Facebook can start making pretty good
                    guesses about others who may be your friends. Facebook primarily does this
                    by looking at people with whom you have friends or networks in common. In
                    the Suggestions box, shown in Figure 4-6, you see a list of people Facebook
                    thinks you may know and, therefore, may want as friends. In this list, if you
                    see the name of someone you know, simply add her as a friend by clicking
                    the aptly named Add as Friend link beneath the person’s name. If you’re not
                    sure, you can click on a name or Profile picture to gather more evidence
                    from the Profile about if and how you know that person. Then you can decide
                    whether to add that person as a friend.
                                                    Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends          61

Figure 4-6:

              If you’re sure you don’t know someone, or if you do know someone, but are
              sure you don’t want that person as your Facebook friend, click the X next to
              her name and picture, and she will stop appearing in your Suggestions list. As
              you add or remove people from suggestions, more will pop up to take their
              place. This fun can last for hours, so make sure you have time and a comfort-
              able chair before you decide to start going suggestions-crazy.

              You’ll also see a smattering of suggestions on your home page every day when
              you log in. Finding friends is an ongoing thing, so don’t feel like you must go
              through every single friend finder option in one day. Pay attention to the right
              side of your home page, and your friend list will expand pretty quickly.

              Find what you’re looking for: Search
              Friend Finder is a great way to build your Friend List quickly without a lot of
              work. After you build it a bit, though, what if you find other people who may
              want to be your friends? Facebook Search has a few different methods that
              let you search for groups of people you may know. Facebook Search also
              offers you the capability to seek out certain friends by name.

              Classmate Search
              Classmate Search takes the information from people’s Profiles to create a big,
              searchable list. Classmate Search lets you easily find your friends from high
              school, college, graduate school, and so on. Ever wonder what that awkward
              kid from the dining hall wound up doing? Look no further.

              To get to Classmate Search:

                1. Select Edit Friends from the Account menu in the big blue bar and
                   then click the Find Friends tab on the left.
                2. Scroll to the bottom and select the links that read either Find Former
                   High School Classmates or Find Current or Past University Classmates.
                   These take you to the Classmate/Coworker search page, as shown in
                   Figure 4-7.
62   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

      Figure 4-7:

                        If you’ve already entered your education information to your Profile,
                        instead of Find Classmates links, you may see a link specific to search-
                        ing people from the schools you’ve listed. Clicking these links takes you
                        straight to searching within these schools/graduating years, but you can
                        always search for people from other schools by clicking More Search
                        Options in the upper-right corner of the resulting page.
                      3. Enter your high school or college, as well as the relevant graduating
                        The graduation year is important in getting the results filtered down to
                        the people you actually know. If you just search for Brown, you’d get
                        thousands of results, which is too many to sift through looking for those
                        few people you knew once upon a time. Limiting it to a certain gradua-
                        tion year makes it easier to find more people who you actually know.
                      4. Click Search for Classmates.
                        Check to see whether you know anyone in the search results.

                    Coworker Search
                    Coworker Search is based on information that people enter into their Profiles
                    about their work history. Generally, people enter the company they work for
                    (and companies they used to work for) and the dates they’ve worked there.

                    Coworker Search lets you search for people who work at the same places
                    you do (or did). Depending on the size of the place where you work and
                    how many of your co-workers have joined Facebook, this sort of search may
                                     Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends         63
yield entirely too many people or not enough. But keep your fingers crossed,
Goldilocks: It may turn out to be just right. To account for the “too many”
problem, search for specific names at specific companies, if you wish. It may
be easier to search for “John” at Microsoft, rather than anyone at Microsoft.
If you don’t find people you expect, it doesn’t necessarily mean they’re not
on Facebook. It may just mean they didn’t list the relevant information in
their Profiles, so you may have to try and track them down by name through
normal search.

To get to Coworker Search, follow these steps:

  1. Select Edit Friends from the Account menu in the big blue bar and
     then click the Find Friends tab on the left. Scroll to the bottom and
     select the Find Current or Past Coworkers link.
    This brings you to the Search by Company page, as shown in Figure 4-7.
    If you’ve already entered work information to your Profile, instead of
    a Find Current or past co-workers link, you may see a link specific to
    searching people from the places you’ve listed. Clicking these links
    takes you straight to searching within these companies, but you can
    always search for people from other companies by clicking More Search
    Options at the upper-right of the resulting page.
  2. In the Company field, start typing the name of the company you want
     to search.
    The Company field tries to autocomplete what you’re typing.
  3. (Optional) If you want, enter a specific person you’re looking for.
  4. Click Search Coworkers.
    Voilà! A list appears of people who listed that company in their Profiles.

In directing you to Classmate Search and Coworker Search, we keep bypass-
ing the convenient-sounding Quick-Search box. The Quick-Search box is
(more or less) what it sounds like. You enter a name of someone you want to
find on Facebook, press Enter, and very quickly get a list of search results.

If Friend Finder hasn’t yielded any results and you’re looking for more
friends, try thinking of some people you know who are on Facebook. Enter
their full name into the Quick-Search box and see whether that finds them.
Read results, lather, rinse, repeat.
64   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

     Keeping Track: Friend List Management
               After you do all this work finding and adding your friends, at some point, you
               may get a little overwhelmed and yell, “Stop the madness!” at your computer.
               This may freak out your computer, so here are some ways to spare your com-
               puter’s feelings and keep your Friend List under control.

               Creating and applying Friend Lists
               Friend Lists (capital L) are subsets of your giant list of friends (lowercase l).
               Confused yet? Friend Lists are a way of organizing your friends into lists to
               make your Facebook experience even easier and more personalized to you
               and your types of friends. Organizing your friends into Friend Lists allows
               you to

                 ✓ Share different types of information with different sets of friends. For
                   example, your best friends may get to see your party photos, and your
                   family may get to see your wedding photos. Using Friend Lists for pri-
                   vacy is discussed in Chapter 5.
                 ✓ See different information from different friends. You can filter your News
                   Feed down to specific Friend Lists. Some people make Friend Lists for the
                   different places they’ve lived, so their friends in Seattle are in one list, San
                   Francisco another list, and Denver another list. Then, when reading their
                   News Feeds, they see first what’s going on in Seattle, then SF, then Denver.
                 ✓ Communicate with the same groups of people. Friend Lists can be used
                   in the Inbox. Say that you always invite the same group of people to go
                   biking. Add them all to a Friend List, and then you can simply message
                   the list rather than typing their names each time. To send a message to
                   a Friend List, simply type the name of the list in the To line, where you
                   normally type a name.
                 ✓ In Chapter 9, we discuss using Friend Lists in Chat so that you can show
                   yourself as online or offline to different groups of people, or easily scan
                   for certain types of friends currently online, such as social friends if
                   you’re looking for a dinner date, or carpool friends if you need a ride.

               The options for how you create Friend Lists are virtually limitless. You can
               have 1,500 friends on each list, each friend can be on more than one list, and
               you can make up to 100 Friend Lists. Your lists can be for silly things (Girls’
               Night Out Girls), real-world needs (Family), or general bucketing (co-workers).
                                                     Chapter 4: Finding Facebook Friends         65
               To create a Friend List, follow these steps:

                 1. Go to the Friends page by clicking Edit Friends from the Account
                    menu in the blue bar at the top.
                    Most people land on the All Connections tab. If you don’t, simply click
                    the All Connections tab on the left side of the page.
                 2. Click the Create New List button (at the upper-left of the screen).
                 3. In the window that opens, name your list.
                    Maybe something like Dummies for the Dummies Team (see Figure 4-8).

Figure 4-8:
Creating a
Friend List.

                 4. Input the names of the people who belong on this list and then press
                    When you see the picture of the person you’re looking for pop up, click
                    it or keep typing until there is only one person left, at which point that
                    person is automatically selected.
                 5. Click Create List.
                    Now, wherever Friend Lists appear on Facebook, including where you
                    set privacy, News Feed, Chat, the Inbox, and the Friends page, you have
                    access to the new list you just created.
                    You can always edit the name or membership of a list later by selecting
                    the list name from the tab on the left of the Friends page (beneath the
                    Lists heading) and then clicking the Edit List button at the top of the
                    page. From there, you can change the name or delete or add members.
                    Also, whenever viewing friends on the Friends page, you can add them
                    to lists by selecting the Add to List drop-down menu to the right of their
                    names and checking the list to which you’d like to add them.
66   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Friend Lists are private, so even if the list you’re messaging is known in your
               mind as Annoying Co-Workers, all that your annoying co-workers see is a list of

               Spring friend–cleaning
               Every now and then, no amount of Friend Lists can hide the fact that you just
               have too many friends you don’t care about anymore. This isn’t your fault;
               after all, you can’t help being popular. If they are cluttering your Facebook
               Experience, though, it’s time to do a little friend pruning.

               No, friend pruning doesn’t mean waiting for your friends to shrivel in the
               sun. Instead, go to your huge master Friend List and start working your way
               through all your friends. The rules that apply for friend pruning are similar
               to the rules for spring-cleaning: If you haven’t used it in a year, you can prob-
               ably throw it out. If you haven’t even thought about a friend in a few years, or
               if you can’t remember why you accepted a friend request in the first place,
               it’s okay to remove that person as a friend. When you’re looking at your
               friends on the Friends page, you see a small X to the right of that person’s
               listing. Just click the X to remove your friend, and that friend is gone.

               Don’t worry — your friends are never told that they’ve lost a coveted place
               on your Friend List. Chances are that if you had no contact over several
               months, they won’t notice, either. You merely disappear from his Friend List
               (and he from yours), and both move on happily with your lives.
                                    Chapter 5

   Privacy and Safety on Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Navigating the many privacy options on Facebook
▶ Protecting yourself online and on Facebook
▶ Deciding what to share and when

           U      nfortunately, a lot of horror stories are out there about the Internet,
                  especially about social networking sites. Many of them involve teenag-
           ers and predators, some of them involve identity theft, and others involve
           far less salacious (but no less real) problems, such as spamming and com-
           puter viruses. The bad news is that these things are out there. The good
           news is that Facebook has some of the most granular privacy controls on the
           Internet, enabling you to share real information comfortably on Facebook.

           Facebook has created a trusted environment that provides three major

             ✓ In general, people create real accounts for themselves, and people
               are who they say they are on Facebook. This means that the commu-
               nity enforces a standard of reality. When people ask you to view their
               webcasts or click some mysterious link, those actions are reported by
               the community and the offenders are removed from Facebook. This also
               means that it’s usually easy to tell a real person from a fake one and that
               you can make informed choices about whom you interact with online.
             ✓ Facebook provides granular privacy controls that are built into every
               piece of information you create on the site. We discuss how these work
               in depth in this chapter. Before we get to that, however, we talk a bit
               about privacy in general and how Facebook approaches it.
             ✓ Facebook makes it easy for you to see your own Profile as other spe-
               cific people see it. This means you can easily verify that you’re sharing
               the information you want to share with the right set of people.
68   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

     Seeing the Win-Win of Privacy
               Would you display your phone number on a public billboard? Probably not.
               Would you write it down for your friends to hold on to? Probably yes. What
               Facebook has learned is that the more we control our information, the more
               likely we are to share it. If we feel confident that our phone number will be
               seen only by those people we want to see it, then we’ll probably post it on
               Facebook. The win-win of privacy is that the more we share, the better it is
               for information flow among us and our friends. So, when we each share more
               information, our friends share more information. As individuals, we win in
               that our information is shown to the specific people we want to see it, and
               not to the people we don’t. Our friends win because they can have access to
               more information about us. If our friends see us sharing, and decide to do the
               same, we win again because we have access to more information about our
               friends. And then, well, the cycle keeps building.

               Keeping this in mind, using your privacy options wisely is the best way to
               share the right information with the right people. Using your privacy options
               wisely is also the best way to keep your information away from the wrong
               people. With this control, Facebook becomes a place where you can share
               very personal things — not just in a “my phone number is private” way, but
               also in a “see photos of my new niece” way. Because of the privacy controls,
               Facebook is a place for you to truly share your life the same way you do in
               the real world.

     Know Your Audience
               Before we go too deep on where all the privacy controls live for each piece
               of information, we are first going to explain how Facebook encourages you to
               think about your audience. Once you have made decisions about which set of
               friends you want to see which types of content, then you can speed through
               the privacy options, making quick decisions for each item.

               For most pieces of information, you have four or five options for the audience
               to which you want to make a piece of content visible, along with a “custom”

                 ✓ Everyone: By setting the visibility of something you post or list to
                   Everyone, you’re saying that you don’t care who, on the entire Internet,
                   knows this information about you. Many people list their favorite bands,
                   and, just as they’d shout this information from the treetops, they set
                   the visibility to Everyone. This is a totally reasonable setting for innocu-
                   ous pieces of information. A restaurant recommendation in your status
                   could have an Everyone setting. There are many types of information
                   which we, and Facebook, would not recommend you share with every-
                   one. Read on . . .
                             Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook            69
✓ Friends of Friends: By setting the visibility of some information to
  Friends of Friends, you’re saying that the only people who can see that
  information are your friends and their friends. This might seems like a
  pseudo-safe setting for sensitive information. In real life, there’s a pretty
  legit level of trust borne out of sharing mutual friends. Facebook, how-
  ever, while striving to mimic real-world relationships, isn’t quite there
  yet, and the truth is that many of your friends may have “friends” on
  Facebook they can’t actually vouch for in real life. Setting the visibility
  of your information to Friends of Friends, as far as your authors are
  concerned, is pretty similar to opening it up to just about anyone. The
  real difference between the Friends of Friends and Everyone settings is
  that Web sites and applications won’t have access to your information
  if you’ve guarded it under Friends of Friends. So feel free to use this set-
  ting for information you want to hide from, say, Google, but that you
  don’t mind Joe Schmo seeing.
✓ Network privacy: In Chapter 2, we talk a little bit about joining a net-
  work and how that is a way of affiliating yourself with other people who
  have something in common with you, such as attending the same school
  or working for the same company. When you join a network, you’re usu-
  ally saying, “I choose to trust people who have this thing in common
  with me to see more information about me.” It is often the case that
  many students are perfectly comfortable sharing their phone numbers
  with other students, but they wouldn’t want just anyone in the world to
  see their phone numbers. The same may be true of people who share a
  work network.
   Facebook takes Network-level privacy pretty seriously. It’s difficult for
   anyone who doesn’t legitimately belong in a school or work network to
   join one, so many people find the Friends and Network privacy option
   the ideal balance between sharing information with their friends as well
   as a wider audience. The people in your network may not be friends
   yet, but they may be a pretty trustworthy bunch. If you trust your co-
   workers or your classmates in addition to your friends, you may choose
   to share the typically more private information, such as your e-mail
   address, physical address, or phone number. Many students share
   their dorm room phone numbers with their entire school, making it
   easier for classmates to contact one another for questions, for example.
   Facebook employees are wary about sharing their personal numbers to
   a wide audience, in case a stranger uses them instead of going through
   Customer Support channels. However, employees are perfectly willing to
   share their phone numbers with the entire Facebook company network
   because it makes our jobs much easier.
✓ Friends Only: Any information for which you set visibility to “Friends”
  will be accessible only by your confirmed Facebook friends. If you trust
  your friends, this is a reasonably safe setting for most of your infor-
  mation. If you feel uncomfortable sharing your information with your
  “friends,” we suggest you rethink who is on your friends list before you
  rethink what information you share.
70   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               Custom-made privacy
               All relationships in real life are not created equal. You share different stories
               with your family than you do with your co-workers. The photos you show
               your closest friends may not be the same ones you put up on the refrigerator.
               For that reason, the Custom privacy option allows you to both include and
               exclude individuals or groups of friends from being able to see parts of your
               Profile and your content. Find the Custom option for any piece of content
               by clicking the little lock wherever you see it, and selecting the last option
               on the menu that appears, Custom (edit). The Custom Privacy dialog box
               pops up and enables you to configure the audience of your photo, or note, or
               address, in many different ways:

                 ✓ Limit the visibility of a piece of content to all your friends plus a
                   subset of your networks. Leah shares her contact information with her
                   friends and the Facebook network because she knows most of her co-
                   workers. She does not share her contact information with the Brown
                   network (where she went to school) because she doesn’t want her infor-
                   mation in the hands of that many strangers. Open the Custom Privacy
                   dialog box and select Only Friends, along with whichever specific net-
                   works you’d like to share. (Note: This is relevant only if you are in more
                   than one network.)
                 ✓ Target a piece of information to just one network. Leah uses two
                   e-mail addresses — one for work and one for her personal life. She has
                   both listed on her Profile, but she’s set the visibility of her work e-mail
                   address to the Facebook network, and the visibility of her personal
                   e-mail address to her friends. To show a piece of information to a net-
                   work but not your friends, again you’ll use the Custom option. Click
                   Custom from a privacy drop-down menu, and then click the These
                   People drop-down menu. There you will see an option for Only Me.
                   Select that along with the network with which you’d like to share.
                 ✓ Limit the visibility of information to a subset of your friends. In
                   Chapter 4, we give you all the details for making Friend Lists, groups
                   of friends who have something in common. These lists can be used in
                   conjunction with privacy to show a particular list something you don’t
                   want other people to see, or you don’t think other people care about.
                   Say that you’re having a housewarming party and want all your local
                   friends to know about it, but don’t want to bother friends who don’t live
                   nearby. You can mention your party on your Profile and limit the vis-
                   ibility to your list of friends who live in your city (assuming you’ve made
                   such a list; if you haven’t, you can make one now by reviewing the steps
                   in Chapter 4.). To do so, select Specific People from the Custom Privacy
                   dialog box and then enter the name of the Friend List(s) you want to
                                              Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook             71
                 ✓ Restrict certain people from seeing your content. Conversely, some-
                   times you have information you’re comfortable sharing with the major-
                   ity of your friends but that you don’t want certain people knowing about.
                   Many people keep a list of friends called “Limited” or “Acquaintances”
                   that consists of all the people they’ve met, but aren’t quite comfortable
                   inviting into their homes, for example. After creating such a list, you can
                   announce your housewarming party on your Profile and then set the vis-
                   ibility of the announcement to All Friends. Then, in the Hide This From
                   box at the bottom, type the name of the list you’d like to exclude. You
                   can also exclude someone by name. In Figure 5-1 you can see the space
                   at the bottom of the Custom Privacy dialog box where you can hide con-
                   tent from specific friends. This is a great feature when you’re trying to
                   plan a prank or a surprise party.

 Figure 5-1:
The Custom
 dialog box.

               Anyone in a Friend List that is excluded from seeing something — whether it’s
               a photo album on your Wall or your Profile — will never be able to see that
               content. If someone is on two lists, one of which can see something and one of
               which is excluded from seeing it, that person won’t be able to see it. In order
               to verify that you’ve set your privacy correctly for a particular friend, navigate
               to the Privacy Settings under Account, where you will see a link to view set-
               tings in the first paragraph under Basic Directory Information. From there you
               can click Preview my Profile in the upper right to view your Profile as a spe-
               cific friend sees it. Type the friend’s name in the box and press Enter in order
               to verify that she sees your Profile the way you intended her to see it.

Know Your Privacy Options
               As we mentioned, Facebook prioritizes giving you control over all of the
               information you want to share. This is an absolutely fantastic principle, but it
               does have a downside — Facebook privacy controls are abundant and take a
72   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               while to learn and use. The good news is that all the privacy settings default
               to a level of openness with which most people are comfortable. If you have
               particular taste in your sharing, or sensitivity to sharing types of content,
               however, then you’ll want to read this chapter thoroughly, and make sure
               you feel comfortable with the material here before you start listing any per-
               sonal information on Facebook.

               Everything there is to know about Privacy on Facebook can be learned in
               one place. In the blue bar on top — click the Account drop-down box in the
               upper-right corner, and then select Privacy Settings.

               On the resulting page, you’ll see five separate sections. The first four (Basic
               Directory Information, Sharing on Facebook, Applications and Websites,
               and Block Lists) are what you’ll need to understand all about Privacy on
               Facebook. The fifth, Controlling How you Share, is basically a guide to using
               the other four.

               After reading this chapter, you’ll be well equipped to use Facebook Privacy.
               However, you’ll find that as you become a more advanced user, different
               privacy settings may become more or less relevant. Also, some people keep
               things tightly locked down at first, but as they see the usefulness of different
               types of sharing, they’ll start opening up. This means that as your relation-
               ship to your privacy settings change, you may want a quick refresher on how
               it all works. When that happens, we’d obviously love it if you come back to
               this book and this chapter, but perhaps much more convenient will be to go
               to the Controlling Your Information section of the Privacy Settings page for a
               brief recap of everything covered here.

               Basic Directory
               Certain information is visible to everyone because it’s essential to helping
               people find and connect with you on Facebook. This information includes
               your name, Profile picture, your gender, and networks. The name and picture
               are what help your friends find and connect with you. Without requiring vis-
               ible Profile pictures, looking for people with common names would be a very
               frustrating task as you would have no way to distinguish which John Smith
               is the one you know. It’s also really nice that, when looking at a friend’s Wall
               or at the RSVP list for an Event, you see the faces of the people writing or
               attending. Without the faces showing, it would look a little bit like attending a
               part in which everyone is wearing a paper bag over his or her head.

               The reason for keeping gender public is a little less obvious — it’s born out
               of the fact that in the English language, there is just no great way to refer to
               someone without using gendered pronouns. Facebook used to allow people
               to hide their gender, which resulted in silly looking sentences like, “Add them
               as a friend” or “Write on his or her wall.”
                               Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook            73
Finally, Networks is always public because its primary use is to see who else
is in your network before you join it and then use that network setting to gate
your privacy.

These are only a few of the many fields that Facebook encourages people to
fill out in order to help their friends find and connect with them. The rest of
the fields are as follows:

  ✓ Search: The Search setting determines whether people can find you on
    the site. If you don’t allow people to find you, you’ll likely be responsible
    for finding and connecting with people yourself.
  ✓ Send Me Friend Requests: This setting determines who can request
    your friendship through the site. The recommended setting here is
    Everyone because, especially as you’re getting started, many people
    you know may come across your Profile and send you a request. As
    you build up a lot of friends, you may consider dropping the setting to
    Friends of Friends so that total strangers don’t ask you to be a friend.
  ✓ Send Me Messages: This setting determines who can send you a mes-
    sage through Facebook. The recommended setting here is Everyone, but
    Leah prefers to keep her setting to Friends of Friends because this keeps
    total strangers from reaching out to her (“You work at Facebook!?? Will
    you deactivate my ex-boyfriend’s account!??”).
  ✓ See My Friend List: Depending on what kinds of friends you have and
    how comfortable you are with them knowing about each other, seeing
    your Friend List is one of the best ways for your real friends with
    whom you’ve not yet connected on Facebook to be able to find you. We
    (strongly) recommend setting this option to Everyone.
  ✓ See My Work and Education Info: Where you’ve worked and gone to
    school is often key information in helping people know whether they
    know you. People with whom you went to college may search for your
    school by name, for example, and if you have this information listed and
    public, they’ll be able to find you. You may consider this a good or bad
    thing depending on your college experience. If you’ve proactively kept in
    touch with everyone you care about, then by all means, keep the visibil-
    ity of this information restricted. If you’re curious who might be trying
    to track you down, share it with the world.
  ✓ See My Current City and Home Town: Search results are partially
    ranked by location. If you’ve listed that you live in San Francisco and I
    live in San Francisco, then when I search for your name, I will see your
    Profile listed closer to the top than someone who lives halfway around
    the world. Like the rest of the Basic Directory Information, share this
    information if you want to help people find and connect.
74   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                 ✓ See My Interest and Other Pages: Interest and Other Pages refers to
                   the interests you’ve listed on your Profile, such as bands, foods, movies,
                   and more. It also refers to the Facebook Pages that you’ve liked (more
                   on Pages in Chapter 12). This information is probably more interesting
                   to the people with whom you’re already Facebook friends, so feel free to
                   restrict the visibility with minimal consequence, if that makes you more

               You may be wondering what people can really see about you. Remember that
               you can check this out at any time by clicking Preview My Profile at the top of
               the Basic Directory Information section. Keep in mind that people can always
               see certain information about you: your name, your Profile picture, your cur-
               rent city, any networks you belong to, pages you’re a fan of, your Friend List,
               and your gender.

               Sharing on Facebook
               The Sharing section of the privacy page has three different bundles of
               information. To be honest, the distinction between the bundles isn’t that
               important because for each item in each bundle, you get to choose a specific
               privacy setting. To help with readability of the page and to offer additional
               clarity about what each setting means, the Sharing page within privacy set-
               tings is really broken into three categories:

                 ✓ Things I share: Posts by Me refers to anything you write in the publisher
                   at the top of News Feed or your profile. Of course, you know you can
                   set a different privacy option for each post, so this setting refers to the
                   default. Family, Relationships, Interested In, and Looking For, Bio and
                   Favorite Quotes, Web site, Religious and Political views, Birthday, Photo
                   album privacy — these are all things you add to your profile through
                   Edit My Profile.
                 ✓ Things others share: Photos and Videos I’m Tagged In, Can Comment on
                   Posts, Friends Can Post on My Wall, Can See Wall Posts by Friends. What
                   these settings all have in common is that someone else adds content that
                   ends up on your wall. When someone tags you in a photo, it ends up on
                   your wall. When you share a photo and someone comments, that com-
                   ment ends up on your wall. This group of privacy settings lets you choose
                   who can leave content on your wall, and who can see that content.
                 ✓ Contact Information: The Contact Information section lets you control
                   who can see the various pieces of contact info you may have added to
                   your Profile — such as phone number or e-mail address. Additionally,
                   you can control who has the ability to send you a message or add you
                   as a friend. Remember, friends can always send you a message, so the
                   lowest setting for both of these is Friends of Friends.
                                              Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook            75
               Wherever you can set the privacy of a piece of information on Facebook,
               you see a small gray lock icon. Clicking it allows you to choose one of the
               audience options from the drop-down menu: either Everyone, Friends and
               Networks (if you’re a member of a network), or Friends. Choosing Custom (as
               shown in Figure 5-2) lets you get specific about who can see your content. We
               talk about this a little later.

 Figure 5-2:
controls for
 sharing on

               Applications and Web sites
               Much of the richness of Facebook is the way you can take your Facebook
               Identity and your friend relationships to other places on the Internet without
               having to re-create any relationships or reenter any information into a new
               Web site. If you review a restaurant on Yelp.com, for example, your Facebook
               friends will see that when they visit Yelp.com. We cover this in much more
               detail in Chapter 13, so feel free to flip ahead if your curiosity is piqued. For
               the purpose of this chapter, we’re simply going to explain the control you
               have over your information when using other Web sites in conjunction with

               On The Applications and Websites Privacy page shown in Figure 5-3, you’ll
               find five settings:

                 ✓ What You’re Using: This section may be empty if you’re new to
                   Facebook. This section lists all the Web sites and applications with
                   which you’ve linked your Facebook Profile. If at any time you don’t feel
                   comfortable with the way a site is using your information, simply delete
                   the site from this list; just click the Remove link, and from the dialog
                   box that appears, select which site you no longer want to have access to
                   your Profile and click Remove.
76   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                 ✓ Game and Application Activity: Application dashboards are the landing
                   pages for games and activities that you can access through the quick
                   links on the left side of your home page. The games dashboard shows a
                   list of popular games, who’s playing, and how they are doing. This set-
                   ting allows you to keep your name from showing up in those stats. Other
                   applications have dashboards, too.
                 ✓ Info Accessible Through Your Friends: When your friends use other
                   Web sites and applications in conjunction with Facebook, it may be
                   useful to their experience to see their friends’ (that is, your) information.
                   An example of this is a birthday calendar application which may alert
                   them when a friend’s birthday is on the horizon. In this section, you can
                   say which of your information your friends can allow sites to access. If
                   you want your friends to be able to use a birthday reminder Web site
                   to remember your birthday, you may want to allow them to give your
                   birthday to the sites they trust. If you never want any application having
                   access to some of your information, the notes you write, for example,
                   then uncheck that box and your friends will not be able to import that
                   information into their applications.
                 ✓ Instant Personalization: The shortest possible summary of Instant
                   Personalization is that Facebook has made some deals with highly
                   trusted partner Web sites to give them quick access to the information
                   that you have already allowed to be public. These Web sites can then
                   use that information to show you a personalized experience when-
                   ever you use them. We go into great detail on Instant Personalization
                   in Chapter 13 — not to mention the detailed summary of Instant
                   Personalization when you click this link from the privacy page. Rather
                   than explain it again here, we’ll simply say that this is where you go to
                   turn Instant Personalization off — not that it’s enabled by default.
                 ✓ Public Search: This refers to a limited view of your Profile that anyone
                   can see if he searches for your name in an external search engine, such
                   as Google. Your Public Search Listing shows a portion of the content
                   you’ve made available to everyone.

               Block lists
               Blocking someone on Facebook is more or less the digital equivalent to some
               combination of a restraining order and a witness protection program. For the
               most part, if you add someone to your Block list, he can’t see any traces of
               you on Facebook. You won’t show up in his News Feed; if he looks at a photo
               in which you’re tagged, he may see you in the photo (that’s unavoidable),
               but he won’t see that your name has been tagged. When you write on other
               people’s Walls, that will be hidden from him. A few key things to remember
               about blocking:
                                               Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook          77
                  ✓ It’s almost entirely reciprocal. If you block someone, then he is just as
                    invisible to you as you are to him. So you can’t access his Profile, nor
                    will you see anything about him anywhere on the site. The only differ-
                    ence is that if you block the relationship, you’re the only one who can
                    unblock it. This fact actually leads to an interesting fact about blocking.
                    You might think that one person (let’s call him Pedro) blocks another
                    person (call her Lucy) because Pedro doesn’t want Lucy to see what
                    he’s up to. When in fact Pedro is quite likely to block Lucy because he
                    doesn’t want to see anything about her anymore; maybe she writes
                    really annoying status updates; maybe they had a nasty break-up.
                  ✓ You can only block people who are not your friends. If you go to a non-
                    friend’s Profile, you’ll see an option to block the person at the bottom-
                    left corner of his Profile. If you go to a friend’s Profile, you’ll have to
                    remove that person as a friend before you can block her. If you block
                    from the privacy page, you can enter the name or e-mail address of
                    anyone, and you will automatically be unfriended (if you were friends),
                    and that person will be blocked.

  Figure 5-3:
the informa-
     tion you
  share with
    and Web

                 As you get going on the site you may find out you know people who LOVE to
                 send a ton of application invites — “Play this game! And this game! Try this!
                 Check out this!” You might even become that person. But say that you don’t
                 turn out to be a big fan of using applications. Rather than block the overly
78   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                    friendly person who’s sending you all those invitations, you can simply block
                    invitations such that you can still interact with your friend in every other
                    way, but you won’t receive application invites. You can block both people
                    and applications by going to the Privacy Settings page under Account. When
                    you click Edit Your Lists underneath Block Lists, you’ll see the options show
                    in Figure 5-4.

      Figure 5-4:
      people and
       from con-
     tacting you.

                    The Application Privacy page
                    In addition to all of the privacy settings listed on the Privacy settings page,
                    there are even more settings regarding the visibility of specific informa-
                    tion within specific applications. Applications built on top of the Facebook
                    Platform are sometimes built by Facebook and are sometimes built by other
                    people. (For more information on adding applications, see Chapter 13.) The
                    Applications section of the Privacy page controls which applications interact
                    with your information as well as what information they’re allowed to interact
                    with. For each application, you can select a number of options that control
                    the way in which that application shares information with your friends:

                      ✓ Profile: The Profile tab of the Applications settings lets you specify
                        which people can view the content you post in a particular application.
                        For example, if you use the Facebook Events application, you can specify
                        whether there’s a box or tab on your Profile that shows all the events
                        you’ve attended or plan to attend, and then the Privacy option lets you
                        decide who you want to see that box or tab. Here are the steps to setting
                        the Profile privacy for applications — Figure 5-5 shows an example:
                            1. Click the Account link at the top of the page.
                            2. Choose Application Settings from the drop-down menu.
                            3. Click Edit Settings next to a particular application.
                            4. On the Profile tab of the dialog box that appears, you can set
                               the privacy level of the box and/or tab (if you have one) for that
                               application using the Privacy drop-down menu list.
                                             Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook             79
                ✓ Additional Permission: You also are in control of which of your own
                  information applications or other Web sites you use in conjunction with
                  Facebook, and how those sites can contact you or publish content on
                  your behalf. Use Steps 1 through 3 in the preceding set of steps and then
                  select the Additional Permissions tab of the Edit Settings box. Different
                  Web sites and applications will have different options, but generally
                  speaking, this is where you go to change permissions on whether an
                  application can publish stories to your Wall while you’re using it, and

Figure 5-5:

              Though you can restrict most of your information from applications, remem-
              ber that applications can always access your name, Profile picture, and

Taking Personal Responsibility for Safety
              No one wants anything bad to happen to you as a result of something you
              do on Facebook. Facebook doesn’t want that. You don’t want that. We, your
              authors, don’t want that either. We are trying, right now, to keep it from hap-
              pening by telling you about these options and explaining how they work.
              Facebook tries to keep bad things from happening by giving you all these pri-
              vacy options in the first place. You’re the third piece of the pie, or the puzzle,
              or whatever. In order to ensure your own safety on Facebook, you have to
              make an effort to be smart and safe online.

              So what is your part? Your part is to be aware of what you’re putting online
              and on Facebook by asking yourself a few questions:

                   Is what I’m putting on Facebook legal or illegal?
                   Would I be embarrassed by someone in particular finding this
80   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

                          Will the audience with whom I’m sharing this information use it in a way
                          I trust?

                     You need to be the one to choose whether displaying any given piece of
                     information on Facebook is risky. If it’s risky, you need to be the one to figure
                     out the correct privacy settings for showing this information to the people
                     you choose to see it — and not to the people you don’t.

                     Your part is equivalent to the part you play in your everyday life to keep
                     yourself safe: You know which alleys not to walk down at night, when to
                     buckle your seatbelt, when to lock the front door, and when to toss the
                     moldy bread before making a sandwich. Add these to your list:

                          I use my Facebook privacy settings wisely.
                          I am careful about what information I expose to lots of people.

     Remembering That It Takes
     a Village to Raise a Facebook
                     Another way in which you (and every member of Facebook) contribute
                     to keeping Facebook a safe, clean place is in the reports that you submit
                     about spam, harassment, inappropriate content, and fake Profiles. Facebook
                     assumes that your friends aren’t putting up bad stuff, but when you’re look-
                     ing at content of people you’re not directly connected to, you should see a
                     little Report link beneath it. This is true for Photos, Profiles, Groups, Links,
                     Applications, Pages — more. When you click one of these links, you see the
                     Report page. Figure 5-6 shows an example of someone reporting an inappro-
                     priate photo. (Photo not pictured, for obvious reasons — sorry.)

       Figure 5-6:
     ate content.
                                   Chapter 5: Privacy and Safety on Facebook          81
     The various Report options that you see may vary, depending on what you’re
     reporting (a message as opposed to a photo, for example). These reports
     are submitted to the Facebook User Operations team. The team then investi-
     gates, taking down inappropriate photos, disabling fake accounts, and gener-
     ally striving to keep Facebook clean, safe, and inoffensive.

     When you see content that you don’t like — for example, an offensive
     group name or a vulgar Profile — don’t hesitate to report it. With the entire
     Facebook population working to keep Facebook free of badness, you wind up
     with a pretty awesome community.

     After you report something, Facebook’s User Operations team evaluates it in
     terms of violating Facebook’s Terms of Use. This means that pornography gets
     taken down, fake Profiles are disabled, and people who send spam get a warn-
     ing. However, sometimes something that you report may be offensive to you
     but doesn’t violate the Terms of Use and, therefore, will remain on Facebook.
     Due to privacy restrictions, User Operations may not always notify you about
     actions taken as a result of your support, but rest assured that the team han-
     dles every report.

Peeking Behind the Scenes
     Facebook’s part in keeping everyone safe includes a lot of manpower and
     technology power. The manpower involves responding to the reports that
     you and the rest of Facebook submit, as well as proactively going into
     Facebook and getting rid of content that violates the Terms of Use.

     The technology power that we talk about is kept vague on purpose. We hope
     that you never think twice about the things that are happening behind the
     scenes to protect you from harassment, spam, and pornography. Moreover,
     we hope that you’re never harassed or spammed, or porned — the unofficial
     verb form meaning “being assaulted by accidentally seeing unwanted porn” —
     but just so you know that Facebook is actively thinking about user safety and
     privacy, we talk about a few of the general areas where Facebook does a lot of
     preventive work.

     Protecting minors
     Again, we keep this section purposefully vague to avoid becoming Gaming
     Facebook’s Systems For Dummies. In general, we want you to note that people
     under the age of 18 have special visibility and privacy rules applied to them.
     For example, users under the age of 18 don’t have Public Search Listings
82   Part I: Getting Started with Facebook

               created for them. Public Search Listings enable people to be found in outside
               search engines, such as Google. Facebook decided never to expose minors in
               this way. Would anything bad have happened if Facebook had decided other-
               wise? Probably not, but better to be safe than sorry.

               Other proprietary systems are in place that are alerted if a person is inter-
               acting with the Profiles of minors in ways they shouldn’t, as well as systems
               that get alerted when someone targets an ad to minors. Again, with refer-
               ence to the personal responsibility part, as a teenager (or as the parent of a
               teenager), you are responsible for understanding privacy and safe behavior
               on Facebook. Facebook tries to prevent whatever it can, but at the end of the
               day, you have to be a partner in that prevention.

               You must be at least 13 years old to join Facebook. No one younger than that
               can have an account without violating the Terms of Use.

               Preventing spam and viruses
               Ah, spam, that delicious little can of . . . something once meat-like? Male-
               enhancement medications? Prescription drugs delivered to your door?
               “Please sir, send me $, and I promise to return $$$.” Everyone can agree that
               spam is the bane of the Internet, all too often sliming its way through the
               cracks into e-mail and Web sites — and always trying to slime its way into
               Facebook as well, sometimes in the form of messages to you, or Wall posts,
               or groups of events masking as something it’s not to capture your precious

               The spam reports that you provide are incredibly helpful. Facebook also
               has a bunch of systems that keep track of the sort of behavior that spam-
               mers tend to do. If you haven’t read this yet, hop to Chapter 2 for the scoop
               on CAPTCHAs, the first line of defense against spammers creating multiple
               dummy accounts (the bad kind of dummy) that can be used to harass people
               with unwanted ads. The spam systems also keep track of those who mes-
               sage people too quickly, friend too many people, post a similar link in too
               many places, and other such behaviors that tend to reek of spam. If you end
               up really taking to this Facebook thing, at some point you may get hit with
               a warning to slow down your poking or your messaging. Don’t take it too
               personally, and just follow the instructions in the warning — this is the spam
               system at work.
      Part II
Sharing Your Life
  on Facebook
          In this part . . .
O     ne thing you hear repeatedly in this book is this idea
      of sharing. Facebook is about sharing your real life
with the people you care about. This part focuses on giv-
ing you knowledge of the tools you use to share yourself
on Facebook, and the tools you use to share in the lives of
your friends.

Between your personal Profile and the applications that
you choose to use, there are hundreds of ways to connect
to family and friends — both old and new.
                                     Chapter 6

             Building Out Your Profile
In This Chapter
▶ Sharing with your friends through your Profile
▶ Navigating the Profile
▶ Protecting your Profile privacy

            Y     our Facebook Profile is more than just a bunch of information — it’s an
                  ongoing, ever-evolving story about you. Did you ever have to respond to
            a writing prompt that asked you to write page 73 of your 248-page autobiogra-
            phy? Your Profile page is the page you are working on right now, except your
            autobiography is a complete multimedia presentation, pulling together your
            words, your photos, your friends’ thoughts, and postings. All of those things
            together tell the reader both who you are and what’s important to you. Your
            Facebook Profile is not about altering who you are but rather representing
            yourself. It is the introduction of you and also your way of sharing yourself
            with the people who matter to you. What do you want people to know about
            you? What do you want your friends to find out about you?

            In Chapter 2, we cover the basics of your Profile, Profile picture, education,
            and work history. In this chapter, we talk about how to write your story in
            the language of Facebook.

            Figure 6-1 shows an entire Profile. The Profile has basically two columns. The
            skinny column on the left displays the basics about you. The larger column
            on the right has a few tabs. These tabs are actually the most important parts
            of your Profile, so we begin with those before moving on to the pieces in the
            left column.
86   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Figure 6-1:
       An entire

     “Wall” You Need Is Love
                    The Wall is the focus of your Profile. It’s what your friends see first when they
                    get to your Profile, and it’s also where they leave public messages for you.
                    When you go to a friend’s Profile, checking out the Wall is the quickest way to
                    find out what they’ve been up to recently. Figure 6-2 shows a sample Wall.

                    The first thing to remember about the Wall is that it’s by you as well as about
                    you. You have control over what stays in your Wall and what you put there,
                    but your friends have the ability to help you tell your story. This aspect
                    of the Wall makes it really interesting. Think about all the things you learn
                    about a friend the first time you meet his parents, or all the funny stories you
                    hear when your friend’s significant other recounts the story of how they met.
                    These are the types of insights that your friends may casually leave on your
                    Wall, making all of your friends know you a little better.

                    The Wall can feel a bit overwhelming at first — it has so many different photos
                    of people, all talking about seemingly unrelated topics. It’s a little bit like scoot-
                    ing into the middle of a group of people who just finished having a big laugh and
                    are now looking at you, hoping you’ll say something brilliant. Awk-ward.
                                                       Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile        87

 Figure 6-2:
Wall shows
a snapshot
  of her life
 right now.

                Don’t worry: We’re going to spend a lot of time breaking down the Wall
                and then showing you how to build one for yourself. We also go over some
                common etiquette practices for the Wall.

                Understanding the Publisher
                In Figure 6-2, notice that the Wall has several components. They are all inter-
                related, so instead of trying to break them up, we start with where it all
                starts — the Publisher. The Publisher, which is shown in detail in Figure 6-3,
                is the collection of links that sits at the top of the Wall and enables you (and
                your friends) to create posts. Posts are the building blocks of the Wall. There
                are posts from you, posts from your friends, posts with attachments like
                links, or posts with just text. Red posts, blue posts, old posts, new posts.
88   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

        Figure 6-3:
        Start all of
         your pub-
     lishing here.

                       We talk about Wall posts in two ways: posts that come from you and posts
                       that come from your friends. If you want to get a sense of the difference
                       between these two types of posts, you can filter down to either type from the
                       Wall. On your own Profile, look just below the Publisher to where there are
                       options for Leah + Friends, Just Leah, and Just Friends. (You see your own
                       name there, of course, unless you are lucky enough to be named Leah.)

                       You can also filter posts on your friends’ Profiles if you’d like. To do so there,
                       click the magnifying glass icon right below the Publisher. This opens the same
                       options you see on your own Profile, but for your friend.

                       You and the Publisher
                       When you’re looking at your own Profile, you’ll notice that here the Publisher
                       is the same Publisher you see on your home page. Regardless of where you
                       start, and regardless of which link you click, the content that you publish
                       goes onto your Wall as a post.

                       Update status
                       The most common type of post that you see people make from their own
                       Profile is a basic text update that answers the question, “What’s on your
                       mind?” On Facebook, people refer to this type of post as a status update or
                       just as their status. Status updates are quick, short, and completely open
                       to interpretation. Sometimes, people update them with what they may be
                       doing at that moment: “Running errands,” “Sitting in the sun at Dolores
                       park,” “Ultimate!!!” Other times, they offer a random observation, thought,
                       or insight, such as “My oatmeal cookie had peanut butter in the last bite,” or
                       “The world is in need of a holiday where everyone tells the truth for a day.”
                       People also use status updates as ways to request info, or to get organized,
                       such as “Going for sushi for dinner, anyone in?” or “Planning a trip to India
                       this summer, anyone know where I should stay?” It’s very easy for friends to
                       comment on statuses, so a provocative update can really get the conversa-
                       tion going. We comment on commenting in Chapter 9.

                       Status updates sound small and inconsequential, but when they are added
                       together, they can tell a really big story, for one person or for many people.
                       For example, a visitor to Carolyn’s Profile may note a propensity for stress:
                       “Treading water. Already behind schedule. Nose to the grindstone.” There’s
                       also a propensity for randomness and inside jokes: “Carolyn is a jar. Cranes
                       are so cool. Creating found poems.” You know an awful lot about Carolyn’s
                       personality now, don’t you?
                                      Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile         89
As a collective, statuses are the way that news spreads quickly through
Facebook. Because your posts go into your friends’ Live Feeds, a single
update can have a big impact and is somewhat likely to be repeated in
some way or another. For example, a recent minor earthquake in California
prompted many of Leah and Carolyn’s friends to update their statuses. Those
who hadn’t felt it started updating their statuses to say that they’d missed it.
Friends and family across the country knew the news, and more importantly,
knew everyone was okay, so no frantic phone calls were necessary.

To update your status, follow these steps:

  1. Click Update Status in the Publisher.
     A text field that says “What’s on your mind?” expands.
  2. Click into the text field and type your comment.
  3. (Optional) Click the lock icon in the bottom-right corner to change
     who can see that particular post.
     We cover Profile and publishing privacy later in this chapter, so even if
     this sounds confusing now, just make a mental note of where this icon
  4. Click Share.

Ask question
Another common post people create is a question. Facebook Questions is
an application that allows people to ask questions of their friends and of the
Facebook community at large. Anyone can ask — and anyone can answer —
questions of all sort through this application. Nothing is too serious or too
silly. To ask a question, follow these steps:

  1. Click Ask Question in the Publisher
     A text field that says “What do you want to know?” expands.
  2. Click into the text field and type your question.
  3. Click Share.

All Facebook questions are visible to everyone on the Internet and tied to your
real name. If what you’re asking isn’t something you want everyone to know
you’re asking, don’t use Facebook to find your answer.

Add Photos
Facebook is actually the Internet’s number one photo-sharing website. In
other words, people love to share photos, and they post a lot of them on
Facebook. Consider this fact a teaser trailer for Chapter 8, where we go over
the entire Photos application including adding photos from the Publisher.
90   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

               Post Link
               Link posts are basically status updates about and including a link to content
               somewhere on the Internet. People use this type of post to bring attention to
               something they care about. It may be an article they found interesting, or an
               event, a photo album, or anything else they want to publicize. Usually, people
               add a comment to explain the link; other times, they use the link itself as
               their status, almost as though they’re saying, “What I’m thinking about right
               now is this link.”

               Posts with links mean you can share something you like with a lot of friends
               without having to create an e-mail list, call up someone to talk about it, or
               stand behind someone and say, “Read this.” At the same time, you’re almost
               more likely to get someone to strike up a conversation about your content
               because it’s going out to more people, and you’re reaching a greater number
               of people who may be interested in it.

               To post a link, follow these steps:

                 1. Click Post Link in the Publisher
                    A text field that says http:// followed by a big empty space expands.
                 2. In the text field, paste the URL you want to direct people to, and click
                    A preview of the content you are sharing appears. This is what your
                    friends will see in your post. Also, you’ll see a new text field below the
                    preview that says, “Say something about this link…”
                 3. (Optional) Change the thumbnail photo of your preview using the
                    arrows to flip through the options automatically generated.
                    If you don’t like any of these options, just check the No Thumbnail box.
                 4. (Optional) Enter a comment about the link in the Say Something
                    text box.
                    You might want to explain why you’re posting it, what you like about it,
                    or mention who you think will be interested in it.
                 5. (Optional) Click the lock icon in the bottom-right corner to change
                    who can see that particular post.
                    We cover Profile and publishing privacy later in this chapter, so even if
                    this sounds confusing now, just make a mental note of where this icon
                 6. Click Share.
                                       Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile         91
Recent activity
Aside from all the posts on your Wall, you’ll also notice little blocks of one-
line statements about you. These Recent Activity blocks detail what sort of
activities you’ve been doing around the site. It basically encapsulates
anything you do outside the Publisher, which are things like “Carolyn became
friends with John Wayne” or “Carolyn is attending the rodeo,” and so on.
These activities are considered less important to telling the story of you
because they offer less insight than a post does. They round out the story,
but they aren’t the meat of it.

Your friends and the Publisher
When friends visit your Profile, they’ll also see the Publisher. The only differ-
ence is that instead of seeing Update Status in the Publisher, they see a link
to Write on Wall. Although they can ask you a question, add a photo, or post
a link, chances are that the most common interaction you’ll see will be simple
text. People tend to refer to these text-only messages as simply Wall posts.
This can get kind of confusing, considering that anything on the Wall is tech-
nically a post. But check out the Wall posts on your friends’ Walls. Chances
are you’ll see a few “Hey, how are you, let’s catch up” messages, a few “That
was an awesome trip/dinner/drink” messages, and maybe a few statements
that make so little sense, you’re sure they must be inside jokes. (Things like
“LOL, OMG turtle babies!!!!” may not be the most insightful thing you’ve ever
seen about your friend, but rest assured that your friend probably appreci-
ated the note.)

If you’re on a friend’s Wall around his or her birthday, you are sure to
see many “Happy Birthday” Wall posts. There aren’t many rules for using
Facebook, but one tradition that has arisen over time is the “Happy Birthday”
Wall post. Because most people see notifications of their friends’ birthdays
on their home pages, the quickest way to say, “I’m thinking of you” on their
special day is to write on their Wall.

While we think that the back and forth between friends is one of the delights
of the wall, some people find it a little hard to let go. If you are someone who
doesn’t like the idea of a friend being able to write something personal on your
wall, you can prevent friends from being able to post on it within your Privacy
Settings page. You can also limit who can see the posts your friends leave.
From the Privacy Settings page, click Customize Settings and look for both of
these options under the Things Others Share heading.

The best way to get used to the Wall is to start using it. Write on your friends’
Walls, post a status update or a link on your own, and see what sort of response
you get from your friends. After all, that’s what the Wall is all about — sharing
with your friends.
92   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

     Getting the Lowdown on Info
                     The next tab after the Wall tab is the Info tab. The Info tab is where your
                     biographical information goes. This information is still really important to
                     understanding and getting to know you, but it’s not nearly as relevant as
                     what’s going on with you at the moment. A lot of this information has a way
                     of appearing on your Wall as well. Chances are that if you’re a huge fan of a
                     certain TV show, references to it and exhortations about the latest episode
                     will work their way into your status updates. But if someone just met you and
                     wants to know your favorite show, it may be quicker to figure it out on your
                     Info tab.

                     The Info tab is broken up into several sections, each of which contains a dif-
                     ferent type of information. To edit the information on your Info section, go
                     to the tab and look for the Edit Information link next to the pencil icon in the
                     upper-right corner. Clicking this expands an interface inline that allows you
                     to fill out any fields you choose in the Info section, as shown in Figure 6-4.

      Figure 6-4:
        Edit your
        info from
     screens like
         this one.

                     In the next few sections, we go through each area and highlight a few of the
                     fields for each.
                                        Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile          93
Anywhere you see this pencil icon appear, you can edit the content it’s
attached to. Look for it when you want to edit or change anything.

Back to basics
In Chapter 2, we go over the basic info that helps people find you and iden-
tify you as you — things like your hometown and current city. In your Basic
Information section are a few other fields that Facebook considers basic.

A few of these fields, like Relationship Status, Interested In, and Looking
For, all tie back to relationships. Although Facebook is not a dating site, it
includes your relationship information (that is, if you fill it out) as part of
your basic information. So, if you happen to be in the market, as you meet
people and become their friends on Facebook, knowing whether they are
single and interested in your gender is incredibly helpful information. Also,
the Relationships section is where people in a relationship link themselves to
each other’s Profiles. In fact, for many couples, becoming Facebook Official
is considered a defining moment — the moment they were ready to declare
their love publicly.

The other fields in the Basic Information section relate to your political and
religious views. Some people feel that this is a polarizing thing to state about
yourself right up front, and others feel that it’s such an integral part of their
being that it would be foolish to ignore it. Others still, like the Pastafarians of
the world, tend to use it as a slightly less serious designation. Like all other
fields on this page, the info is completely optional. If you choose to fill these
fields out, you’ll notice that they autocomplete, or try to guess the end of
the word you’re typing as you’re typing. You can select one of the available
options, or you can keep typing if what you want to enter is not in the list of

Getting personal
The Personal Information section contains mostly interests and favorites:
activities, movies, books, TV shows, music, and quotes. Additionally, you
complete the kind-of-intimidating About Me section. Fill out the fields how
you see fit, and remember that this is how people are learning about you, and
learning about what you like, what interests you, and even what music speaks
to you. This can often take the place of, or even enhance, the getting-to-know-
you conversation most of us have experienced at one point or another.
94   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

               Getting in touch
               Privacy settings are a very useful part of Facebook because people can share
               their telephone numbers, e-mail addresses, and other contact information
               without the whole world seeing it. This enables incredibly useful features
               (such as Facebook Mobile — see Chapter 14) and the ability to track down
               someone’s e-mail address and phone number — even if you were accidentally
               left off of his “I’m moving/changing jobs/changing names” e-mail. For your own
               contact information, share what you’re comfortable sharing and try to keep it
               up-to-date. We talk more about the privacy settings that protect this informa-
               tion in the “Choosing Who Can See What” section, later in this chapter.

               Education and work
               Another topic we cover in Chapter 2 is the importance of putting any work
               and education info up on Facebook. This makes it easier for people to search
               for you and to verify that you are in fact Meredith who went to Penn State,
               and not Meredith who went to Michigan. You can edit this information and
               add your whole job history inline by clicking the Education and Work section
               of the Info tab.

     Hello, Photos
               The next tab your friends will likely visit on your Profile is the Photos tab.
               The Photos application is covered in depth in Chapter 8, but what’s interest-
               ing about the tab specifically is that, along with photos that you have taken of
               yourself, it highlights other photos of you posted by other people.

               One of the features the Photos application provides you is the ability to tag
               friends. Tagging a friend in a photo means that you establish a link between
               his Profile and the photo. Any photos that you have been tagged in appear in
               chronological order on your Photos tab. You can see what Carolyn’s Photo
               tab looks like in Figure 6-5.

               The top part of the page focuses on the photos you’ve been tagged in. If
               you don’t like any of the photos, or don’t want them to appear here, simply
               remove the tag from the photo, and the photo will no longer appear here.
                                                         Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile         95

  Figure 6-5:
 If a picture
   is worth a
    this tab is
worth many
hundreds of

                  The bottom of the page features any photo albums you have uploaded your-
                  self, including a special space for the Profile Picture Album. This is an album
                  that Facebook makes for you automatically. Every time you change your
                  Profile picture, the new one is added to this album.

                  On Facebook, photos are a really important part of how people communicate
                  and how people learn about each other. Whether it’s learning about some-
                  one’s recent trip, or recent family reunion, or recent night out with friends,
                  photos provide real insight into a person’s life.

Thinking Inside the Boxes
                  The Wall, Info, and Photos tabs are the biggest parts of the Profile, but the
                  Profile also contains a bunch of smaller pieces, all of which provide little win-
                  dows into the story of you. Most of these sections fit neatly into little boxes.
96   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

               Profile picture, Action links, and Bio box
               Your Profile picture is something we talk about in depth in Chapter 2, but it’s
               worth noting its importance here. Not to be melodramatic, but your Profile
               picture is the most important photo you have on Facebook. It’s the first
               thing people see when they search for you; it’s the most constant part of
               your Profile when people are visiting it; and it follows you around Facebook,
               annotating and illustrating your name anywhere you leave a comment, create
               a post, or add yourself to a group or event. It’s the online equivalent to your
               smile and handshake when you meet someone new. The good news is that
               your Profile picture can always be changed to represent whatever is most
               important to you at the moment. Carolyn’s tends to change based on what
               her most recent favorite experience was; Leah’s changes as her hairstyles
               (and hair colors) change. Your Profile picture may be important, but also it
               has always been a place where people feel free to express themselves in fun
               and creative ways. Figure 6-6 shows an example of a Profile picture, Action
               links, and a Bio box.

               If, somewhere between your reading of Chapter 2 and now, you’ve decided
               your profile picture is not up to snuff, follow these steps to change it:

                 1. Hover your mouse over your Profile picture.
                 2. Click the Change Picture link that appears.
                    A menu appears with four or five options (depending on whether you
                    have a webcam built into your computer or not). You can choose to
                    upload a picture from your computer, take a new picture with your
                    webcam, or choose a photo from your previous profile pictures. You can
                    also Remove your existing photo, which will leave you as a blue-ish sil-
                    houette until you find a replacement.
                    The little square version of your profile picture that appears next to
                    your posts on your wall is called your profile picture thumbnail. It’s a
                    fragment of your profile picture. You can change what fragment appears
                    here by clicking the Edit Thumbnail option in the Change Picture menu.
                    You will then be able to drag the desired portion of your profile picture
                    into your thumbnail preview. Click Save when you’re done.

               Profile Action links are the small text links that live below your Profile picture.
               Most of these allow quick access to common actions that others may want to
               take on your Profile. Keep in mind that the links you see on your Profile may
               be different from the links you see on other Profiles. For example, someone
               visiting your Profile sees an Add <Your Name> as a Friend link, but doesn’t
               see the Edit My Profile link that you see.
                                                        Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile          97
  Figure 6-6:
 Your Profile
Action links,
and Bio box
are how you
  yourself to
   people on
your Profile.

                The default links that others see on your Profile are

                  ✓ View Photos of <Your Name>
                  ✓ View Videos of <Your Name>
                  ✓ Send <Your Name> a Message
                  ✓ Poke <Your Name>

                These are the most common ways that people interact with you on Facebook.
                They make sure that you’re you by looking at the photos of you, and then
                they get in touch through either a message or a Poke. When they arrive at
                your Profile, they know (and so do you) exactly where to look to do these

                The Bio box is a small text field that lives below your Profile picture and action
                links. In theory, this is the text equivalent of your Profile picture; it’s the
                matching introduction of yourself to people who visit your Profile. In practice,
                this box tends to change much less frequently and is sort of a slogan for a
                person. People often include phrases or quotes that they say a lot in real life,
                or they include a summary of who they are. You should feel free to use this
                space however you want. Before you’ve filled it out, you see a box with a link
                that says Write Something About Yourself. Clicking on that link expands the
                box and allows you to start typing. If you’re at a loss for words, “Facebook For
                Dummies deserves a Pulitzer” can often fill the void quite nicely.

                The Friends box
                The Friends box lives in the left column of your Profile, usually below the
                Profile action links, the little Bio box that you can fill out, and the Information
                box. The Friends box is one of a few boxes anchored to your Profile and is a
98   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                     reminder that although your Profile is a big piece of your Facebook experi-
                     ence, your friends are a big piece, too. Additionally, looking at this box on
                     your friends’ Profiles is a nice way to discover people you know. You may
                     suddenly see the thumbnail of Michael Bluth and think, “Oh my gosh, I want
                     Michael Bluth to be my friend, too!”

                     You can edit this box in a few ways. To edit it, click the pencil icon in the
                     right corner of the box. A menu appears as shown in Figure 6-7.

       Figure 6-7:
     Control how
     your Friends
     box appears

                     You can choose how many friends appear here, as well as select certain
                     friends who will always appear there. If you like the randomness and surprise
                     of each page refresh, you don’t need to fill out names here. Additionally, you
                     can choose which networks your friends get pulled from, so if you want to
                     showcase your friends from school or from your work network, you can do
                     so. Finally, you have the option to display a list of all the networks where you
                     have friends.

                     When you look at other people’s Profiles, you see an extra box of friends
                     that never appears when you look at your own Profile: the Mutual Friends
                     box. The Mutual Friends box shows a random sampling of friends you have
                     in common with the Profile you’re viewing; it doesn’t appear if you have no
                     friends in common. Say that Leah and Carolyn are friends with Blake. When
                     Leah looks at Carolyn’s Profile, she sees Blake in the Mutual Friends box.
                     When Carolyn looks at Leah’s Profile, she sees the same. When Blake looks at
                     his Profile, however, he doesn’t see a Mutual Friends box, although he may
                     see Leah and Carolyn in his regular Friends box.

                     Application boxes
                     In the preceding sections, we refer to the various boxes on your Profile.
                     When you visit other Profiles, you may notice more boxes running down the
                     left column of the Profile. Some Profiles may even have a Boxes tab follow-
                     ing the Wall, Info, and Photos tabs. These boxes are an option when you use
                                             Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile         99
     applications. When you open a Facebook account, you get Photos, Notes, and
     Video as applications you can use. In the process of using them, you have
     the ability to add boxes that feature any content you create from them. For
     example, the Notes application, which enables you to write entries similar
     to blog posts, can have a box on your Profile where your most recent notes
     are featured. We go over these options for Facebook applications in greater
     depth in Chapter 8, and we cover third-party applications in Chapter 13.

Profile-Building Strategies
     A Profile is a set of small nuances, subtle hints, and larger traits that help you
     decide whether you and another person are destined to be friends. To say
     you have a “strategy” when you talk to someone for a length of time may be a
     bit of an overstatement. Your strategy is probably to just be yourself. That’s
     what your strategy should be on Facebook, too. Here are a few reasons why
     people create a Profile and a few things to keep in mind as a result.

     Building a Profile for yourself
     With so many people using their real names to connect with their real friends
     on Facebook, clearly, a huge reason people build Profiles is for their own
     social life. Yes, you can connect with friends, but you build a Profile to help
     organize your life and represent your personality to the world. When you
     build a Profile, build something that makes you think, “This is a cool guy/gal.
     Man, I’m cool.” Warning: Saying that aloud, however, is not cool. Here are
     some suggestions for building your Profile:

       ✓ Be yourself. Fake information is boring. If you haven’t read Crime and
         Punishment, don’t add it to your Favorite Books lists to make yourself
         look smarter. People want to get to know you; represent as many parts
         of yourself that you feel are relevant to the people you meet. If you’ve
         read Crime and Punishment but also have a thing for supermarket
         romance novels, don’t be afraid to admit it. This is you — the Profile.
       ✓ Make deliberate choices about what you share. We talk more about
         privacy options later in this chapter and in Chapter 5, but it’s worth
         noting that one of the biggest ways you represent yourself is in what
         you choose to share via Facebook. If you want to import your secret
         blog onto Facebook for all your friends to read, go for it. Bring that
         once-secret information into the “conversation” where people can read
         all about you. If you don’t want your friends to know your most candid
         thoughts about life, don’t put them on Facebook.
100   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                  ✓ Keep your Profile updated. You’re a dynamic and multifaceted indi-
                    vidual. The best way to express that is to be dynamic and multifaceted
                    on your Wall. Remember: Your Profile is how you’re telling the story of
                    your life and what’s going on right now. Through the photos that you
                    add, the status updates that you write, and the comments from your
                    friends, everyone gets to know you a little bit better, and you get to feel
                    like you’ve truly told your story.
                  ✓ Be a trendsetter. Don’t be afraid to add things to your Profile that aren’t
                    necessarily part of everyone else’s Profiles. If none of your friends write
                    notes, but you think you have something to say, add a Notes box to your
                    Profile and start talking. Keep an eye out for new features and functional-
                    ity. (Facebook is constantly upgrading and improving different products.)
                    When something sounds interesting, try it to see whether you like it.

                Building a Profile for promotion
                Pages — an online presence for brands, businesses, stores, restaurants, and
                artists — enable non-people entities (companies, movies, and more) to engage
                with Facebook users in a truly meaningful way. Pages have most of the same
                components as a regular Profile and are used primarily to promote these
                entities. Find out more about setting up a Page in Chapter 12.

                Additionally, some people may create a regular Facebook Profile with the
                aim of promoting themselves. Maybe they are trying to network and create
                new connections to help them succeed in their line of work. Other people
                may be wannabe bloggers, wanting a lot of people to have access to most of
                their content. People can change the privacy of their Profiles to make much
                more of their information available publicly, which can certainly blur the line
                between Page and Profile.

                So whether you’ve created a Page or a regular Profile, telling the story of
                you is a little bit different. Think about the goals behind creating this type of
                Profile. If you’re an aspiring musician, maybe you want more exposure and
                airtime via your existing fans, spreading your music. If you’re with a major
                corporate brand, maybe you want to allow consumers to engage and affiliate,
                spreading your brand to their friends. If you represent a local shop, maybe
                you want to gather feedback from your customers on how to improve their
                shopping experience.

                Regardless of your goal, here are a few tips to help you:

                  ✓ Be real. People on Facebook want to connect to something alive and
                    engaging. Ditch your canned slogans and phrases; give real information
                    about yourself and your product.
                                       Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile       101
  ✓ Engage with your fans/consumers/customers/patrons. Facebook users
    can give you feedback and opinions about your product or service,
    which amounts to free focus group results from your consumers. Ask
    what they think of your new record, clothing line, or menu item. Don’t
    be afraid of negative feedback; use it to make your product better.
  ✓ Keep your Profile updated. Users return to Profiles that have new and
    relevant information. The posts that you create appear in people’s News
    Feeds — it’s the same way people interact with their closest friends. The
    more dynamic you are, the more people will want to interact and learn
    about you. Don’t waste this opportunity.
  ✓ Don’t be misleading. Keep your members informed about how often
    they can expect message updates, offers, deals, and more. Don’t use
    deceptive language to trick people into taking actions; you only hurt
    your brand as well as your success.

Sharing yourself with family,
friends, and the world
Facebook is truly a mapping of reality — drawing lines between your friends
and your Profile. Of course, the reality that you see may be different from
what your friends see. Maybe you see your friend Jessica as witty and sarcas-
tic, but others see her as downright mean. And how does Jessica see herself?
No one knows except Jessica, but you can probably tell how she views her-
self based on her Facebook Profile.

When you create a Profile on Facebook, you aren’t just sharing yourself. You
also reflect how you see yourself. We’re getting a little bit meta, but keep in
mind these two pieces that people see. You are giving folks a window into
you. What do you want them to see?

All this comes back to making choices about the information you put in your
Profile. If someone has a window into your living room, how do you arrange
the sofa pillows — and what do you move into another room?

The other issue is that how you represent yourself to your parents, siblings,
or kids may be different than the person you represent to your friends. And
that person may be completely different than the one you represent to your
co-workers, which is maybe even different from how you represent yourself
to your boss. Continuing our living room analogy: You clean your living room
from top to bottom when your boss comes over, straighten up for your par-
ents’ visit, and maybe just let your friends deal with a few dust bunnies under
the couches.
102   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                After you build your Profile (or clean your living room), you have two ways to
                choose what you’re representing and to whom. In the next chapter, we cover
                how to represent yourself by selecting those people you add as friends and
                those to whom you expose yourself. In the next section, we cover the other
                side: controlling the information you think represents you but maybe doesn’t
                represent you to everyone.

      Choosing Who Can See What
                We cover privacy and security in Chapter 5, but as you build your Profile,
                remember that all the information it contains can be controlled, almost line
                by line, and certainly post by post. You can choose who can see each post
                you make, as well as what people you don’t know can see.

                Know your options
                Generally, you see the following options in any drop-down menu about pri-
                vacy. On your Profile, you should remember that you can access this menu
                any time you create a post in the Publisher, allowing you to control visibility
                for that individual post:

                  ✓ Everyone: This means that anyone on Facebook can see this informa-
                    tion when they get to your Profile. Additionally, through applications
                    or search, this information may be made available outside Facebook.
                    Information or posts that you show to everyone are ones that you
                    should feel comfortable with anyone in the world seeing.
                  ✓ Networks and Friends: This option appears only if you have joined a
                    network. This enables people in your networks who are not yet your
                    friends to see a specific post or piece of information. People often use
                    this if they think that something is relevant to their larger network, but
                    not to everyone in the world.
                  ✓ Friends: Only your friends can see the post or piece of information.
                  ✓ Custom: Custom settings allow you complete freedom in what people
                    can see. You can allow certain lists of people to see something and
                    exclude others. You can learn about creating Friend Lists in Chapter 4.

                We say that post or that piece of information instead of your Profile because
                each piece of your Profile is controlled separately.
                                                       Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile        103
                 Figure 6-8 shows the Privacy tab of the Settings page. You can get to the
                 Settings page by clicking the word Settings on the big blue bar on top. Then
                 use the left-hand menu to select the Privacy tab. This is where you control
                 who can see each part of your Profile. In this example, everyone can see your
                 Basic Info, only Friends can see your birthday, and Friends and Networks can
                 see your Personal Info.

  Figure 6-8:
Control your
    tion from
 the Privacy
   tab of the

                 Your Profile is in the eye of the beholder
                 Because of the general options we discuss in the preceding section, infinite
                 views of your Profile exist. Each person has a different combination of net-
                 works and friendships, so generalizing what any particular person is seeing is

                 Everything on your Profile is visible to you, but don’t worry. Just because you
                 see your phone number and address when you click Profile, doesn’t mean that
                 everyone sees it, too.

                 In general, these are the two distinct groups of people to consider when
                 thinking about your Profile privacy: a group of people that you can’t control,
                 and a group of people that you can control. The groups you don’t control are
                 settings like Everyone and any setting that includes one of your networks.
                 The group you do control is your Friend List and your smaller Friend Lists
                 that you create. When you’re deciding on privacy, simply ask whether you’re
                 comfortable with these groups seeing your sensitive information.
104   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                      Contact information
                      Obviously, your contact information is the most sensitive information that
                      you put on Facebook. It’s also incredibly useful because it means you have an
                      auto-updating phone book of all your contacts that never gets lost and never
                      goes away. However, you don’t want anyone, even if he’s in your network,
                      seeing your home address and phone number.

                      For this reason, your Contact setting defaults to Friends. Increase its visibil-
                      ity if you choose, but by limiting it to only the people you confirm are your
                      friends, you make it incredibly likely that the people you want to contact you
                      can do so.

                      Another great privacy feature of Contact is that you control each piece of infor-
                      mation. To check out these options, click View Contact Settings on the Privacy
                      tab of the Settings page. You can see how specific this gets in Figure 6-9.

        Figure 6-9:
        Not every-
        one needs
       to see your

                      Using Custom settings, virtually any case you are trying to account for can be
                      covered on Facebook. Want your co-workers but no one else to be able to see
                      an e-mail address? Customize this setting so that only people in your work
                      network have access to it. Have a phone number you’d like only your best
                      friends to be able to access? Create a Friend List with those names and use
                      Custom to make it visible to that list. The possibilities are endless, and are
                      covered in great depth in Chapter 5.

                      Your birthday
                      Your birthday is another sensitive piece of information that has specific pri-
                      vacy controls in Facebook. On the Profile Privacy tab of the settings page,
                      Birthday has its own setting. You can choose if you want everyone, friends
                                                       Chapter 6: Building Out Your Profile       105
                 of friends, only friends, or a custom group of people to be able to see your
                 birthday. Additionally, because sometimes people are a wee bit sensitive
                 about how old they are (we swear, you don’t look a day over 29), there are
                 specific controls for what people can see about your birthday from your
                 Profile. Follow these steps to control who can see your birthday from the Info
                 tab of your Profile:

                   1. Hover your mouse over the Basic Information section.
                   2. Click on the pencil, or edit, icon that appears.
                   3. Click to expand the menu beneath your birthday field.
                     It looks something like Figure 6-10.

Figure 6-10:
    for your

                   4. You now have a choice:
                         • Show My Full Birthday in My Profile: This option is the default,
                           and it’s a decent option. It lets people know how old you are and
                           means that your friends will be notified on their home pages when
                           it’s your birthday.
                         • Show Only Month and Day in My Profile: This option is good if
                           you don’t want people to know what year you were born. This way,
                           your friends will still be notified about your birthday — they just
                           won’t know how many years young you are.
                         • Don’t Show My Birthday in My Profile: People who are very ner-
                           vous about their information security often choose this option.
                           This means that your Profile won’t display your birthday, and your
                           friends won’t be notified about your upcoming big day. This may
                           mean fewer birthday wishes on your Wall.
106   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                                  Honesty’s the best policy
        We talk a lot in this chapter about sharing and      ✓ Don’t share anything that makes you
        representation and showing yourself to the             uncomfortable. If having your phone
        Facebook world. Metaphors about autobiogra-            number listed is just too creepy for you, so
        phies aside, all people care about on Facebook         be it.
        is getting to know you. Facebook is a great way
                                                             ✓ Become well acquainted with Facebook’s
        to build closer relationships with people, and
                                                               privacy options. Using the privacy options
        lying on your Profile does not help accomplish
                                                               enables you to limit certain people or cer-
        this. In fact, lying just makes other people think
                                                               tain groups of people from accessing your
        that they should lie, too. The utility of Facebook
                                                               information. This is certainly a better choice
        is destroyed by having fake names, fake birth-
                                                               than lying for enhancing your Facebook
        days, fake work histories, and so on. Facebook
        is a great place to get real information. If you
        are uncomfortable with certain pieces of infor-
        mation being shared, we have two solutions
        for you:
                                        Chapter 7

                            Social Stories
In This Chapter
▶ Finding out what your friends are up to right now
▶ Reading about the latest interesting things in your community
▶ Telling people about your recent life history
▶ Finding recent information about a topic of interest

            R      eaching out to all the friends you care about to find out what’s going on
                   in their lives is a lot of work; in fact, it’s too much. Similarly, it’s a lot of
            repetitive work to have to tell everyone you know about what you are up to.
            Facebook’s mission is to help you connect and communicate with the people
            you care about. The Facebook model requires each of us to be responsible
            for forming our connections and then updating our Profiles with news in our
            lives. Our individual stories pour into the greater collective of information
            and sharing, from which we each can learn about what’s going on around us.

            In this chapter, we focus on the social stories on Facebook, starting with the
            stream of stories each of us generates for our friends. Then we talk about
            the greater social stream consisting of all the information contributed by
            our friends and the people around us. We finish up by wading into the global
            stream of information in which we can learn about the particular recent
            topics that interest us.

Going to the Wall
            When you first meet someone, generally you find yourself spouting off the
            kinds of information that live on your Facebook Info tab: your name, where
            you live, what you do, how many kids you have, and maybe where you went
            to school. When you’re talking to a friend you haven’t seen for a while, you
            share different kinds of information — rather than facts about yourself, you
            likely let her know what’s different or new in your life since the last time you
            spoke. Maybe you chat about a recent vacation, a mutual friend’s visit, or the
            difficulty you’re having with one of your clients.
108   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                Think of the Wall as being the place on your Profile for these kinds of updates —
                the ones you share with your friends on a regular basis. By updating your Wall,
                you update all of your friends at once about the key milestones (or even the
                minutia), giving them a chance to engage you in a conversation about anything
                that piques their interest.

                People post on their own Walls with different intentions and frequencies.
                Here are some of the types of information different kinds of people may pour
                into their own Profile stream:

                  ✓ Major life milestones: Sometimes you visit a friend’s Profile and see a
                    few words about the big stuff: a recent move, a college graduation, a new
                    job, or a wedding engagement. “Hey friends, I’m running off to join the
                    circus. Don’t look for me!”
                  ✓ Detailed account: On the other end of the extreme, you get people
                    who tell the stories of their lives through the sum of all the little things.
                    These are the friends who post to their Wall about their daily activities,
                    thoughts, feelings, and plans. You know when they’re relaxing at home,
                    and when they’re out to lunch; you know when they’re about to leave
                    work, and when they just left. You know if they’re not happy about it
                    being Monday and how thrilled they are that it’s Friday. You know when
                    they have a piece of popcorn stuck between two teeth, and you’ll be
                    relieved to know when they get it out.
                  ✓ Something to share: Some people reserve their Walls as a place to dis-
                    seminate generally useful or enjoyable information to their friends.
                    These people may post links to songs or upload interesting mobile
                    photos. They post news articles or write detailed accounts of things that
                    just happened to them that others would find useful to know, like having
                    saved money on car insurance. Even though these topics tend to be less
                    personal than the other kind, usually you can still get a feel for what this
                    kind of friend has been up to.
                  ✓ Meet up: Some people use their Walls as a way to meet up with friends.
                    They post when they’re hanging out at a park or café or planning to visit
                    a new city. If a friend is nearby and happens to read the post, they can
                    have a serendipitous adventure together. Writing about one’s temporary
                    location also has a few nice secondary effects. Friends who read about it
                    may not be able to join, but reading about location gives a good idea of
                    what one’s friend is up to. Parents often love these kinds of posts from
                    their kids because it gives them a hint as to their daily lives. Another
                    secondary effect of geographic posts is that they serve as endorsement.
                    Someone may write about being at a restaurant his friends haven’t heard
                    of. They can jot down the name and ask for a recommendation later.
                  ✓ Go public: You find these less on personal Profiles, but on the Profiles
                    or Pages of celebrities or brands, you often see promotional posts.
                    Bands may remind their fans about an upcoming tour or album release.
                                                                   Chapter 7: Social Stories       109
                    A company may let people know about an upcoming contest in which
                    fans may want to participate. Some artists and poets upload their work
                    to the Web and use their statuses as a way of letting their friends and
                    fans know where to find their most recent works.

               Leah recently decided to move and posted on her Wall that she was looking
               for an apartment subletter. Some responses were direct responses, “I’d like
               to check out the place!” Some were indirectly helpful “Do you need boxes?”
               and some were simply conversational. “You’re moving!? Why? Where?

               No matter how you use the Wall, as long as you use it, then your friends and
               family, especially the distant ones, can feel a little closer to you by being
               able to keep up on the details. You may also find yourself closer to friends
               by updating your own Wall. For one thing, they may leave comments on your
               posts, which is a way to have a brief but meaningful exchange with someone
               who may not be in your everyday life. For another thing, when your friends
               know details about your life, it allows you to skip over the boring conversa-
               tions like, “How’s work? How’re the kids?” and go right to the juicy stuff, like
               “How on earth did you end up in that hot air balloon wearing that outfit?”

               In other chapters, we describe the Wall as a place where your friends can
               write on your Profile. In this chapter, we focus on your Wall as a place for you
               to write on your own Profile. If you’d prefer that your Wall is only or primar-
               ily used for this purpose, you’re in luck. Click the Options link near the top of
               your Wall, just under the Publisher, then click Settings in the same place. From
               there, you see options to hide the comments from your friends or their posts
               to your Wall by default (see Figure 7-1). You can also decide who can write on
               your Wall, if anyone at all.

 Figure 7-1:
 others can
    post on
  your Wall
and what is
  shown by
110   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Everything but the Kitchen Sink
                News Feed is sometimes referred to as the Home Stream, because it’s the
                stream of updates you see from your friends on the Facebook Home page.
                You access it first thing whenever you log in, or at any time, by clicking the
                Home link in the upper-right corner of the blue bar on top. News Feed is the
                outpouring of all the individual streams of the friends you care about. As
                soon as you log in to the site, you see a flood of the things your friends have
                been up to lately.

                In Chapter 3, you read about News Feed. We discuss it here because it’s
                important to understand how News Feed is more than just a bulleted list of
                “He did this, and she did that.” It’s a powerful communication tool. Here’s
                how one user describes her experience with News Feed:

                     After I graduated from school, whenever I moved to a new city or
                     changed jobs, I met new people and left others behind. Each of these
                     transitions would mean either completely letting go of friends or racking
                     up the number of people I’d have to call or e-mail periodically until those
                     relationships felt like a chore rather than friendships.
                     Facebook has changed things for me. I may not talk to an old friend for
                     a year, but through News Feed, I see pictures from her travels, news of
                     her relationships, and other updates about her life. Similarly, she can
                     see what I’m up to as I change my status, RSVP to events, or write on a
                     mutual friend’s Wall. Occasionally, I may see a photo of hers I like, and I’ll
                     leave a comment about it for her. She may see that I’m attending a mutual
                     friend’s birthday party and ask me to say, “Hi!” from her.
                     With my friends on Facebook, I no longer have to ask the broad and
                     impersonal question, “What have you been up to?” Instead, my friends
                     and I can skip the small talk and head straight to the specific, “I read on
                     Facebook that you’re training for a marathon. I’ve wanted to do the same.
                     Can you tell me about it?”

                Leah explains how Facebook has improved her relationship with her family:

                     I’ve lived away from home for ten years now, calling home about once a
                     week. Sometimes it’s hard for me to remember all the details of my life
                     that may interest my family. Now that we’re all on Facebook, my parents
                     and siblings see when I’m attending a company party, heading to the
                     mountains, or having a girls’ night out. When we talk at the end of the
                     week, I don’t have to flip back through my brain’s calendar to remember
                     what I’ve been up to; my family can help remind me. Although we still
                     talk about once a week, we also interact frequently by sharing articles,
                     poking, and playing an online version of Scrabble built by a third-party
                                                  Chapter 7: Social Stories       111
Here are a few tips to making News Feed maximally interesting to you:

 ✓ Unsubscribe: The default view of News Feed features every single thing
   that every single one of your friends is posting. Depending on how many
   prolific friends you have, this can be an unwieldy amount of information.
   From time to time, you may see stories from people you’re just not that
   interested in hearing about. Maybe there are posts from an old college
   acquaintance who is no longer in your life; maybe there are posts from
   a co-worker whose content you find annoying or offensive. Whatever
   the reason, as soon as you find you have a friend whose posts in your
   News Feed are consistently not worth your time, unsubscribe. To elimi-
   nate anyone from your News Feed, hover the cursor over the upper-
   right corner of the story that person posted in News Feed, and the Hide
   button appears. Clicking the button accesses a drop-down menu with
   one or two choices about hiding that person from News Feed, or some-
   times about hiding stories from the application that person is using. If
   you choose to hide that person, you can always add her back by clicking
   the Edit Options link at the bottom of your News Feed.
 ✓ Filter: The tabs on the left side of News Feed offer you a way to see cer-
   tain types of content, or content from specific friends. To see types of
   content, click on the Application filters: Photos gives you a whole stream
   of your friends’ photos, events show you all the events your friends are
   attending soon, and so on. Figure 7-2 shows you what a useful set of
   filters may look like. To filter down to particular sets of friends, see the
   next bullet.
 ✓ Make and use Friend Lists: In Chapter 4, we covered Friend Lists in
   great detail. This is a reminder of the way in which Friend Lists are
   useful in News Feed. Create lists that map to the different ways you seg-
   ment your social life. Some people create lists for their co-workers, their
   classmates, their family, their social friends, their best friends, their
   local friends, their hometown friends, and many more. If you’ve created
   these lists, they show up as filters to your News Feed. Say you have a
   list just of your family; you can check it out before going home for the
   holidays. Now you’ll actually have something to say to your crazy Aunt
   Elva. “Aunt Elva, you’ve been posting a lot of articles about Formula One
   lately, I had no idea you were so into race cars!” A list of social friends
   (as opposed to family or co-workers) can be convenient when you want
   to know who is up to what this weekend. Create a list by clicking Friends
   in the left column and click the Create a List button from the top of the
   Friends page.
 ✓ Contribute: Leave comments or tell your friends when you like a post.
   The more good conversations get started and the more positive rein-
   forcement your friends get for pouring content into your stream, the
   more likely they are to keep up the good work.
112   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

        Figure 7-2:
         Filter your
       News Feed
      to hear from
       people you
        care most

                       Just give me the Highlights
                       Eventually you (yes, you!) may be connected to 10, 100, or 500 friends on
                       Facebook, many of whom take actions on the site that reflect news in their
                       real lives. The average Facebook user has 125 friends, although clearly some
                       users have about three, and others have 5,000. Collectively, your friends take
                       hundreds of actions on Facebook per day. If you’re one of the users increas-
                       ing the average, it’s nearly impossible for you to keep up with all these
                       actions. Additionally, because your Facebook friends range from your very
                       best friend to some girl you went to elementary school with, many of these
                       actions aren’t particularly interesting.

                       To help you separate the wheat from the chaff (it’s a figure of speech, your
                       News Feed wouldn’t be interesting at all if you had to read about wheat all
                       day), Facebook offers you Top News and Most Recent. At the top of your
                       News feed, you’ll see two links with these two titles. Most Recent needs little
                       explanation; it displays the stories from your entire set of friends published
                       in reverse chronological order — newest at the top. Note that friends you’ve
                       hidden from News Feed will not show up in either view. Top News is different
                       in two key ways:

                         ✓ Top News features the stories posted by your friends that, over the
                           past several days, have garnered the most positive feedback. Perhaps
                           a photo received a number of comments, or perhaps a status update
                           pulled in a number of “thumbs up” responses. Maybe a Note that was
                           written a year ago just received a recent comment from a friend who
                           found the Note good enough to resurface it.
                                                                     Chapter 7: Social Stories        113
                   ✓ Because Top News features a subset of all possible stories you could
                     see, the stories there last longer than the stories in Most Recent. If you
                     sign on only every few days or so, Top News may be perfect for you. If
                     you’re someone who uses the site a lot, you may become annoyed by
                     the slower pace.

Searching the World Over
                 A Wall is where you learn all about a particular person. Your News Feed is all
                 about your friends. Search is where you can go to learn all about a particular
                 topic, as long as it’s been relevant within the past 30 days.

                 We’ve all had experiences in which we’re moving through a cafeteria line and
                 overhear friends talking about something that interests us, so we jump into
                 the conversation. “Dude, you went parasailing this weekend? I love parasail-
                 ing — tell me more!” “Wait, you went naked!? Ew, tell me less!” Then again,
                 sometimes we overhear strangers and hear useful information, but don’t
                 always chime in. “Have you seen Inception yet? Such a good movie.”

                 Now, imagine if you could walk into a cafeteria and choose to listen in on all
                 or only the conversations that interest you? Using Facebook search can be
                 the equivalent of sitting in the middle of a crowded cafeteria in which all your
                 friends and everyone else in the world are having little semi-public conver-
                 sations, and you can search for topics you care about, finding results from
                 your friends first. In this light, Facebook Search is the equivalent to saying, “I
                 would like to know if anyone anywhere is talking about X right now” — and
                 then you’re magically transported into that conversation!

                 Figure 7-3 illustrates what a person looking for book recommendations might
                 see. Searching for “movie” gives friends’ opinions on which books to read
                 and which ones not to read.

   Figure 7-3:
    Search to
      find out
   what your
friends think
114   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                Search can be used in a number of different ways, depending on your needs
                at any given time:

                  ✓ Hot topics: Search is a great way to track the pulse on a breaking story —
                    the reorg just announced by the boss, the death of an eternally young pop
                    star, or the president’s latest speech. Searching for information about late-
                    breaking news can catapult you into a conversation with your friends or the
                  ✓ Making plans: Search for something like “weekend,” and you may find
                    out what your friends are doing this weekend. Maybe you can tag along?
                    Search for “dinner” to see if anyone out there is trying to make dinner
                    plans. On Saturdays, Leah searches for the name of the park near her
                    house to see if anyone else is planning on heading over there.
                  ✓ News you can use: A few weeks ago, Leah was about to head to the train
                    to get to work when she saw a friend post that the CalTrain was delayed.
                    She started working at home, searching on Facebook for “CalTrain”
                    every 15 minutes until she saw people posting that the trains were
                    moving again and exactly how far behind schedule they were. Similarly,
                    you can use Search to track scores of current games, election returns,
                    and to find out whether chains are required on wintery mountain
                  ✓ Recommendations: Search for “dinner,” and you’ll see friends’ updates
                    from restaurants they’ve been to recently. Search for “movie,” and you
                    may see people talking about which movies they’ve been seeing. If their
                    updates don’t also include whether they liked the restaurant or movie,
                    you can use this as a starting place to ask.
                  ✓ Reactions: Businesses find Facebook Search useful to see how people
                    react to ad campaigns or movie trailers; artists may release a new single
                    and use Facebook Search to see how people are reacting to their brand.

                With one search on Facebook, you can get the combined knowledge of all
                your friends who are talking about a similar subject at a similar time.

                Anything that you post will be retrievable by your friends when they search
                for words that appear in your posts (unless you’ve explicitly restricted some
                friends from seeing particular posts). Anything that you post with no privacy
                restrictions (that is, you set the Privacy level to “everyone”) can be found by
                anyone on Facebook who searches for a term in your post.

                To use Facebook Search to find out what people are saying about any topic,
                simply enter your search term into the search bar in the upper-right:

                  ✓ If any of your friends have used the term you enter in the past 30 days,
                    the most recent results appear in the center column under the section
                    header Posts by Your Friends. If this header doesn’t appear, there are
                    no matches.
                                                     Chapter 7: Social Stories      115
  ✓ If others (non-friends) have used the term in the past 30 days, their
    posts show up if you click the Posts by Everyone filter on the right.

To see more results from Friends or Everyone, you can click the respective
tabs on the left to filter down to those result types. From there, you can filter
the results more to show only matches of a particular type: photos, videos,
statuses, and so on.

Search keeps track of only 30 days of history, so if you’re trying to find some-
thing that was posted earlier, you will have to dig it up the old-fashioned
way (remember who posted it and find it on that person’s Profile). Facebook
returns any story that your friends have posted in the last 30 days. For every-
one else, you will see only the status updates and the mobile uploads from
people who’ve posted their content and set the privacy so that everyone has
access to it.
116   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook
                                    Chapter 8

             Filling Facebook with
           Photos, Videos, and Notes
In This Chapter
▶ Uploading, editing, and tagging your photos, videos, and notes
▶ Understanding and using privacy for these applications
▶ Keeping track of what you create and what is created about you

           M       any Facebook users share the sensation of getting “lost” on
                   Facebook. Not lost in a bad way — we’re hoping to prevent that
           feeling, in fact — but the sensation of losing oneself in a good book. Often,
           this happens with News Feed or a friend’s Profile. You click on an appeal-
           ing photo, which leads you to an album you like, which leads you to a video
           from a friend’s vacation, which leads you to another friend who has a ton
           of new notes about her life. And the next thing you know, your editor’s tap-
           ping you on the shoulder and saying, “Did you finish writing that chapter
           about Photos, Videos, and Notes yet?”

           In this chapter, you get into the basics of Photos and Videos and Notes so
           that you can share more with your friends. Your Profile will be the envy of
           the world because it will tell a complete, interactive story about your life.
           Once you set up your Friend List and Profile, you can start to fill Facebook
           with the types of rich content you like to share with your friends. When we
           say rich content, we mean content that has a little more meat to it than just a
           list of interests or a quick status update. These types of content — photos,
           videos, and notes about your life — are hugely important to creating a full
           picture of your life. A status like “in France!” tells part of the story, but a
           photo album of the trip or a note outlining your itinerary really includes
           people in your excitement.

           Photos, Video, and Notes are all applications built by Facebook that allow
           you to upload and share photos, videos, and notes, respectively (although
           it would make this book that much more hilarious if Photos allowed you to
           upload notes). In this chapter, we cover how to use these applications and
           what they add to your Facebook experience.
118   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Finding the Common Themes
      in Applications
                We go through each application individually, but you’re going to notice a few
                commonalities in terms of what we talk about. These features aren’t the real
                meat of the applications, but they are still important to keep in mind:

                  ✓ Tagging: Tagging is the way you label people in your photos, videos,
                    and notes. We talk more about tagging later, and it applies to all three
                  ✓ Commenting and liking: Commenting and liking are ways for your
                    friends to interact with content that you post — not just for photos,
                    videos, and notes, but also for any and all content that you post to your
                  ✓ Privacy: As with most things on Facebook, you can control what things
                    other people can see — whether that thing is a photo you added or a
                    note a friend wrote about you.

                We talk more about tagging, commenting, liking, and privacy as we move
                through each application, so keep those words in mind.

      Photos and Video
                Facebook Photos is the leading photo-sharing application on the Web. This
                may sound surprising because entire sites are dedicated to storing, display-
                ing, and sharing photos, whereas Photos is just one piece of the Facebook
                puzzle. But as we discuss shortly, the fact that all of your friends are most
                likely on Facebook and using Photos makes it a one-stop shop for tracking
                all the photos of you, all the photos you’ve taken, and all the photos of your

                Facebook Video, which you find within the Photos application, is also a one-
                stop shop for uploading, recording, and sharing videos with your friends.
                It enables really cool things like video messaging and video Wall posts.
                You can show all your friends that brilliant video that formerly languished
                on your computer. Whether your video is a bunch of people saying, “Oh
                my gosh, is this video?” or your own indie film, there’s a place for it on
                          Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes              119
               The idea behind both of these applications is that your photos and videos
               are at their best not when they are alone in a dark cobwebby closet, but
               when they are out there being seen, shared, and talked about. As these things
               become easier to share with your friends, they become more valuable to you.

               The Photos Dashboard
               The Photos page is where you land when you choose Photos from the far-left
               column of your home page. A lot of fun and interesting information lives here.
               Individual photos that your friends have added or been tagged in are dis-
               played on this page. Lots of photo albums get delivered to you via your Home
               page (see Chapter 3), but if that’s not enough, you can check out what’s avail-
               able on the Photos dashboard.

               Figure 8-1 shows the Photos Dashboard, as well as the column on the left,
               where you can dive into more specific pages:

                 ✓ Video: This page displays all the videos your friends have added recently.
                ✓ Recent Albums: The main Photos Dashboard shows individual snap-
                  shots that have been added, while this area shows whole albums, or col-
                  lections of photos, that your friends have added.
                 ✓ Mobile Uploads: This page shows you whatever your friends have
                   uploaded from their mobile phones. Mobile Uploads can give you a sense
                   of what your friends are doing at this moment. They may be eating a fancy
                   meal, sitting on a beach, or finding a suspiciously solo shoe on the street.
                ✓ My Uploads: This is where you can go to see all the photos and videos
                  you have added to Facebook.

 Figure 8-1:
     Look on
 the Photos
  for recent
photo addi-
   tions and
120   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Uploading Photos and Video
                      Facebook is a great place to keep your photos and videos because you can
                      easily organize them into albums and share them with all the people who
                      may want to see them. You can upload these items for events such as parties
                      and trips, for a collection of photos to show people, or for a silly video of you
                      and your friends that you took with a cell phone.

                      From the Publisher, you can click the Add Photos link to post photos. When
                      you do so, you see something like what’s shown in Figure 8-2. This screen
                      gives you options for how you want to upload your content.

        Figure 8-2:
      Choose how
       you want to
      upload your

                      The Photo Publisher options include the following:

                        ✓ Upload a Photo: Use this option if you have one funny photo you want
                          to share by posting it to your Wall. When you upload a single photo, it
                          automatically gets added to an album called Wall Photos that Facebook
                        ✓ Take a Photo: If you have a Webcam built into or attached to your com-
                          puter, you can take a photo and post it directly to your Wall. When you
                          add a Webcam photo, it is automatically added to an album created by
                          Facebook called Webcam Photos.
                        ✓ Create an Album: Use this option when you want to really show off a
                          series of photos. Choosing this option starts the process we detail in the
                          upcoming section, “Uploading photos.”

                      The other starting points for uploading both photos and videos are the but-
                      tons located at the top of the Photos Dashboard. We’ll start the instructions
                      for uploading photos and videos from there.
                           Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes             121
                Uploading photos
                If you are ready to add an album, you can do so through the Photos applica-
                tion or through the Publisher. To get started, follow these steps:

                  1. Go to the Photos page by choosing Photos in the left column.
                  2. Click the Upload Photos button in the top-right corner.
                    The Add New Photos page appears, as shown in Figure 8-3. You see the
                    following fields:
                        • Album Name: This field displays as the Album title. This field is
                        • Location: Usually, this is where the photos were taken. This field is
                        • Description: Put here whatever you feel best describes the album.
                          This field is optional.
                        • Privacy: This is the privacy setting for this particular album. You
                          decide who can see what. We talk more about photo privacy later
                          in this chapter.

  Figure 8-3:
Enter details
 about your
photo album

                  3. Click the Create Album button to continue.
                    You may be prompted to Trust, Approve, or Allow Facebook access
                    information. After you have done that, you will be taken to a page similar
                    to what’s shown in Figure 8-4, where you can select photos for upload.
122   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

       Figure 8-4:
       Start here
        to choose

                     4. Click the Select Photos button.
                       This expands a Finder or Explorer window (depending on whether
                       you’re using a Mac or a PC), which you can then use to navigate to your
                       desired photos. You can see the Mac version of this in Figure 8-5.

       Figure 8-5:
      Choose your
         to share.

                     5. Navigate to and select the photos you want to include in this album.
                       Hold down the Ctrl or Command key to select multiple photos.
                     6. When you’ve chosen all the photos you want, click Open or Okay.
                       You return to the Select Photos page, where the Select Photos button
                       now contains a count of the number of photos you intend to add. You
                       can click this button again if you want to add more photos.
                     7. Click Upload Photos.
                       The photos begin to upload, indicated by a giant progress bar, as shown
                       in Figure 8-6. You are also redirected to your Profile until the upload is
                       complete. Usually this doesn’t take very long (although it can if you have
                          Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes            123
                   a lot of photos or a slow Internet connection), so look for a notification
                   to appear in the lower-right corner to let you know when the upload is
                   complete. The links in that notification take you to the Edit Album fea-
                   tures that we talk about in the next section.

 Figure 8-6:
 The Photo

               Depending on your browser, you may have to certify that you trust Facebook
               each time you use the Photo Uploader. As long as the certificate or prompt is
               coming from Facebook, it’s okay to click Trust.

               If for some reason, the Facebook Plug-In can’t be installed or doesn’t work,
               you can use the Simple Uploader to add photos. As shown in Figure 8-7, the
               Simple Uploader lets you browse your computer manually, photo by photo,
               for the files you want to add to your album. The Simple Uploader takes more
               time than the Photo Selector that requires the Facebook Plug-In, so we don’t
               recommend it.

 Figure 8-7:
The Simple
Uploader is
a good fall-
back if your
has trouble
 with Java.

               Uploading video
               Uploading a video to a Web site includes going out into the world, recording
               something, and then moving it from your camera onto your computer. We’re
               going to assume you’ve already done that part and are now back to being
               sedentary in front of your computer. Now, to upload a video to Facebook:
124   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                     1. Choose Photos in the left column and then choose Video.
                     2. Click the Upload Video button in the upper-right corner.
                       You are now on the Create a New Video page, which has three tabs run-
                       ning across the top: File Upload, Mobile Video, and Record Video. You
                       are already on the File Upload tab, which is where you want to be.
                     3. Click the Browse or Choose File button and select a video file from
                        your computer.
                       After you select a video, Facebook starts uploading it. This may take a
                       while. When it’s finished, you see a confirmation screen similar to the
                       one shown in Figure 8-8. The information below the progress bar is part
                       of the Edit Video screen that we discuss in the upcoming “Editing and
                       tagging videos” section.

       Figure 8-8:
      upload con-

                     4. Click Save Info.
                       We talk about saving information in the next section.
                       Depending on the length and size of your video file, your video may
                       need to be processed for a few minutes. Leaving the page when the
                       screen displays Your video is being processed won’t delete your video,
                       so explore other parts of Facebook while you wait for the processing
                       to finish.
                     5. (Optional) Select to have a notification sent to you after processing is
                       After processing is complete, your video is posted to your Profile and
                       may show up in your friends’ News Feeds.
                          Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes           125
               Recording video
               If you have a Webcam either built into or attached to your computer, you can
               also upload videos straight to Facebook.

                 1. Choose Photos in the left column and then choose Video.
                 2. Click the Upload Video button in the upper-right corner.
                   You are now on the Create a New Video page, which has three tabs run-
                   ning across the top: File Upload, Mobile Video, and Record Video.
                 3. Select the Record Video tab.
                   You see your Webcam activate and the current input on the screen in
                   front of you, as shown in Figure 8-9. Note that you aren’t yet recording.

 Figure 8-9:
The Record

                 4. Click the red button in the middle of the screen to start recording.
                 5. Click the button again when you’re done.
                 6. Watch the preview of the clip to make sure you’re happy with it.
                 7. Click Save when you’re ready to continue.
                   The next screen (similar to Figure 8-13) involves video editing, which we
                   cover in the next section.
126   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                         Got a question about Questions?
        Questions is a Facebook application, much like    ✓ Answering: From the Questions dashboard,
        Photos, Videos, and Notes. Unlike these appli-      from News Feed, from friends’ profiles: You
        cations, however, Questions isn’t really about      can answer any question that you see and
        filling out your profile with rich content that     have expertise in. Don’t be shy! People are
        expresses yourself. Rather, Questions is about      asking questions because they need help,
        learning and gathering more information. There      so if you’re in a position to give them that
        are three main aspects to Questions: asking         help, you should definitely do so. If, once
        questions, answering questions, and exploring       you’ve gotten to a question, you see that an
        topics. We discuss each briefly in this list:       answer similar to yours has already been
                                                            given, you can simply vote up that answer,
        ✓ Asking: You can ask questions from your
                                                            so other people will know it’s right on.
          Home page or Profile by clicking the Ask
                                                            Answers you give and votes you make are
          Question link in the Publisher. Questions
                                                            also public, so be aware of what you say in
          can be about any topic, and they can range
                                                            your answers.
          from the serious to the wacky. You can
          ask for help with a problem you’re having,      ✓ Exploring: As you ask and answer ques-
          ask for recommendations, ask if some-             tions, you’ll probably notice certain words
          one knows the origin of the word Dummy.           highlighted as blue links. These links are
          Whatever it is, you can ask it. One thing to      topics, and you can navigate to these topics
          keep in mind: Questions are always public         to learn more about them. For example, if
          and always tied to your name and profile,         you have a burgeoning interest in some
          so if you think it’s too embarrassing to ask      type of activity, you can check out all the
          in person, chances are you shouldn’t ask it       questions people have asked about it in
          on Facebook.                                      order to learn more about what you’re get-
                                                            ting yourself into.

                  Just like you can record video straight to your Profile from the Publisher, you
                  can record video straight to your friends’ Profiles and straight into messages
                  that you send from the Inbox. From the Inbox, or from your friend’s Wall,
                  click the Video icon (it looks like a camcorder on a tripod) to attach a video
                  and then follow the preceding instructions. When you’re done, send or post
                  the message with video like you would a normal message or Wall post.

      Editing and Tagging Photos and Videos
                  When we talk about editing photo albums and videos that you’ve added,
                  we don’t mean the fancy stuff that editing software might do. Rather, you’re
                  editing how these items are displayed and seen by your friends. We’ll go
                           Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes          127
               through the options for both photos and videos, so keep in mind that what
               you’re ultimately doing here is making it easier for your friends to find and
               enjoy your uploads.

               Editing and tagging photos
               After uploading the photos for your album, you have several editing options.
               To edit an album at any time, click Photos in the left column on your home
               page and then select My Uploads. Click Edit Album beneath the album title
               you want to modify.

               Across the top of Figure 8-10 are the following links:

                 ✓ Edit Photos: Here, you can add captions to your photos, tag your friends
                   in individual photos (we explain what this means in the “Tagging your
                   photos” section later in this chapter), choose which photo will be the
                   album’s cover, and move photos in your album into a different order.
                 ✓ Add More: Your albums can have as many photos as you like. If you
                   realize you forgot a few, use this link to go back to the upload screen.
                 ✓ Organize: You can rearrange the order of the photos in your album
                 ✓ Edit Info: We mentioned earlier in the chapter that you can change the
                   album name and other info you added when creating the album; you
                   click this button to do so.
                 ✓ Delete: This is how you delete an entire album.

Figure 8-10:
   All about
your album.

               If you want advanced editing options, such as red-eye reduction or cropping,
               you either need to do these on your computer before uploading photos or
               use another photo-editing application on Facebook. (For details about using
               outside applications, see Chapter 13.)
128   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                After you finish all your captions, tags, and other edits, click Save Changes at
                the bottom of the page. If you don’t do this and you click anywhere else to
                change pages, your captions, tags, and photo order are lost.

                Adding captions to your photos
                The Edit Album screen (refer to Figure 8-10) is a long list of your photos, dis-
                played as thumbnails. The boxes next to the thumbnails are where you can
                enter captions. Facebook has no rules regarding a caption — you can leave it
                blank, you can talk about where the photo was taken, or you can make a good
                joke about its content.

                At this point, you can select the photo you want to be the album cover — the
                photo people see with the album title and description. Remember to save
                your changes.

                Tagging your photos
                Tagging — the part of Facebook Photos that makes the application so useful
                for everyone — is how you mark who is pictured in your photos. Imagine that
                you took all your photos, printed them, put them in albums, and then created
                a giant spreadsheet cross-listing the photos and the people in the photos.
                Then you merged your spreadsheet with all your friends’ spreadsheets. This
                is what tagging does. When you tag a friend, it creates a link from her Profile
                to that photo and notifies her that you’ve tagged her. Your friends always
                have the option to remove a photo tag that they don’t want linked to their

                Figure 8-11 shows what the photo tag box looks like. To tag a photo from the
                Edit Album screen, follow these steps:

                  1. Hold the mouse over the photo you want to tag.
                     The mouse switches from an arrow to a target symbol.
                  2. Click the face of the person you want to tag.
                  3. In the pop-up that appears, begin typing the name of any friend. The
                     list below will autocomplete; as soon as you see your friend’s name,
                     select it with your mouse.
                     Additionally, as you tag an album, the people you have already tagged
                     will be saved to the top of the entire list just in case they are in more
                     than one photo).
                     After you select the friend, his name appears under the caption in the In
                     This Photo field. You can tag yourself by typing your name or just “me.”
                  4. Remember to click Save Changes when you’re done.
                            Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes              129

 Figure 8-11:
   friends in
your photos.

                If you have a friend in one of your photos who isn’t on Facebook, you can still
                tag her. While you type her name, your Friend List eventually becomes blank,
                and a field for entering an e-mail address appears. Enter your friend’s name
                into the top field and her e-mail address into the bottom field. Your friend’s
                name appears in the tagged list, and a notification is sent to her e-mail so that
                she can see the photo without being on Facebook.

                Tagging your Friends’ photos
                Some people get a little lazy about tagging photos. It’s time consuming, and
                they think, oh well, people will find these photos eventually. The good news
                is you can help. When you see a photo with untagged friends, look for the
                links below the right corner of the photo. You should see an option to Tag
                This Photo. Click that link, and your mouse will become the hover target
                shown in Figure 8-11. Then, you can follow the previous steps to tag your
                friends. The person who originally added the photo, as well as the people
                you tag, will be notified.

                Rearranging photos
                After saving your captions and tags, you can organize the photos in your
                album. Figure 8-12 shows the Organize tab, which provides the order in
                which your photos appear. You can drag and drop these photo thumbnails
                into any order, and they will appear in that order. Remember to click Save
                Changes when you’re done organizing.

                Congratulations — you’ve just created your first Facebook photo album that
                you can share with friends and family!

                You can edit your album at any time by going to the Photos page, clicking My
                Photos, and then clicking Edit Album beneath your album title.
130   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Figure 8-12:
        The order
      of photos in
      an album is
      never set in

                     Editing and tagging videos
                     Compared to the multitude of screens you use to edit a photo album, editing
                     a video is comparatively simple. In both uploading and recording videos, you
                     see the Edit Video screen, which has fields similar to those shown in Figure
                     8-13. Facebook Video doesn’t have many advanced video-editing options, so
                     add a soundtrack or cut the video prior to uploading it onto Facebook.

      Figure 8-13:
         The Edit

                     The Edit Video screen has several fields to fill out; most of these are optional:

                       ✓ In This Video: This option is similar to tagging a photo or a note. Simply
                         start typing the names of all the friends who are in the video and then
                         select the correct friends from the list that displays. Your friends are
                 Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes              131
          notified that they’ve been tagged in a video and can remove the tag if
          they decide they don’t want to be forever remembered as The one who
          got pied in the face. You’re automatically tagged when you record a
          video from a Webcam.
       ✓ Title: Name your video. You can be artsy and name it something like
         Boston Cream Meets a Bitter End or something descriptive like Pie in the
         Face. If you don’t choose a title, the video is automatically titled with the
         timestamp of when you recorded or uploaded it.
       ✓ Description: This field is for you to describe what’s happening in your
         video, although frequently videos can speak for themselves.
       ✓ Privacy: Your privacy options for videos are on a per-video basis. Thus,
         you can choose that everyone sees Pie in the Face, but only certain
         friends (with strong stomachs) see Pie-eating Contest. These are pretty
         much the same options listed in the “Discovering Privacy” section later
         in this chapter. For all-around privacy info, be sure to read Chapter 5.

Viewing Photos and Videos of You
     When we say photos and videos of you, we’re referring to photos and videos
     in which you’re tagged. Maybe you tagged them yourself, or your friends may
     have tagged you. The most common way to see all the photos of you is to
     click the View Photos/Videos of Me links beneath your Profile picture. Most
     of your friends can also get to these pages, but the photos and videos they
     can see may differ. For more on this, see the upcoming “Discovering Privacy”

     You can browse all the photos and videos of you that you’ve tagged as well
     as the ones others have tagged. Remember, if a photo or video of you has a
     tag that you don’t like, you can always remove that tag.

     Note: If there’s a photo or video you don’t want on Facebook at all, even after
     you’ve removed the tag, you have to get in touch with your friend and ask
     him to remove it.

     Generally, your friends can comment on any of your photos or videos, and
     you can comment on any of theirs. (See Chapter 9 for more information on
     communicating through comments.) You can delete comments you leave as
     well as any comments on your photos that you don’t like or think are inappro-
     priate. You can see all the comments on one of your albums by navigating to
     that album and clicking the View Comments link at the bottom right of any of
     the thumbnail pages.
132   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Looking at the Profile Picture Album
                Facebook creates an album of all your Profile pictures automatically. It’s
                named the Profile Picture Album. Every time you upload a new Profile picture
                (see Chapter 2), it’s added to the Profile Picture Album.

                You can access this album by clicking your current Profile picture. This takes
                you to an album view, where you can see all your past Profile pictures. If you
                click Edit Photos, you can caption, tag, and delete photos, similar to the way
                you upload albums.

                You can automatically turn any photo from this album back into your Profile
                picture by clicking the Make Profile Picture link beneath the right corner of
                the photo. You also see this link beneath any photo in which you are tagged.

      Discovering Privacy
                The two pieces of privacy in terms of your photos and videos are privacy set-
                tings on a per-album/per-video basis and privacy settings related to photos
                and videos in which you’re tagged. The interaction between your friends’
                Tagged Photos privacy settings and your Album Settings can sometimes be a
                bit confusing, so we separate them for now.

                Album and Video privacy
                Say you create an album titled Day at the Beach. One of the first choices you
                make about your album is the privacy level. The following are your Visible To
                options in order from those most open to those most strict, and they are the
                same options you see for a video you upload:

                  ✓ Everyone: This setting means that anyone can see the album. It doesn’t
                    necessarily mean that everyone will see the album, though. For example,
                    if Leah published an album, and then Carolyn (who was not her friend,
                    or connected to her through other friends or a common network)
                    searched for Leah and went to her Profile, Carolyn would be able to see
                    the album.
                  ✓ Friends of Friends: Confirmed friends, as well as their confirmed
                    friends, can see the photos in Day at the Beach. In general, this setting
                    is really good for photo albums because it means your friends’ friends
                    can see the photos you’ve tagged them in, without overexposing your
           Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes            133
  ✓ Friends and Networks: People in the same networks as you, as well as
    your friends, can see Day at the Beach. This option is only for people in
  ✓ Only Friends: Only confirmed friends can see the photos in Day at the
  ✓ Custom: Custom privacy settings can be as closed or as open as you
    want. With the example of Day at the Beach, you may decide that you
    want to share this album only with the people who were there, which
    you can do with a custom setting. Find out more about how to use the
    Custom settings in Chapter 5.

By default, when you start using Facebook, albums and videos you add will be
visible to Everyone. If you aren’t comfortable with this, remember to adjust
your privacy settings accordingly while adding new photos and video.

Photos and Videos of You privacy
The beauty of creating albums on Facebook is that it builds a giant cross-
listed spreadsheet of information about your photos — who is in what
photos, where those photos were taken, and so on. You’re cross-listed in
photos that you own and in photos that you don’t own. However, within
your Profile preferences, you still can control who sees photos of you. To set
these preferences, on the blue menu bar at the top of the page, click Account,
select Privacy Settings. Under the main section, titled Sharing on Facebook,
there is a diagram of your current settings (one such setting is called Photos
and Videos I’m Tagged In). Below the grid, click the Customize Settings link.
On the following page, go to the Things Others Share section. You notice
drop-down menus for many parts of your Profile; look for the Photos and
Videos of Me option.

You have several options for this setting:

  ✓ Everyone: Anyone who comes to visit your Profile is able to go to your
    Photos tab and see all the photos of you. We don’t recommend this set-
    ting for photos and videos of you, but if you’re a more public person,
    you might like this one.
  ✓ Friends of Friends: Your confirmed friends as well as their friends can
    get to the tagged photos and videos of you in your Profile.
  ✓ Friends and Networks: Your confirmed friends and people in your net-
    works can get to the tagged photos and videos of you. This option is
    only for people in networks.
134   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                     ✓ Only Friends: Only your confirmed friends can get to the tagged photos
                       and videos of you in your Profile.
                     ✓ Custom: Like all custom settings, you can be as open or closed as you
                       want. For example, teachers who are friends with their students may
                       want to restrict their students from seeing tagged photos.

                   Keep in mind that the photos of you that are owned by other people may
                   have privacy settings that the album’s owner set. Although you let all your
                   networks and friends see the photos of you, certain people may not be able
                   to see all the photos because of privacy settings on other people’s albums.

                   Notes are blogs. Like blogs, Notes are ways of writing entries about your
                   life, your thoughts, or your latest favorite song and sharing them with your
                   Facebook friends.

                   Like Photos, the beauty of Notes lies in the ability to blog without needing to
                   distribute a Web address to friends so that they can go check out your blog.
                   Instead, your friends are connected to your Profile. Therefore, when you start
                   writing, they find out about it through News Feed.

                   If you already keep a blog, import it into Notes and distribute it to your
                   friends through that application.

                 Sharing albums with non-Facebook users
        If all your friends and all the people you want to      at the bottom right of the page. A pop-up
        see your photos are already on Facebook, shar-          box asks you to enter a friend’s name or an
        ing photos is easy. You can see their albums,           e-mail address. If you enter your friend’s
        and they can see yours, all in one place. Tags          e-mail address and add any message
        and News Feed help people know when new                 content (optional), your friend receives an
        photos are posted; comments let people talk             e-mail from Facebook providing a link to all
        about those photos. However, most people have           the photos in the album.
        at least a few friends who aren’t on Facebook.
                                                             ✓ Using copy and paste: In album view, go
        Here are two ways to share your albums with
                                                               to the bottom of the page, where you see
                                                               the Public link. Copy and paste this link
        ✓ Using Share: Share is covered in more                into an e-mail, blog, or anything else on the
          depth in Chapter 9. However, to use Share            Internet, and anyone who clicks that link
          to send a photo album to a friend, go to the         can see your album.
          Album view and then click the Share button
                           Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes             135
               Writing a note
               No specific rules of etiquette dictate the proper length of notes or even the
               contents of notes. Some people like to keep them short and informative;
               other people like to take the extra space to say everything they want to say
               about a topic. Go crazy, or not. Feeling uninspired? Pick a favorite funny
               memory, awkward moment, or topic that really gets people thinking. A very
               common note that people write on Facebook is titled “25 Things About Me,”
               where they detail 25 facts about their lives. Getting started on your first note
               is pretty straightforward:

                 1. Open your Notes page by choosing Notes from the left column under
                    Applications. You may first have to click More to see the Notes
                 2. On the Notes page, click the Write Note button at the upper-right of
                    the page.
                    A blank note appears, as shown in Figure 8-14.

Figure 8-14:
  of a blank
note staring
     at you.

                 3. In the Title field, add your title.
                 4. In the Body field, start writing about whatever interests you.
                 5. After you finish writing, click Preview or Save Draft if you want to
                    come back to the note later.
                    Preview opens a preview of the note, so you can have one last glance-
                    over before you publish it. If you’re unhappy with your preview, go to
                    Step 6; otherwise, go to Step 7.
136   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                     You can come back to your draft at any time by clicking the My Drafts
                     menu item. You’ll see this on the left column of the page when you come
                     to the Notes Dashboard.
                  6. Click Edit on the right side of the Note (below the Publish button) to
                     return to the Write Note screen.
                     Make edits to your heart’s desire.
                  7. When you’re happy with your note, click Publish.
                     Voilà! You shared your note, and your thoughts, with anyone who can
                     see this on your Profile.
                  8. Decide whether you also want to publish a post to your Wall and
                     friends’ News Feeds.
                     Although your note will exist whether or not you create a post, your
                     friends are unlikely to see it unless you also create a post about it.

                The next sections take you through the steps of formatting — and otherwise
                getting fancy with — your notes.

                Formatting a Note
                Formatting is one of the more annoying parts of Facebook Notes. Unfortunately,
                Facebook does not have a rich-text editor that enables you to press a large B, I,
                or U to have your text come out bold, italicized, or underlined. Instead, Notes
                uses HTML tags for formatting purposes. To make a word bold, you need to sur-
                round the text you want bold with certain tags. For example, if you type

                     <b> phrase</b>

                you get


                For a list of HTML tags that can be used in notes, click the Format Your Note
                link (next to the words Feeling bold?) below the Body field. Doing so opens a
                new browser window with a cheat sheet of HTML tags, as shown in Figure 8-15.

                The Preview function within Notes is a good way to figure out whether your
                formatting is working the way you want it to. To find out quickly whether
                your HTML tags are working, you can toggle between the Preview and Edit
                          Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes          137

Figure 8-15:
    Use the
HTML cheat
   sheet to
format your

               Adding photos to a note
               We often hear that a picture is worth a thousand words; however, that
               depends on the picture, which is why it is completely optional to include
               photos within your notes. However, if you do feel that slashing 1,000 words
               will help, add photos to your note. This process also requires HTML tags.

                 1. At the bottom of the Write a Note page, click the Choose File (on
                    Safari) or Browse (on Firefox or Internet Explorer) button to find the
                    photos you want.
                   You can add only one photo at a time; therefore, repeat as necessary
                   until you upload all the photos that you want.
                   Each photo is given an HTML tag, usually numbered from <Photo 1> to
                   <Photo X>.
                   You can also add photos from albums you’ve already uploaded to
                   Facebook via the Photos application. Below the Upload a Photo section
                   is an Import a Photo section, which enables you to browse your photo
                   albums and then choose the photo you want. This process adds the
                   same HTML tag, but saves you the step of uploading the photo.
                 2. For each photo, add a caption and select how you want the photo to
                   The photo can cover the full width of the note, or it can be resized and
                   aligned to the left, right, or center, as shown in Figure 8-16.
                   The photo tags are put (by default) at the bottom of your note.
                 3. Move the tags (just as you would move text) to where you want the
                    photos to appear.
138   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                       4. Use the Preview button to see how your Note looks.
                       5. To change the look, click Edit, make your changes, and click Publish.

      Figure 8-16:
       options for
          a Note.

                     Tagging friends in your note
                     Sometimes your stories may involve your friends. Imagine that every time you
                     tell a story about a friend in real life, she’s notified. Yeah, maybe that doesn’t
                     sound so great for the real world, so imagine that every time you tell an awe-
                     some story about a friend, you also say to that friend, “Hey, I told that story
                     about the time you laid out in the end zone of an Ultimate Frisbee game and
                     nearly dislocated your shoulder.” Your friend would feel pretty warm and
                     fuzzy on the inside knowing that she was worth talking about (in a good way).

                     Tagging your friends in a note accomplishes this goal. You can write a whole
                     note about the most epic night of your life, and all your friends are notified
                     that they were part of it. Similar to a photo tag, people’s Profiles are linked to
                     your note, and people reading the note are able to see who’s tagged.

                     On the right side of the Tag People in This Note box, type the name of the
                     person you’re tagging; repeat as necessary. Facebook may offer some sug-
                     gestions if it sees certain words that match names on your Friend List. Your
                     tagged friends are now famous.

                     Importing a blog into Notes
                     Maybe you’ve already been keeping a blog, and the thought of moving every-
                     thing over to Facebook sounds like a nightmare. Maybe you don’t want to
                     exclude your friends who haven’t joined Facebook from reading all about
                     you. Maybe you like the formatting and photo upload options of a different
                     blogging platform better. Not to worry, Facebook is ready for you.
           Chapter 8: Filling Facebook with Photos, Videos, and Notes             139
The following steps show you how to import a blog into Facebook:

  1. Navigate to www.facebook.com/editnotes.php?import from your
     favorite browser.
  2. Enter the URL for your blog, certify that it’s yours, and click Start
     The next page displays a preview of all the existing entries that will be
     imported into your notes.
  3. Click Confirm Import on the right side of the Confirmation page.
     Your entries are imported, and Facebook checks the feed of your blog
     every few hours to see whether there are any new entries.

When blogs are imported into notes, they frequently lose certain formatting or
photos that were included in the original. Check your preview to see if these
things happen to your blog.

Reading, liking, and commenting
on your friends’ notes
When you click on the Notes link in the left-hand menu, a big aggregate
view of all your friends’ notes appears. Depending on how frequently your
friends write notes, and what they write about, this can be an interesting way
to catch up on what different friends are doing all at one time. Entries are
ordered chronologically.

When you just want to comment on something that someone wrote, look
for the Add a Comment link at the bottom of the note. When you really like
something you just read, you can easily let that person know by clicking the
Like link at the bottom of the note. This sends her a notification about it and
keeps you notified of subsequent comments on the note.
140   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook
                                   Chapter 9

      Keeping Up with Your Friends
In This Chapter
▶ Messaging your friends
▶ Discovering how to share interesting content from the Web
▶ Increasing communication with open (Facebook) relationships
▶ Keeping in touch without even trying

           T   he art of communication is defined by subtlety and finesse. Some people
               coordinate plans over text messages; others use phones. Some lovers
           write their letters on paper; others use e-mail. Gossip may happen over
           instant messages or in low whispers. Friends may catch up over coffee,
           others over beer, and still others over a webcam. People often get fired in
           person yet are hired over the phone. A hug may mean, “I love you” in one
           context, but “I missed you” in another. How humans communicate in any
           given situation has everything to do with the specific message, context, per-
           sonalities, and relationships.

           Because Facebook is all about connecting people, enabling everyone to com-
           municate with one another in whatever complicated and precise way they
           want is a top priority. This chapter explains the modes of communication on
           Facebook, including private conversations in the Inbox, public back-and-forth
           on the Profile Wall, Pokes, Shares, Comments, and more.

           No matter how you use Facebook to reach out to people, you can be confi-
           dent that they’re notified that you’re trying to reach them. Whether they sign
           in to Facebook often — or not at all, but they check their e-mail — all com-
           munications through Facebook generate a notification delivered to the recipi-
           ent’s e-mail or mobile phone (for those who choose to be notified that way).
           Don’t worry about bothering anyone because she can opt out of any kind of
142   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Just between You and Me
                Often, people interact with one another on Facebook in a semi-public way,
                which allows other friends to join the conversations. Later, we talk about the
                different forms of open communication and the general benefits of an open
                environment. Sometimes, however, people are in need of more private, per-
                sonal, or intimate communication. This section details the different one-to-
                one or one-to-few methods of communication on Facebook.

                You can think of Facebook messages pretty much the same way you think of
                personal e-mail, but with a few subtle differences.

                For one thing, no one can message more than 20 people at a time. Twenty is
                somewhat arbitrary, but imposing a limit is a deliberate way to preserve the
                sanctity of the Inbox. To understand what that means, take a minute to think
                about the last few e-mails you’ve received, which likely include

                  ✓ An e-mail from a close friend.
                  ✓ A newsletter containing featured deals from a store you sometimes
                  ✓ A notice from your bank, if you do that kind of thing online.
                  ✓ A monthly communiqué from an old acquaintance detailing for you and
                    everyone else she knows her recent travels.
                  ✓ At least one e-mail from an unrecognizable address, requesting that
                    DEAR SIR OR MADAM take advantage of a deal you can’t refuse. Note:
                    Send this last one straight to your spam folder; do not click any links in
                    the e-mail, do not pass go, do not collect (or pay) $200.

                E-mail has become so universal and all-purpose that just about anything
                can show up there. You never really know what you’re getting until you
                open a particular e-mail. In the introduction to this chapter, we explain that
                Facebook offers a number of alternative methods of communication that help
                people reach out (and be reached) in a way appropriate for the particular
                content and the particular people. Facebook messages are meant to be pri-
                vate communications between people who either know each other personally
                or want to know each other. They’re specifically designed to prevent the gen-
                eral mass communiqués.
                                               Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends           143
              The sanctity of the Inbox refers to the fact that when you see that you have
              a new message on Facebook, nine times out of ten, it’s something personal.
              The two exceptions to this are receiving messages from Groups and Events,
              which we cover in Chapters 10 and 11, respectively.

              Another difference between Facebook messaging and e-mail is the lack of a
              Forward feature. Again, in the name of intimacy, when you send a message to
              someone, you can feel confident that it won’t end up in someone else’s Inbox,
              provided your recipient doesn’t get sneaky with a picture of his screen.

              The other differences between Facebook messaging and e-mail stem from the
              fact that messaging is designed to mimic a simple real-world conversation,
              whereas e-mail can be a complex communication tool. You won’t find folders,
              starring, or flagging. At its core, Facebook messaging is all about simple back-
              and-forth communication.

              Sending a message
              Sending messages through the Facebook Inbox is easy. The most straightfor-
              ward way to send a message on Facebook is to follow these steps:

                1. Sign in (if you haven’t already) and then click Messages in the left
                2. Click the + New Message button in the upper-right corner to open the
                   Compose Message box.
                   A blank box that looks similar to a blank e-mail (with a few subtle differ-
                   ences) appears, as shown in Figure 9-1.

Figure 9-1:
a message
  from the

                3. Start typing a friend’s first name.
                   As you type, you see a drop-down box listing possible matches. When
                   you see the name you’re after, you can either click it, press the down
                   arrow until the name is selected, or keep typing until the correct name is
144   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                    highlighted in dark blue; then press Enter. If you accidentally select the
                    wrong name, press the Backspace key twice or click X next to the name
                    you’re trying to delete.
                    To send a message to a friend who isn’t a Facebook user, type the full
                    e-mail address and then press Enter.
                  4. (Optional) To add another recipient, just start typing the next name or
                     e-mail address; you don’t need commas, semicolons, or anything else
                     to separate the names.
                  5. Fill in the Subject line just as you do in an e-mail.
                    Some people choose to leave this field blank, but we don’t recommend
                    it. Blank subjects make it hard for your recipients to find your message
                    again after reading it the first time.
                  6. Fill in the Message box with whatever you want to say.
                    Before you send it, we recommend rereading what you’ve written —
                    Facebook doesn’t offer a spell checker on the site. Beneath the Message
                    box, you see the Attach options, which you can ignore for now; we
                    explain those in the upcoming “Sharing is caring” section.
                  7. Click the Send button (beneath the Attach options) when your mes-
                     sage is complete.
                    If you ever change your mind about sending the message, before clicking
                    Send, click Cancel.

                To reply to a message that is just between you and one other person, simply
                fill in the box beneath Reply and click Send. To reply to a message between
                you and more than one other person, you have two options. To reply to every-
                body, select the box at the bottom of the message labeled Reply All and click
                Send. If you want to reply to only a particular person in the conversation,
                clicking Reply next to that person’s name and Profile picture opens a Compose
                Message window addressed to that particular person with the subject already
                filled in. Again, you just have to fill in the Message box and click Send.

                Some Internet browsers have a built-in spell checker to scan any text that you
                enter into a Web site. Firefox, for example, puts a dotted red line under any
                word you enter that its spell checker doesn’t recognize. If you happen to be
                someone who is, what we politely refer to as, spelling impaired, you may want
                to find a browser you like with spell check functionality. Carolyn and Leah
                both use and recommend Firefox.

                Receiving a message
                If you find sending a message on Facebook exciting, you should try receiving
                one. You can navigate to your Inbox from any page by clicking the Messages
                icon (the image of the two speech bubbles) on the blue bar at the top of
                                 Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends            145
the screen and then clicking See All Messages at the bottom of the box that
opens. You can also get to your Messages Inbox from the Home page by click-
ing the Messages link beneath your name and picture in the upper-left corner
of the screen. Before you find anything interesting there, however, you have
to inspire one of your friends to send you something.

Post something (refer to Chapter 6) inquisitive or provocative to your Profile,
as long as you have enough friends who are active on Facebook. Writing a
good post usually triggers a message or two; someone is likely to send you a
message about it. When she posted “Leah is anticipation incarnate,” she
received several messages from friends taking wild guesses about what she
was so excited about, including, “You’re psyched for the weekend?” and “You
can’t wait for our Frisbee game?” One friend told her flat out, “The anticipation
is over, here’s the message you were waiting for.”

Before you walk through the particular experience of receiving a message,
you need to understand how the Inbox is arranged. While you receive
Facebook messages, your Inbox fills with rows; each row corresponds to a
particular thread. You may be asking, “What do you mean by thread? What
does thread have to do with messages? Do I have to sew a button onto one?
No one said anything about sewing on Facebook.” Message threads are best
explained by examples.

Say that your sister sends you a message on Facebook, you reply, and then
she replies. All three of these messages are considered part of the same
thread because they’re spawned from the same initial message and between
the same people: you and your sister. When you look at your Inbox, you don’t
see two separate rows for each message your sister sent; you see one row
encapsulating the entire thread. When you click that thread’s subject, you
see, from oldest to newest, all the messages exchanged on that thread: her
first one, your reply, and then her reply.

The point of collapsing messages into a thread is to help keep your Inbox
clean and easy to read. If it didn’t work this way, as you and your sister
continue to message each other, over time your Inbox would eventually fill
up. To find older messages from her or anyone, you’d have to keep paging
back through the Inbox (or use Inbox search). Your “mousing” finger doesn’t
appreciate such abuse. By collapsing messages, whole conversations are kept
together, allowing you to see more conversations at one time in your Inbox.

To get a little more complicated, say that Leah, Helen, and Patricia are
friends trying to make plans. The exchange might go something like this:

  1. Leah writes a message to Helen and Patricia.
  2. Helen replies to Leah and Patricia, and then Patricia replies to all in
146   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                           All three of these messages — Leah’s initial one and Helen and Patricia’s
                           subsequent replies — are considered part of the same thread — a single
                           row in the Inbox — because they’re all in response to the same initial
                           message and the participants (Leah, Helen, and Patricia) are the same.
                           By clicking the Subject line of the thread from the Inbox, each person
                           sees all three messages from oldest to newest, as shown in Figure 9-2.

        Figure 9-2:
           view of a
       thread con-
      taining three

                         3. Helen wants to say something privately to Leah about Patricia’s
                            response, so she clicks Reply to the right of Leah’s name and sends only
                            Leah a message.
                           Although this message was a response to the thread, a new thread is
                           created in Leah’s Inbox because it has a different set of participants:
                           only Leah and Helen. Separating threads when the audience changes
                           helps you keep track of who exactly received which messages. See
                           Figure 9-3.

        Figure 9-3:
       A collapsed
            view of
        two thread
      examples on

                       When you sign in to Facebook, you know you have a message waiting for
                       you if you see a number next to the Messages icon on the blue bar at the top
                       of the page. The number corresponds to the number of unread threads you
                       have. In the second example, where both Patricia and Helen replied to all,
                       Leah will sign in and see a red flag with a 1. Even though she received two
                                  Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends             147
new messages, when she navigates to her Inbox only one thread has unread
messages in it — hence, the 1. Unread threads have light blue backgrounds.
Click the subject of the thread to open and read the messages.

Anatomy of a thread
In this section, we define threads within the context of Facebook messaging,
demonstrate how they work, and illustrate why they make your messaging
life less complicated. Here, we deconstruct a thread:

  ✓ Action check box: At the top of the Inbox, you see three buttons: Mark
    as Unread/Read, Report Spam, and Delete. To use these buttons, first
    select a check box at the left of any thread. You can mark types of
    thread — all in view, all unread messages, or all read messages — by
    using the Select options at the top of the Inbox. Then clicking the Read
    button, for example, puts all checked-off threads into an already “read”
    state. Clicking Delete removes all the selected threads permanently.
    Note that you can’t delete a thread permanently. If someone sends a
    message in reply to the thread, it returns to your Inbox in full. When you
    open the thread, however, only the new message shows, and you have
    to click the Show Deleted Messages on This Thread link to see previ-
    ously deleted messages.
  ✓ Profile picture: The picture on the left of a row in the Inbox is that of the
    person who most recently sent a message on that thread.
  ✓ Sender names: The names next to the Profile picture are the authors
    of the most recent messages on that thread. If you are one of those
    authors, you’ll see the word “You” instead of your own name. The first
    name in this list always matches the picture.
  ✓ Date and time: Shows when the last message on the thread was sent.
  ✓ Subject: The subject is entered by the first person to send a message on
    a particular thread.
  ✓ Snippet: Underneath the subject line is the first line of the most recent
    message. This can be extremely helpful if the sender forgot a subject line
    or if the message is so short that you can read the whole thing before
    having to click into the message at all.

Messaging non-friends
In the “Sending a message” section earlier in the chapter, we mention that
you can share with friends on Facebook or people not on Facebook via their
e-mail addresses. You can also message a person who is on Facebook but not
a friend (if that person’s privacy settings allow it). This is particularly helpful
when you encounter someone on Facebook whom you’d like to say some-
thing to, but you’re not sure whether you want to add her as a friend yet, or
ever. Here are a few examples:
148   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                  ✓ Identification: You search for an old friend and find three people with
                    the same name. One Profile has a clear picture of someone who is defi-
                    nitely not your friend. The second person has a Profile picture of some-
                    one in the distance climbing a mountain, which could be your friend,
                    except that you notice that person is in the Dallas network, and you’re
                    sure your friend has never lived in Dallas. The third Profile doesn’t have
                    a picture, just a placeholder silhouette. (If that turns out to be your
                    friend, you should recommend he read this book, especially the section
                    in Chapter 2 about setting up a Profile.) From the search results page,
                    you can click Send Message next to the person with the placeholder
                    Profile picture and ask whether you know each other.
                  ✓ Friend of a friend: Here’s a story: “Last week my friend had a birthday,
                    and I wanted to send him a present. He was about to move into a new
                    house, and I didn’t know the address. I knew the name of the girl he was
                    moving in with, so I found her on Facebook and sent her a message; she
                    sent me the address.” For most features on Facebook, you need to be
                    someone’s friend or at least in someone’s network in order to interact
                    with them in any meaningful way. However, sometimes you have legiti-
                    mate reasons to contact someone who really doesn’t belong on your
                    Friend List. For these interactions, Facebook messaging is perfect.
                  ✓ Getting to know you: Pretend you’ve just joined a new company and
                    you know very few people. Or to really experience this example, go join
                    a new company. You can use Search to find other people at the company
                    whom you’d like to get to know or ask a question, and send them a mes-
                    sage on Facebook.

                Keep three things in mind when messaging non-friends:

                  ✓ You can message only one non-friend at a time. You have two ways to
                    do so:
                        • You can navigate to that person’s Profile and click the Send <so-
                          and-so> a Message button located beneath his Profile picture.
                        • From the search results page, you can click the Send Message
                          button that’s next to the person you want to message.
                    In the earlier “Messages” section, we said you can message up to 20
                    people — that applies to only your Facebook Friends and people whose
                    e-mail addresses you already have.
                  ✓ Some people message non-friends to get a date. If you’re successful
                    here, congratulations! We hope you lovebirds have fun — be safe and
                    invite us to the wedding. Generally, though, we don’t recommend using
                    Facebook for this purpose. Unlike some other Web sites, most people
                    aren’t on Facebook to find dates. Before you message someone for this
                    purpose, be sure that the Looking For field on that person’s Profile
                    strongly indicates openness to romantic inquiries.
                                 Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends           149
     Messaging a non-friend should be treated with caution. If you message
     non-friends too often or too many people report your message as unso-
     licited or unwanted, your account is automatically flagged in the
     Facebook system. You receive a warning first, but if you continue to
     repeat the offense, your account may be disabled. Remember earlier in
     this chapter when we mentioned the sanctity of the Inbox? If every
     person on Facebook could message everyone else, Inboxes would start
     to fill with impersonal or unwanted messages, eventually making the
     Inbox too messy to be functional.
  ✓ When you message non-friends, those people receive the ability to
    message you back, even if you’ve disabled the ability for strangers
    to message you.

Sharing is caring
Have you ever read something on the Web that reminded you of a friend?
Or that you thought would appeal to someone in particular? Or that related
to a conversation you were just having? Or that made you laugh so hard you
couldn’t wait to find someone to tell? If you’re any kind of Internet user, then
the answers to those questions are “Yes,” “Yes,” “Yes,” and “Oh my gosh,
yes.” (If you answered them aloud in a public place, you may have caused
some head-turning.)

For all those times, Facebook offers Share. Share allows you to send a
link, a preview, or sometimes a whole piece of content easily to any friend
whether that friend is on Facebook or not. If you’re thinking e-mail is effec-
tive enough for sending this kind of Web content, we’re willing to bet you’ve
never tried Share.

In this section, we detail several different ways to share on Facebook. In
most cases, clicking one button opens a Compose Message window (see the
earlier section, “Sending a message”) with the photo, video, or link of the
Web page you’re currently looking at automatically included in the body of
the message.

Sharing from the Inbox
In some ways, sharing from the Inbox is the most difficult way to share
because it requires more clicks and some copy-and-paste action, but it’s
most similar to what you’re probably used to in e-mail:

  1. Copy the link to a page you want to share with someone.
  2. Click the Messages icon (the two speech bubbles) on the blue bar at
     the top.
150   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                  3. Click the Send a New Message link at the top of the drop-down box to
                     open the New Message box.
                  4. Paste the link into the Message box and add your friend’s name in the
                     To box.
                     You can also click the link icon next to the word Attach beneath the
                     message field, and put the link in the field that opens.
                  5. Click the Send button.

                Although this is just as much work as sharing a link via e-mail, it’s way cooler.
                When you paste the link into the Compose Message window, the window
                expands to show a preview of the page you’re about to share. The preview
                includes the title of the page you’re sharing and a snippet of text swiped from
                that page. If the page you’re sharing has any images on it, you’ll see one of
                those, too. This is exactly the preview of the page your recipients see when
                you send the message.

                You can change any element of the preview that isn’t accurately descriptive of
                the page you’re sharing. You can select a different image by clicking the
                arrows underneath Choose a Thumbnail. (Note: A thumbnail in computer-
                speak refers to a little version of a larger picture. In this case, Facebook grabs
                the biggest image from the page you’re trying to share, shrinks it, and uses
                that thumbnail for the preview.) If no picture is actually representative of the
                content, you can check the No Picture box. You can also edit the title or the
                snippet of text in the preview by clicking right on the text.

                If the page you’re sharing features a video, a page on YouTube (www.you
                tube.com), for example, then the actual video shows up in the preview.
                Here, preview is an understatement because you and your recipient can actu-
                ally play the video straight from the preview without leaving Facebook.

                Share buttons on Facebook
                Perhaps you’ve already noticed the little Share links (see icon in margin here)
                all over Facebook. They show up on albums, individual photos, notes, events,
                groups, marketplace listings, News Feed stories, user Profiles, and more.
                (Note that these Share links are different from the Share button you see when
                you type something into the Publisher. These little Share links are associated
                with specific pieces of content on the site.) They help you share content
                quickly without having to copy and paste. You don’t even have to go into the

                If you’re looking at content on Facebook that you want to show someone,
                simply click the Share link near it. The Share link actually serves two separate
                purposes. When you click it, the default option for share is Post to Profile.
                                                Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends            151
              But from here, you can also send the content as a message. In this chapter,
              we cover the Send a Message option. The Post to Profile tab simply means
              the item will show up on your wall as if you’d pasted the link directly into the
              Publisher on your Profile.

              After you click the Share button, a small Share window opens. Click the
              Send a Message link in the bottom left of the window, and the Share preview
              appears with the subject, description, and thumbnail image already filled in
              for you. All you have to do is fill in the To line. Again, these can be friends on
              Facebook or the e-mail addresses of those not on Facebook (yet). Optionally,
              fill in the Message box, and click Send. In Figure 9-4, Leah is preparing to
              share a photo with Carolyn.

Figure 9-4:
   a photo

              Sometimes you share something with someone on Facebook, and she can’t
              see it because of the privacy settings of the content you’re sharing. Here’s an
              example: Say that you see some photos a friend posted of her recent trip to
              India. You have another friend (they don’t know each other) who is traveling
              to India soon, so you click the Share link on the album and send it to him. If
              the first friend has set the privacy of the album so that only her friends can
              see it, your second friend won’t be able to see the album. The second friend
              receives the message, but instead of the preview, there’s a note that the con-
              tent isn’t visible because of privacy settings.

              You can’t really know beforehand whether someone will be able to see the
              content you’re sharing, but if the two aren’t friends with each other, be pre-
              pared for your second friend to write back asking you to describe what you
              were trying to share. Although this can be frustrating at times, especially
              because there’s no good way to work around it, it’s helpful to remember the
              rules are in place to help everyone maintain control over their own content,
              which ultimately is a good thing.
152   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                The Share buttons on the Web
                Facebook offers plenty of interesting stuff, but the rest of the Web presents a
                lot of engaging material as well. Facebook allows (and encourages) Web sites
                to add Facebook Share buttons near interesting content. For example, next to
                every article on www.nytimes.com is a Share link. The same is true for www.
                youtube.com. Clicking Share on these sites offers you a few Web sites’ shar-
                ing capabilities, including Facebook’s. If you click Facebook, you get the same
                Share window (refer to Figure 9-4) that you do when you click Share buttons on
                Facebook. Tens of thousands of Web sites have placed Facebook Share buttons
                on their content to make it easier for you to spread the information love.

                The Share bookmarklet
                Although it’s convenient that many Web sites have Share buttons built
                right in, you don’t actually need any of them for super-simple, one-click
                sharing. You can add a special Share link to your browser’s bookmarks
                folder, and no matter where you are on the Internet, you can share the page
                just by clicking that Share bookmarklet. The easiest way to add the Share
                bookmarklet to your browser is by following the instructions on the Share
                Bookmarklet page (located at www.facebook.com/share_options.php).
                After you’re done, you’ll either have a Share button on your Browser’s tool-
                bar, or a link to Facebook Share in your browser’s bookmarks or favorites.
                This all depends on which browser you use (Firefox, Internet Explorer,
                Safari, and so on, and how it’s configured on your computer). After you’ve
                added the Share bookmarklet, try it. Head to any Web page you like and
                click the Share on Facebook link from your bookmark list. (On Internet
                Explorer, you need to click Favorites first, and then Share on Facebook.
                On Firefox or Chrome, you just need to click Share on Facebook from your
                Bookmarks toolbar.) Again, clicking the share button will give you a choice
                between sharing the content with individual people or posting it right to
                your Profile, depending on the tab you select from the Share window. Just
                like all the Share buttons, the bookmarklet recognizes when you’re shar-
                ing videos or music to make them easy to play directly from the recipient’s
                Inbox or from your Profile.

                Sometimes you’ve got something to say to someone, and you’ve gotta say it
                now. If that someone is not sitting right next to you, the next best thing is if
                she’s ready to send and receive instant messages through Facebook Chat.
                Chat allows you to see which friends are online at the same time you are, and
                then enables you to send quick messages back and forth with any one of
                those people, or have multiple simultaneous conversations with different
                friends. You’ll find Chat in the bottom-right corner of any page on Facebook.
                Click the word Chat to see what wonders lay beneath.
                                Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends          153
Anatomy of Chat
In this section, we detail each component of Facebook Chat so that you can
be chatting up your friends in real time, in no time.

 ✓ Online friends: When you look at the Chat button, you see a number
   next to the word Chat. This is the number of your friends who are online
   in front of their computers right now, signed into Facebook. Clicking
   anywhere on the Chat button opens the list of all those friends. Next to
   each, you see an icon. A green dot means that person has been using
   Facebook in the last few minutes. A crescent moon means the friend
   has his computer signed in to Facebook, but hasn’t clicked anything in
   a while. Friends who don’t appear in this list either aren’t signed into
   Facebook, or have hidden themselves from Chat by going offline. You
   can also see which friends are online in the left column of your Home
   page. The Friends Online link shows a subset of your online friends so
   that it’s even easier to start a conversation. You don’t have to pop open
   the Chat list to see who’s available. This is only a subset, however; if
   someone isn’t listed here, they may still be online, which you can verify
   by clicking See All at the bottom of this list.
 ✓ Search online friends: Soon, if not already, you’ll have a lot of friends
   on Facebook. To quickly find the friend with whom you want to chat, or
   to see if that friend is even online, click the Chat button, and then start
   typing that friend’s name in the search box. As you type, you see the
   list of Online Friends narrow to only those with names who match what
   you’ve typed. After you see the friend you were looking for, click the
   name to start chatting. If you get a Could Not Find That Friend Online
   notice, it means that person has set her status to offline or isn’t signed
   in to Facebook.
 ✓ Friend Lists: Friend Lists, which are covered in great detail in Chapter 4,
   can be quite useful in Chat as an organizational tool. Friend Lists are
   handy when you’re not looking to talk to a particular person, but a
   friend who is important in your life. Leah keeps her friends organized
   into lists such as Social Friends, Co-workers, and Best Friends. When she
   has a question about work, she quickly looks to the co-workers list to
   see who is online to ask. When she’s looking for a dinner date, she looks
   to the Social Friends list. To create a list, click Friends List from the
   open Chat box. Start typing a new list name beneath Create a New List.
   When you click OK, you see the new list appear in your Online Friends
   and instructions to drag friends who are currently online into that list.
   From the same Friend List drop-down box, check the Friend Lists that
   you want to see in Chat. (You may have created some lists for a differ-
   ent purpose, and those may not make sense in Chat.) Any Friend List
   you create directly from Chat will automatically show up there. You can
   reorder your Friend Lists, if you’re using any in Chat. Leah likes to keep
   her Best Friends list at the top; these are the people she chats with more
   frequently, so she likes to see quickly when they’re online.
154   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                  ✓ Online status: The icon of the little man next to a green dot on the Chat
                    button means that you are currently showing as online to some or all of
                    your friends who are looking at their Online Friends lists. This is a signal
                    to those friends that you may be up for chatting. If you’re not, but want
                    to continue browsing Facebook, click Chat button➪Options➪Go Offline.
                    The Chat button changes to reflect your Offline status. While you’re
                    offline, your friends can’t send you an instant message, and you also
                    can’t see which of your friends are online. Clicking the Chat button again
                    shows you the list, but it also brings you back online. Gotta pay to play!
                    If you’ve created some Friend Lists, you can selectively be online for
                    people in some lists and offline for people in other lists. Sometimes at
                    work, Leah goes offline for her social Friend List, but stays online for her
                    Co-worker list so that people who need to talk to her about work can
                    contact her immediately. (Friends see her as offline, so they’ll either
                    send her a message or call her later.) To use this feature, you first must
                    have Friend Lists as described previously. Then click the Chat bar to dis-
                    play your online friends. Next to the title of the Friend List, you see a
                    little slider that is either set to gray or green. Click the slider to switch
                    the state from online to offline and back again for this list. Just as in the
                    general offline case, if you go offline for a particular Friend List, you can
                    no longer see who from that list is online.
                  ✓ The Chat window: Time to get down to the business of actually chat-
                    ting. To chat with someone, simply click his name in the Online Friends
                    list. A little window pops up. Enter text in the bottom of the chat window
                    just after the curser and press Enter. Your friend sees an identical Chat
                    window flashing at the bottom of his Chat bar and if he has his computer
                    volume on, hears a little sound. If he replies, you’ll hear the sound, too,
                    and your Chat window will start flashing as well.
                    If you’re browsing Facebook at the same time you’re chatting, you can
                    always minimize the Chat window using the standard minimize icon in
                    the upper-right corner of the Chat window. Clicking your friend’s name
                    opens the window again. Clicking X closes the window. Your friend
                    doesn’t know you’ve done this, and, in fact, if you open a new conver-
                    sation window to that friend, you see exactly where you left off. If you
                    sign out of Facebook, navigate away, or go offline, your friend receives a
                    notice that you’ve gone offline. This part takes a little while to get used
                    to. It’s tempting to start a conversation with someone and then maybe
                    go check your e-mail or favorite news sites, forgetting that you need to
                    stay on Facebook until they have a chance to reply. Once you get the
                    hang of having one conversation on Facebook, you can have several
                    Chat windows open or minimized at the same time.
                  ✓ Pop out Chat: You can also pop out of Chat. Clicking Pop Out Chat from
                    the Chat Options menu opens up a new browser window that is dedi-
                    cated to Facebook Chat, basically sequestering the Chat functionality
                    from the rest of Facebook. Pop out Chat shows your Online Friends side
                    by side with very large conversation windows with your friends. Larger
                    conversation windows allow you to better focus on your conversations
                                 Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends           155
     because they take up more of your screen and show you more of the
     conversation as it’s unfolding. Pop-out chat also allows you to browse
     Facebook without being bothered by little Chat windows blinking all the
     time. You can always pop your conversations back into Chat by select-
     ing Pop-in Chat from the Options menu. Note that some browsers are
     fairly strict in allowing — or not allowing — pop-ups and might warn you
     that the site you’re on is trying to launch one. If you see something like
     this while you’re on Facebook, know that it’s always okay to proceed
     and no harm will come to your computer.
     If you close the Facebook window from which you popped out of Chat,
     the Chat window automatically closes, too, even though it’s in a different
  ✓ Options: Clicking Options in the Chat window allows you to make a few
    customizations. We mentioned some of them previously, such as setting
    your online status, reorganizing your Friend Lists, and popping out of
    Chat. Using Options, you can also choose whether to play a sound when
    you receive new messages, which can be helpful if you don’t always
    notice the blinking. And finally, you can decide whether you want to
    see your friends’ Profile pictures alongside their names in your Online
    Friends Lists.

On most Profiles, you see the option to “Poke <so-and-so>!” As Facebook
employees, probably one of the most frequent questions we’re asked is,
“What is Poke?” We’re happy to tell you what it does, but we can’t tell you
what it is, other than to say Poke is the interpretive dance of the Internet; it
can mean something different to everyone. In some cases, Poke is a form of
flirtation. Other times, Poke may mean a genuine thinking-of-you. Some people
do it just to say, “Hi.” Leah’s mother Pokes her when she hasn’t called home
in a while.

Say your wife Pokes you (maybe her Poke means take out the trash, honey).
The next time you log in to Facebook, on the right side of your Home page,
you’ll see You Have Been Poked by <insert your wife’s name here> and a little
picture of a poking finger. You have the following options: Poke Back and
Hide Poke. Poke Back means she’ll see the same notice you got the next time
she logs in (except with your name instead of hers). Clicking the X next to
the Poke simply removes the notice from your Home page. If you sense the
potential for an endless loop, you sense right.
156   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                The best way to explain a request on Facebook is by example. The most
                common type of request is a Friend request. When someone finds you on
                Facebook and clicks Add <your name> as a Friend, the next time you log in,
                you’ll see (in the right column of your Home page and on the Friend Requests
                icon on the blue bar) that you have a request waiting for you. Other types of
                requests are invitations to attend events and join groups, or to join a game,
                and plenty more. Whenever you have a request waiting for you, it shows in
                this same location on your Home page. If you don’t see the Requests section
                on your Home page, you have no pending requests.

                Although sending a request is a private affair, often the response to the
                request is public. For example, if you request that someone add you as a
                friend, only that person will know about the request until that person accepts
                your friend request; then others will see in their News Feeds that you two are
                now friends. Similarly, no one sees your invitations to join a particular group,
                but if you act on that request by joining, this information generates a News
                Feed story to your friends.

                Unlike a message, you can’t explicitly send a request. Requests are only gen-
                erated in the context of other actions. For example, if you invite someone to
                an event (see Chapter 11), a request is automatically sent to that person. If
                you tag people in someone else’s photo (see Chapter 8), a request is sent to
                the photo owner. If you specify that you’re in a relationship with someone
                in particular, a request is sent to that person to confirm your claim. You
                also receive a request if someone wishes to join a closed group or event you
                administer. (For more about groups and administrators, see Chapter 10.)

                Sometimes rather than reach out to you on Facebook, your friends reach out
                about you. For example, say that you attend a Michael Franti concert with a
                friend. The next day, your friend may write a note about how mind-blowing
                he found the concert, and because you were there next to him having your
                own mind blown, he tags you in the note. (See Chapter 8 for details on Note
                tagging.) Your friend wrote the note about you, but he doesn’t have to tell
                you he wrote the note about you because Facebook notifies you when you’re
                tagged in a note or photo. It’s a way of letting you know that someone’s think-
                ing or talking about you. When you have a tagging notification, you see a little
                red flag on the little “globe” icon near the upper-left corner of the blue bar
                on the Home page; the number inside the icon lets you know how many new
                notifications you have.
                                  Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends          157
Clicking the Notifications globe icon opens a drop-down menu showing the
last several notifications you’ve received; clicking See All Notifications takes
you to the Notifications page, where you see all the notifications you’ve
received for the past seven days.

Here are examples of other kinds of useful notifications:

  ✓ When someone tags other people in a photo you uploaded, tags you in
    note, or tags you in a photo
  ✓ When someone has written on your Wall or on the Wall of a group or
    event that you administrate
  ✓ When someone leaves a comment right after you’ve commented on a
    photo, note, or posted item
  ✓ When someone replies to a post that you made on a discussion board
  ✓ When someone comments on one of your notes, posted items, or photos
    that you’ve taken or that you’re tagged in

You can stop receiving notifications from any application by following these

  1. On the left of the blue bar, click the Notifications globe icon, go to the
     Notifications page, and select See All Notifications.
  2. Click X next to the type of notification you no longer want to receive
     and choose Hide All, or in the column on the right, deselect the check
     box next to the application you don’t want to hear from anymore.
  3. To receive these notifications again (and see any you’ve received in
     the last seven days from that particular application), simply reselect
     the check box.

Notifications is kind of an overloaded term on Facebook. The kinds of notifi-
cations we describe in this section are those you receive on Facebook when
someone talks about you. (They all show on the Notifications tab in your
Inbox when you log in.)

Email Notifications, however, refer to the e-mails you receive when anyone
is talking about you or to you, as in all the preceding examples, including
messages, pokes, and requests. These notifications ensure that you know
when something of interest is going down on Facebook — even when you’re
not logged in. To see the full set of notifications and to select which types of
e-mail notifications you want to receive, click Settings on the blue bar and
then click the Notifications tab. Select all check boxes you find relevant to
you, and click Save Changes when you’re done.
158   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

      Public Displays of Affection: Comments,
      Publisher, and the Wall
                So far, we’ve been talking about the kind of communication that takes place
                between specific people, in private. Private conversations are perfect for dis-
                cussing topics relevant to only a few people, confiding in friends, or getting
                to know (and spending time with) someone specific. This section talks about
                a different kind of conversation — the kind you have among friends at a party
                where anyone may jump in or at a concert or bar where others may overhear.
                These conversations cover topics of potential general interest, unspecific to
                a particular group of people within the bounds of one’s friends or networks.
                In the real world, we tend to have more conversations that are private. This
                is not because we’re all gossips and secret-keepers. It’s because the existing
                modes of communication, until now, have only facilitated private conversa-
                tions. A phone call, e-mail, post card, or instant message, for example, always
                engages a specific set of participants. Facebook supports the aforementioned
                private conversations, but also offers new ways to communicate to enable
                the open conversation.

                In this section, you read about how Facebook allows you to have conversations
                in a public way that encourages any of your friends to jump in if the mood
                strikes. Facebook encourages openness by the way it allows more information
                to flow to more people, which deepens and strengthens relationships.

                The writing’s on the Wall
                Have you ever thought someone was so great that you wanted to look at him
                and say, “You are so great,” and then turn to the world and say, “World, isn’t
                he so great?” That’s the spirit of the Wall. Every user, you included, has a
                Wall on his or her Profile page where friends (or anyone else they’ve permit-
                ted) can write things to or about him or her that the whole world can see. To
                write on someone else’s Wall, simply navigate to that person’s Profile. If it’s
                not selected already, click the Wall tab next to the Profile picture, write your
                message in the box labeled Write Something, and then click Post. When you
                write on someone’s Wall, remember that this generates a News Feed story
                that any one of your friends may see. If you don’t see a Write Something box,
                the person has restricted access for those people who can write on the wall.

                The spirit of posting on someone’s Wall is to say nice things about that
                person in public. In practice, different people in different situations do Wall-
                writing for different reasons. Some people use the Wall to have basic back-
                and-forth conversations similar to how other people use messaging. Others
                use the Wall as a place to comment on a change to someone’s Profile. If you
                                                Chapter 9: Keeping Up with Your Friends          159
               change your status to something intriguing like <Your Name> is keeping a
               secret, expect a friend or two to ask about it on your Wall. If you change your
               relationship status, add new favorite bands, or update your Profile picture,
               you’ll probably get feedback on your Wall as well.

               A Wall practice that is nearly universal among Facebook users is the “Happy
               Birthday!” Wall post. Assuming you leave your privacy set so that your
               friends can see your birthday on your Profile (you can hide the year), they
               will also see a reminder on their Home pages as your big day approaches.
               On the actual day, you can expect to receive Wall posts all day long wishing
               you a happy birthday. If this doesn’t happen, either you need more Facebook
               friends or you need to buy this book for some of the friends you do have.

               When you look at a friend’s Wall, you’ll notice something very familiar. In
               Chapters 2, 3, and just about every other chapter, we mention the Publisher —
               the list of actions that lives on the top of your Home page and Profile into
               which you can publish any piece of content for the world to see. Figure 9-5
               shows the different links and buttons that appear here, and the following lists
               describes how they work:

 Figure 9-5:
anatomy of
a Wall on a

                 ✓ Write on Wall: Clicking this link will open the box that prompts you
                   to enter free form text on your friend’s wall. Leaving public comments
                   on someone’s wall instead of sending a private message is a great way
                   to show that you’re proud of your friendship or some activity you did
                   together that you want the world to know about.
                 ✓ Ask Question: If you’re on someone’s profile and you want to know
                   something about them specifically, click this link and then type your
                   Question. “When is Carolyn coming home from India?” for example
                   might illicit answers from her friends like “ Not soon enough!” or per-
                   haps give you the actual date. (Chapter 8 has more details about the
                   Questions application.)
                 ✓ Add Photos: Lets you upload a photo to your friend’s Profile, or else
                   snap a real-time photo from your webcam if you have one. All the steps
                   to uploading a photo to your friend’s Wall are revealed when you click
                   this button.
160   Part II: Sharing Your Life on Facebook

                  ✓ Post Link: Works just like the Attach button in the Inbox. (See the earlier
                    “Sharing from the Inbox” section.) Click Post Link and then paste a link
                    into the box. This puts a Share preview directly on your friend’s Wall,
                    along with any comments you add.
                  ✓ Share: This button will pop up just after you’ve written something and
                    enables you to submit the text you wrote in the box on the Wall. If you
                    change your mind after you’ve posted, click Remove (located next to
                    your Wall post).

                Care to comment?
                Leaving comments is another form of public communication. You can leave a
                comment on a photo, a video, a note, or various other things just by writing
                in the Add a Comment box beneath the object (some objects have a Write a
                Comment link that you have to click first to see the box). Leaving comments
                has the double-nice property of giving feedback to your friend about their
                content and attracting other’s attention to the content when the comment
                shows in other people’s News Feed.

                Broader audience
                Sometimes you have something to say, but no one in particular to say it to.
                For those times, use the Publisher — the big empty box at the top of the
                Home page that asks you, “What’s on your mind?” We cover the Publisher
                in Chapters 2 and 3, but mention again it here in regard to communicating
                with your friends because sometimes putting a message out there for the
                world to see can be the best way to get a conversation started. Sometimes
                people use their status to help connect in person: Leah is at Starbucks if you
                want to join. Sometimes, they use it to keep everyone informed of things they
                need to know: Carolyn is off to Spain — don’t expect her to reply to anything.
                Often, it’s a reflection of mood that may strike a chord with someone else,
                but you can’t know who till you post: Akhil loves having a brother. And some-
                times, people write whatever they want for whatever reason:

                    Dustin is checking off tasks.
                    Cari can’t find the orange.
                    Justin is downward-facing dog.

                When you post something, it shows on your Profile and in your friends’ News
                Feeds, so remember: If you write something intriguing like <Your name> is
                about to pop the question, you’ll probably hear about it from your friends.
      Part III
Getting Organized
          In this part . . .
W        hen we talk about organization, we aren’t talking
         about cleaning up your desk so all the piles of
paper sit at right angles to each other. No, we mean the
idea of getting organized around an idea, a common inter-
est, or even a common time.

In this part, we go in depth into how you can use Pages
and Groups to organize people around beliefs, favorites,
and even around slogans. We also talk about how to orga-
nize your life (and the people in it) into conveniently
planned Events. The best part about organizing on
Facebook is that it can often lead to organizing off
                                  Chapter 10

                    Creating and Joining
                    Groups on Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Getting to know Groups
▶ Finding a Group
▶ Creating and administering your Groups

           H      umans are social animals. Although you spend plenty of time tweak-
                  ing and massaging your Profile, the real value of Facebook lies at the
           intersections of its massive network: more than 200 million people in every
           country in the world meeting up with the people they care about for a virtual
           cup of coffee. Can you foot this bill? We’ll get the next one.

           The coffeehouses on Facebook are known as Groups. Every 30 seconds, a new
           discussion is started in one of more than 10 million Groups on Facebook, on
           topics ranging from The Beatles to global warming to Ottawa University’s
           Class of 1958 reunion. If you can’t find the Group you’re looking for, you can
           create and host it yourself. Like everything on Facebook, you decide who can
           participate — from ten of your closest friends to everyone in the world.

Getting Going with Groups
           Like Photos, Groups is an application built for you by Facebook. You
           can access this application’s Home page (see Figure 10-1) by clicking
           Applications, located in the far-left column on your Facebook Home page,
           and then selecting Groups. The page that appears shows you what’s new in
           the Groups scene on Facebook, in terms of which of the Groups that you par-
           ticipate in have been updated. You can also click the Friends’ Groups option
           that appears beneath Groups to see which Groups your friends have joined
164   Part III: Getting Organized

      Figure 10-1:
          Find out
        what hap-
        recently in
       the Groups
          you and
      your friends
      care about.

                      Joining a Group
                      The best way to understand a Facebook Group is to look at one from a mem-
                      ber’s perspective. We’re using the Beatles Fans Around the World Group,
                      where more than 100,000 fans congregate, as an example. To find this Group,
                      just follow these steps:

                        1. Type Beatles Fans Around the World into the Search box and press Enter.
                          Note that Groups on Facebook may share similar or even identical
                          names. If you’re having trouble finding it, the address is www.face
                          book.com/group.php?gid=2204708817. The Group is shown in
                          Figure 10-2. (More information about searching for Groups comes later
                          in the chapter in the section, “Searching Groups.”)
                        2. Click the Join link at the top of the page and become an insider.
                          If you don’t want to frolic in strawberry fields forever, don’t worry; we
                          show you how to leave the Group when we finish.

                      Joining a group doesn’t grant access to your profile to anyone who couldn’t
                      see it before. The only indirect consequence of joining a group is that a
                      story about you joining will appear on your Wall. Additionally, you’ll start
                      to see updates from that group in your News Feed on your Home page.
                      Furthermore, a story about your joining the Group may appear in your
                      friends’ News Feeds. None of these consequences occurs if the Group you
                      join is secret, which is a concept we discuss in the section, “Creating Your
                      Own Groups,” later in this chapter.
                                  Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook              165

 Figure 10-2:
 200,000 fans
  relive good
   music and
memories in
  the Beatles
Fans Around
    the World

                Anatomy of a Group
                The first thing you see when you visit a Group is its Home page. Just as your
                Profile provides a summary of you (not to say that you could ever be sum-
                marized), this page provides an overview of what’s happened in the Group
                recently, including snapshots of the most recent photos, videos, and member

                In bold, at the top of every Group’s Home page sits the most important bit of
                information: the Group name.

                Depending on privacy settings (see the later “Creating Your Own Groups”
                section for more on this), you may be able to see all of a Group’s contents
                before joining it, even though you can’t post new content. That’s the case
                with the Beatles Fans Around the World Group because the administrator
                has chosen the most flexible settings.

                In many ways, a Group is similar to a Profile shared among its members. A
                Group’s Home page is divided into a wide right column and a thin left column
                (plus a column of ads and recommended material on the right side of the
                page); each column contains a number of different sections. Each section is
                delineated by a blue title bar and contains the most recent content posted in
                that section, such as the last few photos or discussion topics. To see every-
                thing posted to a section, click See All on its title bar. A group administrator
                may decide to hide certain sections for his Group, although we purposely
                chose this Group because it contains all the possible sections.
166   Part III: Getting Organized

                The right column offers the following tabs across the top:

                  ✓ Wall: The Wall you see when you click this tab may look a little different
                    than the Wall you are used to encountering on your friends’ Profiles, but
                    its purpose is the same. It is the perfect mechanism for casual, free-form
                    commenting. In Beatles Fans Around the World, members often use the
                    Wall to verbalize passionately their gratitude for 50 years of great music.
                    They aren’t trying to start discussions.
                  ✓ Info: This tab may contain one or all of the following sections:
                        • Basic Info: This section provides the basic details of the Group,
                          such as its name, category, a description that outlines its purpose,
                          and the type of privacy established. The Category includes a type
                          and subtype, which must be standard Facebook categories. For
                          Beatles Fans Around the World, for example, the type is Music, and
                          the subtype is Rock; you can click either word to see other Groups
                          belonging to the selected type.
                        • Contact Info: If the Group represents a real-world group (for exam-
                          ple, the National Breast Cancer Foundation), the Info tab may also
                          contain the organization’s contact information, such as a physical
                          address or an Internet address. Because the administrator of this
                          Group isn’t an official representative of the band and has no public
                          presence, he has decided to jokingly specify the address as 151 E.
                          Broad St. in homage to Paul McCartney’s album, Give My Regards to
                          Broad Street.
                        • Recent News: This section discusses recent events, such as a re-
                          release of a classic Beatles album. This section appears only when
                          the Group administrator provides recent news.
                  ✓ Discussions: Home to lively conversations and debates among members,
                    the Discussions tab is the nexus of a Group. Each topic in a discus-
                    sion board represents a new area of the broader Group dialogue where
                    particularly insightful or provocative topics can garner hundreds or
                    thousands of responses. For instance, as you can imagine, the “What’s
                    your favorite song by The Beatles?” topic has kicked off quite a heated
                    debate. We can’t imagine why because everyone knows the answer is
                    “Hey Jude.”
                  ✓ Photos: As you might guess, this tab contains photos that are of rel-
                    evance to the Group. In this case, fans of The Beatles have posted more
                    than 2,000 of their favorite photos of their beloved band. Only a selec-
                    tion of the most recent photos is shown on the Group’s Home page, but
                    you can click See All to view the rest of them.
                     In some instances, these photos are of Group members posing with the
                     band long ago. Such photo sharing is a staple of many Facebook Groups.
                     For instance, visit Facebook hiking Groups, and you see members sharing
                 Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook              167
    pictures of their most recent conquests. Group members can leave com-
    ments on these photos just as your friends can comment on the pictures
    you post to your Profile.
 ✓ Video: Like photos, videos enrich Groups by moving them beyond mere
   discussion. On this tab, fans of The Beatles tickle their memories with
   clips from the band’s golden years. Viewing videos is very similar to
   viewing photos. The most recent videos are shown on the Group’s Home
   page, and you can click See All to view the rest. To watch a video, click
   it. Group members can also leave comments on videos.

Whew. You’d think that’d be enough, but settle down: We’ve got another
column to go! The left column contains information that may be interesting to
members but is probably less important than the things we just discussed. It

 ✓ A picture: Group administrators can choose any picture they like to rep-
   resent the Group on the Home page, but they have to be picky: They get
   only one.
 ✓ Action links: Just as your Profile contains a set of important actions
   (such as View Photos) beneath your picture, a series of action links fol-
   lows the Group picture. These include View Discussion Board (which is
   a shortcut to the See All link of the Discussion Board section), and either
   Join This Group or Leave Group, depending on whether you’re already
   a member of the Group. If the Group is closed, you may join only with a
   Group administrator’s approval, in which case the link reads, Request
   to Join Group. If you’re the administrator of a Group, you see additional
   administrative options here.
    If the Group administrator chooses to allow it (the administrator of
    Beatles Fans Around the World has), you also see a link to Invite People
    to Join.
 ✓ Information: The information box includes a category for the group that
   the group administrator has determined, as well as a description and a
   notice about the type of privacy the group uses. As we mentioned, the
   administrator of Beatles Fans Around the World chose the most flexible
   settings possible in his effort to attract fans of The Beatles. This means
   he exposes the existence of the Group to everyone and allows anyone to
   see the Group, join it, and invite others to join. This set of permissions
   constitutes an open Group. A Group may also be closed or secret, as we
   discuss in the section “Step 1: Group Info,” later in this chapter.
 ✓ Officers (optional): If a Group has any officers, the Officers section lists
   its names, primary networks, and titles. Because this concept doesn’t
   really make sense in Beatles Fans Around the World (the administrator
   has not designated any officers), the section doesn’t appear. For Groups
   that have real-world counterparts, like a school newspaper, the officers
   section can accurately represent the Editor-in-Chief, Business Manager,
168   Part III: Getting Organized

                     and so on. For Groups that are less serious (as many Facebook Groups
                     are), you’ll often notice officer designations like “Chief Dummy” and
                     “Dummy-in-residence.” See the upcoming “Managing your Group” sec-
                     tion for more information about officers.
                  ✓ Admins: The Admins section lists the names and primary networks of
                    all the Group’s administrators. Whoever creates a Group is automati-
                    cally the administrator of that Group, meaning he writes the Group’s
                    information, controls its privacy settings, moderates its discussions, and
                    generally keeps the Group running smoothly. He can also promote other
                    members to administrators to grant them the same privileges. See the
                    upcoming section, “Managing your Group member list,” for help with
                    promoting members to administrators.
                  ✓ Members: This section shows you other Facebook members who are
                    part of the Group. If any of your friends are in the Group, they’re listed
                    first, followed by other people who belong to your networks (if you have
                    any). This reflects the belief that the people close to you are always
                    more interesting than strangers.
                     Remember: Groups don’t influence the basic Facebook privacy model,
                     so you’re not able to see the Profile of a fellow Group member unless
                     she’s already your friend, is a friend of your friend, or belongs to one of
                     your networks.
                     Beatles Fans Around the World has more than 150,000 members, which
                     is impressive, but far from the size of the largest Facebook Groups,
                     which boast more than one million members (such as “When I Was
                     Your Age, Pluto Was a Planet”). Of course, more than 500 distinct
                     Groups about The Beatles exist throughout Facebook, each with its own
                     member base and personality. Because it’s so easy to create a Group on
                     Facebook, a prime benefit of Groups is: One size need not fit all.
                  ✓ Events: You may not see this box if the Group has no upcoming events.
                    If it does, you see not only the box, but also the name of the upcoming
                    event. Group administrators can invite all members of a group to a par-
                    ticular event, which we talk about in the “Creating a Group event” sec-
                    tion at the end of this chapter.
                  ✓ Photos, Videos, Links: In addition to the tabs for photos and videos at
                    the top of the page, many groups have small boxes in the left column
                    that feature recent photos, videos, or links that people have posted
                    recently. Beatles fans are always finding new articles, pictures, or com-
                    pilation videos; by looking at these boxes, you may see something that
                    would otherwise been buried on the Wall.
                  ✓ Share: The Share links scattered throughout Facebook allow you to
                    quickly share with your friends interesting content that you find, either
                    by sending it to them in a message or by posting it to your Profile. The
                    Share button allows you to share a link to the Group (along with a pre-
                    view containing the Group’s name, description, and picture).
                       Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook               169
          If the Group is open, you may want to use the Invite People to Join link
          to send an invitation to join rather than a mere link. If the Group is
          secret, you can’t share a link to the Group with anyone who isn’t already
          a member because the Group’s privacy settings don’t permit it. (See the
          upcoming section, “Step 1: Group Info,” for more information about open
          and secret Groups.)

     There’s one little link we’ve skipped over here, and that’s the Report Group
     link. This is what you’ll look for whenever you encounter a Group you con-
     sider offensive. See the “Finding the Group for You” section, later in this
     chapter, for more information about reporting Groups.

     Adding your two cents (or more)
     The best way to get started with a Group is to contribute to the discussions
     that are already taking place among its members. Click a topic that sounds
     interesting in the Discussion Board section and dive in. Remember: You can
     click See All on the section title bar to see all the ongoing discussions for the
     Group rather than just the most recent ones displayed on the Group’s Home
     page. If you don’t see a topic that strikes your fancy, start your own by click-
     ing Start New Topic.

     After you reply to an existing topic or start your own, Facebook helps you
     keep up with the conversation in a number of ways:

       ✓ Facebook sends you a notification whenever someone replies to one of
         your discussion posts. By default, this notification arrives not just on
         Facebook but also via e-mail. You can turn this off if you don’t want it;
         see Chapter 9 for more information on notifications.
       ✓ The Groups page (which you get to by choosing Groups in the left
         column) displays a list of your recently updated Groups in its main
         column. The yellow-highlighted text indicates the Group’s content that
       ✓ As always, your Home page, especially your News Feed, is a great way to
         keep up with what’s happening in your Facebook universe.

Finding the Group for You
     Groucho Marx once said that he wouldn’t want to be part of any club
     that would have him as a member. He probably wouldn’t be happy about
     Facebook, which has millions of public Groups that would readily accept him,
     you, or anyone else who’d like to join. This section helps you pinpoint the
     Groups that cover your interests, whether you search for specific Groups,
     browse Groups, or check out Groups that your friends like.
170   Part III: Getting Organized

                Searching Groups
                If you already have a topic in mind, the following is the fastest way to find
                Groups that cover it:

                  1. Click within the Search box.
                     The Search box sits in the big blue bar at the top of every Facebook page.
                  2. Begin typing the name of a Group you want to find, such as Cat
                     Lovers, and then either select from the list of choices that pops up or
                     click “See more results for” at the bottom of the menu.
                     The search results contain content from all over Facebook, such as
                     Profiles, Groups, Pages, and Events.
                  3. Look for the Groups category on the left side of the Search page and
                     click on any of the Groups in that space to learn more.

                When an administrator creates a Group, she may restrict access to a Group
                by network (if she has one) or by changing the Group access type to closed
                or secret, as we discuss in the upcoming section, “Creating Your Own
                Groups.” Facebook displays only the Groups that you have permission to see
                in the list of search results.

                Narrowing your search
                If you’re having trouble finding the Group you’re looking for, you can try
                refining your search by Group type.

                To filter your Group search results, first make sure you are looking at only
                Group search results, and follow these steps:

                  1. After performing a search, click the Group icon in the left column.
                  2. In the right column, above the search results, click the down arrow
                     next to Show.
                     By default, you are shown all group types.
                     The menu displays different types of groups, such as Common Interest
                     or Music.
                  3. Choose the category type you are looking for.
                     This menu has sub-types for the original category you chose.
                  4. Choose any relevant sub-types and click Filter Results again.

                Filtered results can sometimes be a little funky because they rely on people
                to classify their groups correctly and people don’t tend to take this classifica-
                tion seriously. Group search filter options are shown in Figure 10-3.
                                   Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook                 171
Figure 10-3:
   The Filter
  Groups by
 Type drop-
   down list
  helps you
  filter your

                You can also narrow your search more quickly by adding words to your
                search phrase to make it more specific. For instance, searching for Cats the
                musical rather than Cats returns results that are more relevant to the topic of

                Regardless of whether the search filters help, you can clear them and return
                to the original results list by clicking the original Groups filter on the left side
                of the Search page. You can also return the Group Type menu to All Group
                Types, which resets the page to your original results.

                Checking out popular Groups
                When you go to the bookstore to find an interesting book, you’re not at the
                mercy of the staff. Your friends, co-workers, classmates, and neighbors —
                who know you better than anyone — can guide your search by telling you
                which books they enjoyed. Groups are no different, so don’t worry if you’re
                having trouble finding good ones; your friends and networks are here to help.

                When you click the Groups icon in the left column of the Home page, you see
                an option to view Friends Groups. From there, you can see a running list of
                Groups recently joined by your friends. Your friends don’t manually suggest
                these Groups to you; Facebook assumes that your friends join Groups that
                interest them and automatically pushes those Groups to you. To see all Groups
                recently joined by your friends, click the See All link on the column’s title bar
                or the See All Recent Groups Joined by Friends link at the bottom of the list.

                Reporting offensive Groups
                If you stumble upon an offensive Group in your travels, you should report it
                to Facebook so that the company can take appropriate actions. To report a
                Group, follow these steps:
172   Part III: Getting Organized

                         1. Click the Report Group link at the bottom-left corner of the Group’s
                            Home page (right above the Share button).
                           You see a form like the one shown in Figure 10-4.
                         2. Fill out the report by choosing a reason for the report and include a
                            comment that explains why you feel the Group should be removed.
                         3. Click Submit.

      Figure 10-4:
       If you find a
         Group that
      is offensive,
          is here to

                       Facebook removes all Groups that

                        ✓ Contain pornographic material or inappropriate nudity
                        ✓ Attack an individual or Group
                        ✓ Advocate the use of illicit drugs
                        ✓ Advocate violence
                        ✓ Serve as advertisements or are otherwise deemed to be spam by

                       Many Groups on Facebook take strong stands on controversial issues, such as
                       abortion or gun control. In an effort to remain neutral and promote debate,
                       Facebook won’t remove a Group because you disagree with its statements.

      Creating Your Own Groups
                       If you can’t find the Group you’re looking for on Facebook, or even if you can
                       but you just want one with a different personality or member list, you’re wel-
                       come to create your own. As a Group’s creator, you’re by default the Group
                       administrator, which means that you write the Group’s information, control
                       its privacy settings, moderate its discussions, and generally keep it running
                       smoothly. You can also promote other members of the Group to administra-
                       tors to grant them the same privileges, and then they can help you with these
                  Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook            173
Here are the steps you follow to begin creating a Group:

  1. Choose Groups from the Applications menu on the left-hand naviga-
     tion bar to navigate to the Groups page.
  2. Click the Create a New Group button at the top right of the page.

Creating a Group entails at least one step — specifying the Group’s name
and other basic information — and you have the option of completing one
additional step: customizing how your Group appears to its members. Once
you’ve created a group, Facebook will prompt you to create a member list
and invite your friends. It will also make available a number of options for
customizing your member list and group, all of which we’ll go over in the
“Managing your Group” section. Facebook divides the process into two
screens, one for each step, and highlights the current step at the top of the
page. We discuss each step in depth in the next few sections. You can edit
any property of a Group except for its name at any time after its creation, so
don’t fret too much about getting things just right your first time around.

Although you can’t manually delete a Group that you create, Facebook auto-
matically deletes Groups that have no members. If you’re the only member,
simply leave the Group and poof — the Group is gone. If there are other mem-
bers, you (as administrator) can remove them from your Group using the
Members dashboard. See “Managing your Group” later in this chapter.

Step 1: Group Info
The Group Info step asks you for the following information about the Group.
Some information may not be relevant or desirable for the Group you have
in mind. You must enter the information designated as required, as shown in
Figure 10-5.

 ✓ Group Name (required): Enter the name of the Group you wish to
   create, such as Beatles Fans Around the World. If you want people
   whom you don’t know to join your Group, choose specific names. This
   helps your group be found in related searches. For instance, if you’re
   starting a coffee lovers of California group, calling it just that (Coffee
   Lovers of California) means that people searching for “Coffee” or
   “Coffee + California” will find your group and know that it’s for them.
  ✓ Network: This option is applicable only to people who belong to work
    or school networks. If you belong to one of these, you have the ability
    to limit accessibility to only people in that network. For example, you
    may want to limit people who can join your company’s basketball team’s
    Facebook Group to only people from your company. Use the Network
    drop-down to limit membership to a certain network. If not, your Group
    is visible to everyone, although you will be able to prevent people from
    interacting in other ways that we cover later in the chapter.
174   Part III: Getting Organized

       Figure 10-5:
          You need
           to enter
          only four
      basic bits of
        to get your
          Group up
      and running.

                      ✓ Description (required): A brief overview of the purpose or mission of
                        the Group. This is similar to an organization’s charter and is one of the
                        first things a user sees when looking at your Group and determining
                        whether to join.
                      ✓ Group Type (required): A broad category that describes the focus of
                        your Group, such as Music. You must also choose a subtype that further
                        narrows the focus, such as Rock.
                      ✓ Recent News: Anything that’s happened recently that may be of interest
                        to the Group’s members. For Groups reflecting real-world organizations,
                        this may be information about recent organizational activities posted
                        for the benefit of members who didn’t participate (say, the outcome of
                        a blood drive). For Groups uniting people with a shared hobby or inter-
                        est, such as hiking, this may be pertinent news about the activity, such
                        as the temporary closure of a popular hiking trail. Remember: You can
                        update this information at any time.
                      ✓ Office: If your Group represents an organization that operates on a work
                        or school campus, you can enter the colloquial location of the organi-
                        zation’s office here, such as Tressider Building, Second Floor. If your
                        Group has a broader audience for whom such an intimate description
                        would not be helpful, you can enter a more precise physical address in
                        the Street and City/Town fields, as described later in this list.
                      ✓ Email: The e-mail address of a person or organization that’s pertinent to
                        the Group. It isn’t necessary (and may be undesirable) to list your own
                        e-mail address here. As the administrator, your name is listed under the
                        Admins section of the Group’s Home page, and members always have
                        the option to send you a Facebook message.
                                Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook            175
                ✓ Website: The address of a Web site that’s pertinent to the Group. If the
                  Group represents a real-world organization, such as the National Breast
                  Cancer Foundation, this address is typically the organization’s official
                  Web address, such as www.nationalbreastcancer.org. If the Group
                  brings together fans of a particular television show, this address often
                  points to the television show’s official home on the Web.
                ✓ Street: If the Group represents a real-world organization that has a phys-
                  ical office, you can enter its street address here.
                ✓ City/Town: If the Group represents a real-world organization that has
                  a physical office, you can enter the city or town of the office here. This
                  field and the Street field in the preceding bullet constitute the most
                  important parts of a physical address.

               Step 2: Customize
               Figure 10-6 represents the customize page, where you can edit what members
               will see and be able to do on your Group’s Home page.

Figure 10-6:
 Make your
Group your

               Here’s what you can do:

                ✓ Options: A mixture of options that control which sections appear on your
                  Group’s Home page and, where applicable, who can add content to them.
                  We explain these sections in “Anatomy of a Group” earlier in this chapter.
176   Part III: Getting Organized

                        • Non-administrators Can Write on the Wall: As we discuss in the
                          “Anatomy of a Group” section, group Walls are gathering places for
                          recent links, discussions, and posts from group members. If you
                          are running a group that is more about you communicating to a lot
                          of people, as opposed to people all communicating with each other
                          (for example, a charity or non-profit that you organize), you can
                          uncheck this box so that only you and other administrators can
                          post to the Wall.
                          If you are running a group for a non-profit or charity, you may also
                          want to consider creating a Facebook Page instead of a Group. We
                          talk more about how Groups and Pages compare in Chapter 12.
                        • Show Group Events: One of the cool integration points of both
                          Groups and Events is that a Group can host an Event, which means
                          you can automatically invite all members of that group to your
                          event (if you’re an administrator). If you choose to show Group
                          Events, the events you create will be shown on the Group Home
                          page. You can choose whether you also want to show a profile box
                          and/or a tab about your Group’s Events.
                        • Enable Discussion Board: Shows the discussion board. Groups are
                          typically used to host discussions among members, so you prob-
                          ably want to keep this enabled.
                        • Enable Photos: Shows the photos section. If you decide to show
                          this section, you may also decide who may add photos to it. By
                          default, all members of the Group may add photos, but you can
                          restrict this to administrators by selecting Only Allow Admins to
                          Upload Photos. You can also choose whether you want photos to
                          be collected in a profile box, tab, or both.
                        • Enable Videos: Shows the videos section. If you decide to show this
                          section, you may also decide who may add videos to it. By default,
                          all members of the Group may add videos, but you can restrict
                          this to administrators by selecting Only Allow Admins to Upload
                          Videos. You can also choose whether you want videos to be col-
                          lected in a profile box, tab, or both.
                        • Enable Links: Shows the Links section. If you decide to show this
                          section, you may also decide who may post links to it. By default,
                          all members of the Group may post links, but you can restrict this
                          to administrators by selecting Only Allow Admins to Post Links.
                  ✓ Access: When you designate a network for your Group, you indicate
                    the broadest set of people who are allowed to join it. You can further
                    restrict this set via one of the three access settings that Facebook offers:
                        • This Group Is Open: This default setting allows anyone to view the
                          Group’s content. Only members in the Group’s network (which is
                          everyone if the network is Global) can join the Group. Group mem-
                          bers can also invite members of the network to join.
                                 Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook             177
                        • This Group Is Closed: Anyone in the chosen network can see the
                          basic Group information, but only members can see the photos,
                          discussions, and so forth. People who want to join must request
                          membership, and you, or another administrator, have the opportu-
                          nity to approve or deny these requests.
                        • This Group Is Secret: People can join the Group only if you or
                          another administrator invites them. They cannot request mem-
                          bership; they won’t even know of the Group’s existence because
                          it won’t appear in search results or on the Profiles of its current
                          members. Therefore, only members can see the Group description,
                          discussions, photos, and so forth. The Group’s network has little
                          effect here given these additional restrictions on membership.

                When you finish customizing your Group, click Save at the bottom of the
                page. If you have an open or closed Group, you see a prompt asking you
                if you wish to publish a post to your Wall (and, therefore, to your friends’
                Home pages), as shown in Figure 10-7. Click Publish if you want your friends
                to see the Group.

Figure 10-7:
      to your
    Wall for

                Now, pass go, collect $200. Your group has been created. You are taken to
                the Invite People page, which we describe in the next section. You can also
                check out what your group looks like by clicking “Back to <Group Name>” in
                the top-right corner of the page.

                Managing your Group
                When you finish creating your Group, you may want to do a number of
                things — invite people to join, add a profile photo to represent your group,
                take a nice long nap in a hammock. All of these things can be done and re-
                done at any time, which is why they are not officially part of group creation.
                At the same time, if you’re eager to get people talking and congregating, you
                might want to at least invite friends to join before succumbing to the sweet
                siren song of nap time. You can access most of these options at any point in
                time by clicking Edit Group, located beneath your Group profile picture.
178   Part III: Getting Organized

                Inviting friends to join
                Facebook assumes that the first thing you want to do after creating your
                group is to invite people to join. Therefore, immediately after completing the
                Customize step just described, you are presented with a friend selector for
                sending invitations. You can see this friend selector in Figure 10-8. Notice
                that the options at the top of the page are no longer numbered steps but
                Customize, Officers, and Members tabs. You are on the Invite tab.

                Remember that if you designated your Group as open or closed, it’s not nec-
                essary for you to invite people; they may discover the Group on their own via
                News Feed, the Search feature, the Groups section on their friends’ Profiles,
                or many other sources. However, if you chose to create a secret Group, these
                invitations are the only means through which someone can discover and join
                your Group.

                Inviting people to your join your Group takes just a few seconds:

                  1. Invite your friends who are already on Facebook by selecting them
                     from the Friend Selector, as shown in Figure 10-8.
                     The Invite Members page displays a Friend Selector, which is a grid of
                     your friends. To select any friend, you simply have to click her face or
                     name. If you know exactly who you’re going for, you can start to type
                     her name into the field labeled Find Friends. The grid filters down as you
                     type. Select your friends whenever you’re ready.
                     When you invite a Facebook member to join your Group, he receives
                     a Facebook request from you. Depending on his notification settings,
                     he may also receive an e-mail from Facebook regarding your invitation.
                     Note that Facebook doesn’t send the invitation to your friend as soon as
                     you select him in the list. Keep reading for instructions on actually send-
                     ing the invitation.
                     You can double-check your member list by clicking the Selected view of
                     the Friend Selector (found in the upper-right corner above your friends’
                     faces). If you accidentally selected the wrong Blake Ross, you can undo
                     the selection by clicking his face again.
                  2. Invite friends who aren’t yet on Facebook to join the Group by typing
                     their e-mail addresses (separated by commas) into the box labeled
                     Invite People via Email below the Friend Selector.
                     Can’t remember their addresses? No problem. Click the Import Email
                     Addresses link to open a window that enables you to select their
                     addresses from your e-mail address book, assuming Facebook supports
                     your e-mail provider (it supports the most popular ones). This process
                     is very similar to the Friend Finder process outlined in Chapter 4. Forgot
                     some folks? Enter more addresses into the box and click Add again.
                                   Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook              179

Figure 10-8:
   friends to
 your Event
is as simple
as selecting

                   3. (Optional) Include a message with your invitation by typing it in the
                      box below the invitee list.
                      Although optional, this adds a personal touch and makes your invitation
                      more persuasive.
                   4. Click Send Invitations.
                      The invitations are sent to the people on the list. Forgot some people?
                      You can repeat these steps as people start to join. Many of these steps
                      appear as action links under the picture on your Group’s Home page.
                      These actions are visible and available only to you and other administra-
                      tors; if you recall, you did not see these special links when viewing the
                      Beatles Fans Around the World Group earlier in this chapter.

                 Designating Group officers
                 Many Groups reflect real-life groups or clubs that have members serving
                 in various leadership roles. Administrators can mirror these positions in a
                 Facebook Group by designating members as officers and assigning titles,
                 such as Secretary or Treasurer. To promote members to administrators, see
                 the “Managing your Group member list” section later in this chapter.

                 When your Group has officers, an Officers section appears on its Home page
                 listing their names, primary networks, and titles. Group officers don’t have the
                 same privileges as administrators or any more administrative rights than regu-
                 lar members do.
180   Part III: Getting Organized

                To designate officers of your Group, follow these steps:

                  1. Click the Edit Group link under the picture in the left column of your
                     Group’s Home page.
                  2. Click the Officers tab at the top of the Edit Group page.
                     You see two lists: a list of the officers (and their positions) followed by a
                     list of non-officers.
                  3. Promote a non-officer to an officer by clicking the Make Officer link
                     next to her name.
                  4. When Facebook prompts you, enter a position (such as Secretary) for
                     the officer-to-be.
                     You can enter any position you want, so it can be as silly or serious as
                     your personality (and your Group’s personality) dictates.
                  5. Click Add to promote the member to officer or Cancel if you changed
                     your mind.
                     A notification is sent to the member letting her know about the change.
                  6. To change the position of an existing officer, click Edit next to his
                     name in the Officers list. To demote an existing officer back to a regu-
                     lar member, click Remove Officer.

                Managing your Group member list
                After you have members in your Group, you can use the Group member list
                to remove (and even permanently ban) undesirable members, promote your
                most trusted members to administrators, or demote your existing adminis-
                trators (if any) back to regular members:

                  1. Click the Edit Members action link under the picture in the left
                     column of your Group’s Home page.
                     A list of all Group members appears. Next to each name are two but-
                     tons: an X and a button that says either Make Admin or Remove Admin,
                     depending on the administrative status of each person.
                  2. Use the link to the right of each member name that corresponds to the
                     action you wish to take.
                     If you want to make someone an administrator, click Make Admin. If you
                     want to remove someone’s administrative responsibilities, click Remove
                     Admin. If you want to remove someone, click the X. When you remove
                     someone from a Group, you also have the option to ban her perma-
                     nently. This is extremely useful in the case of a Group member who is
                     harassing others or being abusive within the Group.
                                 Chapter 10: Creating and Joining Groups on Facebook              181
               Uploading a picture
               The photo you choose to represent your Group will be featured prominently
               at the top of it, as well as in search results across the site. For that reason,
               people frequently try to find a photo that best explains what the Group is
               all about. For members of Facebook Ultimate Frisbee, it’s a team photo. For
               Beatles Fans around the World, it’s a picture of The Beatles. To add this
               image, follow these instructions:

                 1. Hold the mouse over the gray question mark currently representing
                    your group.
                    In the top-right corner of the picture, a Change Picture link appears.
                 2. Click Change Picture.
                    This opens a menu of options, including the option we care about,
                    Upload a Picture.
                 3. Select Upload a Picture.
                    A dialog box appears, as shown in Figure 10-9.

Figure 10-9:
   a Profile
 Picture for
your Group.

                 4. Click the Browse or Choose File button to open your computer’s stan-
                    dard interface for finding a file.
                 5. Navigate to (and select) the picture on your computer that you want
                    to use.
                    The picture you choose must meet the file size and type requirements
                    outlined on the page. If you’re not sure whether your desired picture
                    meets the requirements, select the picture and continue with these
                    steps. Facebook notifies you if the picture you choose can’t be used.
                    Once you’ve selected your photos, your Group will automatically update
                    to display its new look.

               You can also use a webcam to take a photo to use as your Group profile
               photo. Simply select “Take a photo” from the menu opened in Step 2 and
               follow the onscreen instructions.
182   Part III: Getting Organized

                Messaging your Group members
                Although you can use your Group’s discussion board and its Wall to commu-
                nicate with your members, there may be times when you want to guarantee
                that members read your messages. Facebook messages are just the ticket
                because they appear in your members’ Facebook Inbox, and (depending on
                notification settings) your members may receive an e-mail notification about
                them. (Because of Facebook restrictions on spam, this option may not be
                available to you if your Group has a very large number of members.)

                To send a message to all members, click the Message All Members action link
                under the picture in the left column of your Group’s Home page. You’re taken
                to the standard Facebook Compose Message window. Complete the rest of
                the process as if you were sending a message to a single friend of yours (for a
                refresher on sending messages, check out Chapter 9). To your members, the
                message appears to originate from the Group rather than from you person-
                ally, and they’re not able to respond to it.

                Creating a Group event
                Your Group is open around the clock, but what if you want to gather your
                members in one place — either online or offline — at one time? For instance,
                you may wish to convene your Scrabble Lovers Group for a friendly tourna-
                ment. (Although, have you ever witnessed a Scrabble tournament? They get
                intense.) In such cases, you may create a Facebook Event to host the details
                of the gathering and send the invitation to your members.

                Although Facebook offers the Events feature to all of its users, it gives spe-
                cial capabilities to Group administrators for scenarios like this. By clicking
                the Create Related Event action link under your Group’s Home page picture,
                you can create an Event that has the Group — rather than you personally —
                listed as the host in the Event and its invitation. Furthermore, you can easily
                add all of your Group members to the Event’s invitation list by checking the
                Invite Members check box just above the Add Personal Message section. See
                Chapter 11 for more information about Events.
                                   Chapter 11

                  Scheduling Your Life
                    with Facebook
In This Chapter
▶ Getting to know Events
▶ Finding the Event for you
▶ Creating and administering your own Events

           T     hink about the worst birthday party that you ever had — the big kickball
                 party during the hurricane when the clown was three hours late (and a
           little drunk) and none of your friends showed up because your mom (hands
           full with a torrential downpour and drunken clown) forgot to invite them.

           Facebook can’t do anything about clowns or the weather (as of publication
           time), but the invites would’ve happened if your mother used Facebook
           Events to plan the party. Facebook removes the hassle of hosting an Event —
           creating and sending the invites, managing the guest list — and allows you to
           focus on preparing the Event itself.

           Not much of a party planner? No worries. Facebook also handles the planning
           of smaller, more impromptu Events. You can easily collect a crew for dinner
           or for Frisbee in the park. And if that still isn’t enough, hundreds of Events in
           your area are on Facebook every week. This chapter shows you how to find
           the best of the best for this weekend.

Getting Going with Events
           Like Photos and Groups, Events is an application built by Facebook. To
           access its dashboard, click Events in the left column. This brings you to the
           Events page and opens up additional menu options for Events. The Events
           page (shown in Figure 11-1) that you land on displays all upcoming birthdays
           and Facebook Events that have you on their guest lists. This includes Events
           you were invited to and Events you joined.
184   Part III: Getting Organized

                        Just in case you change your mind, even Events you said you aren’t attending
                        appear in the list. To change your RSVP, click the link that displays your cur-
                        rent response on the right side of the Event listing.

                        To see more information about an Event, click its title to view the Event’s
                        Home page, which contains a detailed overview of the Event. Facebook also
                        embeds a summary of the most important information — the Event’s date
                        and time, your RSVP, and which friends (if any) are attending — directly into
                        the Event listing, as shown in Figure 11-2. Wherever you find an Event listing
                        on Facebook — say, in the Events browsing tool or a list of search results —
                        this information is displayed.

       Figure 11-1:
        The Events

       Figure 11-2:
        An Event’s
         displays a
        preview of
          the most
                        Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook           185
When you are through looking at upcoming events, you can also use the sub-
menus on the left side to navigate to more specific kinds of Events, including
the following:

  ✓ Friends’ Events: Lists the Events that your friends are planning to
    attend. Each listing includes the names of the friends attending the
    Event. As always, click the Event title to view the Event’s Home page.
  ✓ Birthdays: Although these aren’t Facebook Events in the sense that they
    have an Event Home page, your friends’ birthdays are important real-
    world events that you don’t want to miss. This tab lists all of the birth-
    days in the current month, as well as what age your friend is turning (if
    that information is available).
  ✓ Past Events: Lists Facebook Events that had you on their guest lists,
    regardless of whether you attended them. Facebook doesn’t delete an
    Event’s Home page after the Event occurs. Instead, the Event’s Home
    page, its photos, videos, and other media remain for posterity as a
    chronicle of what transpired.

Anatomy of an Event
An Event is represented on Facebook through its Home page, such as the
one shown in Figure 11-3. A Home page evolves throughout the life cycle of
an Event. Before the Event takes place, its Home page serves as an invita-
tion and offers critical information for attendees, such as the Event’s date
and location. An Event’s Home page also tracks who will or might attend the
Event so that its host can plan accordingly. After the Event is over, the Home
page serves as a water cooler for attendees to share their experiences in the
form of photos, videos, and discussions.

An Event’s Home page is divided into two columns (in addition to the right
column, which houses Facebook Ads and other unrelated content). Each
column is further divided into sections or boxes. At the very top of the page,
you can see the Event’s photo (at the top of the left column) and the Event’s
name (at the top of the right column).

The right, or main, column of the event shows the following information,
starting at the top of the page and working down:

  ✓ Attendance Status: If you’ve already said you’ll be going to an event,
    right below its name you’ll see a sentence reading You are Attending (or
    maybe attending, or not attending, depending on your response). If you
    haven’t responded yet, you’ll see three buttons: I’m Attending, Maybe,
    and No. Click whichever is appropriate to RSVP.
186   Part III: Getting Organized

      Figure 11-3:
       An Event’s
      Home page.

                       ✓ Share: The Share link scattered throughout Facebook allows you to
                         share interesting content quickly with your friends, either by sending it
                         to them in a message or by posting it on your Profile. The Share button
                         allows you to share an Event along with a preview containing the Event’s
                         name, description, and picture.
                          If the Event is public, you may want to use the Invite People to Come
                          action link to send an invitation rather than a link. (See the upcoming
                          “Creating Your Own Events” section for more information on open Events.)
                          If the Event is private, you can’t share a link to the Event with anyone who
                          isn’t a member because the Event’s privacy settings don’t permit it.
                       ✓ Event Type: Next to your attendance status and Share link, you’ll see a
                         notice about whether the event is public or private.
                       ✓ Event Info: This area is further divided into convenient sections to show
                         you the when (time), where (location), who (created by), and what
                         (more info) of the event.
                       ✓ The Wall: The Event Wall, like the Wall on your Profile, is where event
                         guests can leave messages, photos, videos, and relevant links for all the
                         guests to share. In general, the Wall is where people explain why they
                         can’t make an event, or where they express their enthusiasm about
                         coming to an event.

                     The left column, which is topped by the Event photo, contains information
                     about invitations. If the event is public, you’ll see a button just beneath it that
                     you can click to Select Guests To Invite (refer to Figure 11-3). Clicking this
                     will bring up a friend selector that you can use to invite your friends as well.
                                        Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook            187
               We go over the friend selector later in this chapter when we go through the
               event creation process.

               Just because you can invite more people to an event, it doesn’t necessarily
               mean you should. Make sure your host is okay with you extending the guest
               list (a good use of the Event Wall) before you blast your whole friend list.

               The rest of the left column is dedicated to guests: Who is confirmed as
               attending, who is maybe attending, who hasn’t replied yet, and who has
               declined to attend. The Confirmed Guests list is on top and shows you names
               and thumbnails of guests. If you’re not sure if you want to go to a party, this
               section might help you make up your mind. If you’re more curious who isn’t
               going, you need to click on the Not Attending section to view that list.

               Going to the after party
               When you get home from that birthday party or book club meeting, return
               to the Event page to post any photos or videos you shot. Click into the
               Publisher at the top of the Wall and select options to add photos, videos, or
               links. Figure 11-4 shows the process of adding a video to an event. This works
               the exact same way as the Publisher on your Home page does. For more
               information about adding content via the Publisher, check out Chapter 8.

               Note that you can post this sort of content only if the Event administrator
               allows people to do so. Keep an eye on your own Home page to see when
               other guests post their photos and videos, which usually happens in one big
               flurry of activity a day or two after the Event. After all, there’s nothing more
               rousing than a video of your book club in action.

Figure 11-4:
videos to an
188   Part III: Getting Organized

      Finding the Event for You
                      With more than 200 million people on Facebook, it’s no surprise that, at any
                      given time, there are hundreds of Events in your area. Facebook gives you a
                      number of tools to help you find the best ways to spend your weekend.

                      Searching Events
                      If you have an Event in mind, the fastest way to find it is to search.

                        1. Click within the Search box.
                           The Search box is the text box in the top-right corner of every page, on
                           the big blue bar.
                        2. Enter the topic of an Event you want to find, such as Dave Matthews
                           Band, and press Enter to begin your search.
                           The search results contain content from all over Facebook, such as
                           Profiles, Groups, and Events.
                        3. Click the Events tab in the left column to retrieve only Event results.

                      To filter your search results by date or type, use the filters that appear at
                      the top of the results once you have selected Events as the search filter (see
                      Figure 11-5).

       Figure 11-5:
          Events to
      find one that
         suits your

                      If the search filters don’t help, clear them, and return to the original results
                      list by clicking the Hide Filters link, which appears in place of the Show More
                      Filters link on the gray bar at the top.
                             Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook           189
     Checking out popular Events
     Face it — nobody wants to go to That Party. The one where nobody shows up
     but you, and you’re stuck reassuring the host — “It’s probably the weather,
     because, you know, who wants to go to a party when it’s partly cloudy out,

     Fortunately, Facebook gives you an easy way to see which Events are popu-
     lar among your friends and networks. The Friends’ Events tab on the Events
     page shows you Events that your friends are attending soon that you can
     attend. Your friends didn’t manually suggest these Events to you; Facebook
     simply assumes that your friends join Events that interest them and automat-
     ically pushes those Events to you.

     Just because you found a public event through search, doesn’t mean you
     should definitely show up for the party. People sometimes use public events
     to get their friends — and not some random person who ran a search for
     “Barbecue” — to learn about an event. A good general rule is that if you would
     be considered a “crasher,” you probably shouldn’t go.

Creating Your Own Events
     Tired of being a guest? Ready to be in charge? Want to host your own Event,
     have complete control over the guest list, and almost single-handedly decide
     who among us is in and out? Follow this simple step:

         Take a cold shower.

     Now that that’s out of your system, get down to business — the business of
     organizing and hosting fun Events. If you’re planning an Event that’s not hap-
     pening for a few days or so, we recommended starting with the Big Events
     section. If your Event is more spur of the moment, or perhaps has already
     started, we recommend skipping ahead to the Quick Events section.

     Big Events
     Whatever actions have transpired before you log in to Facebook — a conver-
     sation about how awesome a surprise party would be, a sudden urge to give
     all of your friends free food in honor of the season — after you’ve logged in,
     creating an Event is easy. To begin, take the following steps:
190   Part III: Getting Organized

                     1. Click Events in the left column of the Home page.
                       This takes you to the Events dashboard.
                     2. Click the Create New Event button at the upper-right side of the page.
                       This takes you to the Create an Event page, as shown in Figure 11-6.

      Figure 11-6:
      Create your
      Event here.

                     3. Fill out your event’s info:
                       There are a number of fields you can fill out. We note which ones are
                       required below:
                           • When? (required): By default, Facebook assumes you are an
                             impromptu party planner, so this box will show a party happen-
                             ing later today. Click the calendar to change the date, and use the
                             drop-down menu to select a time.
                           • End-time (click Add End Time): In case you’re worried about your
                             guests overstaying their welcome, you can include an end time in
                             your invitation.
                           • What are you planning? (required): Enter the name of your event,
                             such as Jenny’s 25th Birthday.
                           • Where?: Though not required, professional party planners have
                             noted that telling people where to go is generally necessary if you
                             want people to show up. This isn’t always the street address, but
                             the name of the venue, like Mark’s house or Olive Garden.
                           • Street, city/town (click Add Street Address): The street address of
                             the location where the Event is taking place. Once you expand this
                             section, you will need to enter the address separately from the city
                             or town where the Event is occurring. When you type the city or
                             town, the field tries to autocomplete as you type. If you specify the
                             street address and town, Facebook displays a View Map link that
                             your guests can click to get directions.
                                     Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook             191
                     • More Info? You can include any information you think is relevant
                       in this space — a brief overview of the Event, such as why you’re
                       holding it, what the attire is, and why someone should come. This
                       description is one of the first things a guest sees when looking at
                       your Event and determining whether to attend.
               4. Click Select Guests to begin to invite friends.
                 Doing so brings up the Friend Selector (shown in Figure 11-7). Simply
                 click on a friend’s name or profile picture to select them. Click again to
                 take them off the list. Use the search box at the top to filter down to a
                 friend by name. When you are done, click Save and Close.

Figure 11-7:
 The Friend
  you invite

                 You can invite friends who aren’t on Facebook by adding their e-mail
                 addresses to the box at the bottom of the Friend Selector.
               5. Choose whether you want a public or private event using the Anyone
                  can View and RSVP check box.
                 Public events are ones that anyone can see and join without invitation.
                 If you aren’t holding an exclusive event, this is usually the right choice,
                 since it allows friends you might have forgotten to invite to see the event
                 and add themselves to the guest list. For parties that you don’t want
                 everyone to know about, uncheck the Anyone Can View and RSVP box to
                 keep it private. Only people you’ve invited will be able to see it and RSVP.
               6. Decide if you want to show the guest list using the Show the Guest List
                  on the Event Page check box.
192   Part III: Getting Organized

                     Keeping your guest list visible is a nice way for friends to know who
                     else is going to an event. This makes it easy for them to coordinate
                     rides or plan presents, or whatever it is people do before your parties.
                     If you don’t want people to see this because of your friends’ VIP status,
                     uncheck the Show the Guest List on the Event Page box.
                  7. Add a photo for your Event.
                     Adding a photo to represent your Event makes it look pretty and inviting
                     to your guests when they see the Event — both on the Event Home page
                     and in invitation requests. Big, official Events often have their flier as the
                     picture. To add an image, follow these steps:
                        a. Click Add Event Photo, which is under the big calendar icon on the
                           left side of the page.
                        b. Click the Browse or Choose File button to open your computer’s
                           standard interface for finding a file.
                        c. Navigate to (and select) the picture on your computer that you want
                           to use.
                          The picture you choose must meet the file size and type require-
                          ments outlined on the page. If you’re not sure whether your
                          desired picture meets the requirements, select the picture and
                          continue with these steps. Facebook notifies you if the picture you
                          choose can’t be used.
                        d. Click Upload Picture.
                          The picture you selected now appears in place of that sad blue
                          calendar icon.
                  8. Click Create Event.

                Voilà! Event created. Invitations sent. And you didn’t have to lick a stamp.
                You land on your Event’s Home page. Welcome home.

                As soon as you click Create Event, all of your guests will receive the informa-
                tion you just filled out. Double-check to make sure the time, date, and spelling
                are all correct before clicking.

                Did you forget someone? People are asking for directions? Don’t worry, we’ll
                show you how to add to and edit your event in the “Managing your Event”

                Quick Events
                Although taking the time to find an Event picture and invite your friends and
                coordinate all sorts of logistics is worthwhile for that extra-special day, what
                about all of the ordinary, run-of-the-mill Events that transpire every day? All
                                         Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook        193
               of the coffee shops or park benches or dinners at your favorite cheap res-
               taurant that would simply be better if you had a few friends along? Facebook
               makes these Events easy to plan by letting you create Events directly from
               your Home page.

               The Events box is located at the upper-right corner of your Home page. It’s
               where your friends’ upcoming birthdays and the upcoming events you are
               attending are listed. You can also create an impromptu event from here.

               To create an Event from the Events box, follow these steps:

                 1. Click the What are you planning? prompt at the top of the Events box.
                   This step expands a few very familiar options, as shown in Figure 11-8.

Figure 11-8:
Quick Event
   from the

                 2. Fill out your Event’s Title (what are you planning?), Time, and
                    Location (where?).
                   For example, your Event may read:
                   Iron Man 2
                   Today, 9:00 p.m.
                   Shoreline Multiplex
                 3. Invite people from the Who’s Invited field.
                   Click in the Who’s Invited box and start typing a friend’s name. As you
                   get to the friend you want, press Enter. Your friend’s name will appear
                   below this field, as shown in Figure 11-9. You can invite as many or as
                   few friends as you want.
                 4. Choose Privacy by clicking the lock icon.
                   Like any other event, this one can be either public or private. Making an
                   event private means only people you invite will see it.
                 5. Click Create Event.
                   The Event immediately appears as an Event in your Events box, with
                   links to invite more people or add details. The Event is immediately
                   posted to your Wall and to your friends’ Live Feeds. To you, it appears
                   as shown in Figure 11-9.
194   Part III: Getting Organized

      Figure 11-9:
       Now every
        Event can
       be a party.

                     You’ll notice that if you click through to the Event, it has the same Event page
                     described earlier in this chapter, just with more empty fields. If you have
                     extra time, you can fill these out in the same way you would edit an Event
                     you created way ahead of time, by clicking Edit Event below the picture.

                     Additionally, creating this Event generates a post that will go into your
                     friends News Feeds (assuming you kept the Event public). Your friends will
                     see links to RSVP, Like, or Share the Event.

                     Managing your Event
                     You can do a number of things when you finish creating your Event and
                     people start to join. Many of these steps appear as action links under the pic-
                     ture on your Event’s Home page. These actions are visible and available only
                     to you and other administrators. This section outlines the additional power
                     you wield as an Event administrator.

                     Editing your Event’s Info
                     Need to update the event time or add info about a dress code? You can do
                     this at any time by clicking Edit Event on the far top right of your event page,
                     above where the ads in the right column are. This will take you back to the
                     Create Event page, which is now called Edit Event, though all the fields are
                     the same. You can edit everything about the event. Just remember to click
                     Save Event when you are done.

                     Canceling the Event
                     As they say, the best laid plans . . . go oft awry. If your life has gone a bit awry
                     and ruined your event plans, not to worry, it’s easy to cancel your Event and
                     send apologies to your guests. After clicking Edit Event in the upper right of
                     the Event Page, you see the now familiar edit Event page, with one addition:
                     a Cancel This Event link in the lower-right corner (sort of parallel to the Save
                     Event button). Clicking Cancel This Event brings up a pop-up confirmation
                     window, as shown in Figure 11-10.
                                        Chapter 11: Scheduling Your Life with Facebook           195
                This confirmation window also provides you with a space where you can let
                your guests know the reason for the cancellation. Write up a short note and
                click to confirm that you really want to cancel the Event. This will send an
                e-mail to all of your guests with the cancellation and your note, so no one
                accidentally shows up, party hat on, only to be disappointed.

Figure 11-10:
 Party’s off?
 Cancel it on

                Messaging your Event’s guests
                Rain delay? Halloween canceled? Keep your guests up-to-date about the
                Event by sending them a Facebook message. These messages appear in your
                guests’ Facebook Inbox, and depending on their notification settings, they
                may also receive an e-mail notification.

                To send a message to guests, click the Message Guests link on the far upper
                right corner of the event page, under the big blue bar, but above the ads
                column. You’re taken to the standard Compose Message form with one addi-
                tion: an Attendees drop-down list that allows you to indicate which guest list
                segment you want to message (everyone, those who are attending, may be
                attending, or haven’t responded). Complete the rest of the process as if you
                were sending a message to a single friend. (If you need help with that pro-
                cess, see Chapter 9.)

                Managing your Event’s guest list
                After guests RSVP to your Event, use the Event guest list to remove (even
                permanently ban) undesirable guests, promote your most trusted guests to
                administrators, or demote your existing administrators (if any) to regular

                  1. Click the Edit Guest List link under the picture in the right column of
                     your Event’s Home page.
                    The Guest List page is shown in Figure 11-11.
196   Part III: Getting Organized

      Figure 11-11:
         The Guest
       List page is
         your one-
         stop shop
       for keeping
            tabs on
          your cur-
       rent guests
       and inviting

                        2. Use the link to the right of each guest name that corresponds to the
                           action you want to take.
                           For instance, to make a member an administrator, click the Make Admin
                           link. As an administrator, the member has the same privileges discussed
                           in this chapter as you do for this particular Event.
                           You can also use the X to remove a guest from the Event. If you select
                           this option, you can also choose to ban that person permanently so he
                           may not rejoin the Event in the future. Banning someone is useful if the
                           person is posting offensive content or otherwise stirring up trouble.

                      You can also invite more people by clicking the Invite People to Come link,
                      which opens a friend selector, just like the one you used when creating the
                      event. If you’re running a big party, the Print Guest List option will help your
                      bouncers keep the riffraff out.
                                   Chapter 12

 Creating a Page for Your Business
In This Chapter
▶ Understanding Community Fan Pages and Official Fan Pages
▶ Determining whether a Facebook Page is appropriate for your business
▶ Creating and maintaining a Facebook Page
▶ Tracking how your promotional efforts affect your business in real time

           P     icture your town or city. Besides the occasional park or school, it’s
                 primarily made of buildings in which people live (like houses) and build-
           ings in which people buy things (like stores). When you drive around town,
           you see all sorts of activities happening — whether people are throwing a
           Frisbee around, arguing politics over a cup of coffee, or working out. The
           world we live in is composed of people, the stuff they do, and the stuff that
           they need or want. People have real connections to all this stuff: the shops,
           the brands, the bands, the stars, the activities, the passions, and the restau-
           rants and bars — everything that’s important. Facebook is all about people
           and their real-world connections; the social map wouldn’t be complete with-
           out these types of relationships.

           Facebook offers a way for these non-people entities to be represented as
           part of your life: Facebook Pages. We know, “page” is a pretty common word
           on the Internet, so we’ll always capitalize the P in Pages when we’re talking
           about these official ones. There are two types of Pages, Community Pages,
           which are collectively managed and curated by its fans, and Official Fan
           Pages, which are managed and curated by official representatives of any busi-
           ness entity.

           We’ll spend this chapter helping you understand the world of Pages. If you
           just want to know what these things are that you’ve been liking and that have
           been showing up in your Profile and News Feed, check out the next section,
           “Pages and You.” If you are looking to represent your small business, brand,
           band, or anything else on Facebook, start with the “Why Create a Facebook
           Page?” section and read on from there.
198   Part III: Getting Organized

      Pages and You
                      When you’re thinking about interacting with Pages of any sort, the most
                      important thing to keep in mind is that they are just like the Profiles of your
                      friends, except when you “friend” a Page, it doesn’t get to see your private
                      info. You can do many of the same things with Pages that you can do with
                      friends — write on their Walls, tag them in posts, and so on.

                      Anatomy of an Official Fan Page
                      The anatomy of Pages should feel pretty familiar to you, as they are meant
                      to be just like Profiles. So if you read Chapter 6, most of the following will be
                      a good refresher. Figure 12-1 shows a sample Facebook Page from the New
                      York Times.

       Figure 12-1:
          The New
      York Times’s
         Fan Page.

                      Across the top from left to right:

                        ✓ Profile picture: Just like you and your friends, Pages choose one photo
                          to represent themselves across the site. Usually, it’s a logo or an official
                          press photo.
                           Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           199
  ✓ Like button (not pictured): Before you become a fan, you will see a “like”
    button sitting next to the Page’s name. Click this to connect with the
    Page (see the next section for more on this topic).
  ✓ Wall (and Publisher): The Wall is the heart of a Page — it’s where the
    Admins can post updates and where fans can leave Wall posts and com-
    ments. Note that there’s a publisher here just like on any of your friends’
    Profiles and that you can see filters for viewing the Wall more promi-
    nently. You can choose whether to see just posts from the Page itself, or
    to view those of its fans.
  ✓ Info tab: The Info tab for Pages tends to be slightly less important, but
    it is a valuable resource if you ever need basic information such as the
    hours a business operates or its physical address.
  ✓ Application tabs: Just like your Profile, admins of Pages can add tabs
    for any applications, including Facebook ones like Events, Photos, and
    Video. These provide easy routes for fans to view more content or see
    what’s new.

Down the left side, from top to bottom:

  ✓ Action links: Right below the Profile picture is a “Suggest to Friends”
    link. Additionally, if you’ve already liked a Page, you’ll see a “Subscribe
    to Updates via SMS” link, which enables you to see status updates from
    that Page on your phone.
  ✓ Bio box: Just like on a Profile, this bio box provides an overview or con-
    text for the rest of the Page, often in the form of a mission statement.
  ✓ People who like the Page: More casually known as fans, people who like
    this Page are broken up into two categories: Friends who like the Page
    and Everyone who likes the Page.
  ✓ Application boxes: Just like on Profiles, Pages can display their rich
    content sorted by type, using these boxes located on the left side of the
  ✓ More Action links: At the bottom of the Page are links that you’ll need
    more rarely. They are still important to know about, since they include
    both Report, which you’ll want if you find an offensive Page or one that
    violates your Intellectual Property, and Unlike, which you’ll want if you
    want to remove your affiliation with a Page. There are also links here to
    create your own Page and a Share button.

Community Pages
Community Pages, or Pages that don’t have one official admin, are fairly new
additions to the Facebook universe. These tend to represent a wider range
of things, from basic activities to political statements. Often, the object rep-
resented by Pages is something that simply can’t be owned by a corporation
200   Part III: Getting Organized

                     or individual — things like “sleeping” or “Ultimate” or Pride and Prejudice
                     (though, interestingly, a new movie version of Pride and Prejudice would
                     almost certainly have an Official Page, as opposed to a Community Page).

                     A sample Community Page is shown in Figure 12-2.

      Figure 12-2:
         Page for

                     Community Pages differ from Official Pages in key ways. First and foremost,
                     they don’t have a Wall. Instead, they have a Related Posts tab, which shows
                     posts your friends have made mentioning a particular topic or idea, as well
                     as Global posts (posts set to Everyone) that people across Facebook have
                     made. Additionally, Community Pages often pull basic info from sites like
                     Wikipedia to explain the topic they are representing.

                     As we mentioned, Community Pages are fairly new to Facebook, so there will
                     probably be additional functionality added over time. In the meantime, they
                     function mostly as badges on your Profile, added to your likes and interests.

                     Connecting and interacting with Pages
                     Wherever you go on Facebook, and in many places across the entire Internet,
                     you’ll see links and buttons prompting you to “like” something. You can like
                     photos, statuses, comments, articles, Web sites, videos . . . if it’s online, you
                     can probably like it.
                               Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           201
    You can also like Pages. And doing so is the way that you become a fan, a
    person who likes a particular Page. Being a fan accomplishes a few things:

      ✓ News Feed subscription: Once you like a Page, you may start seeing its
        status updates and other posts in your News Feed. If you don’t like what
        you’re seeing, you can always hide that Page from your News Feed.
      ✓ Updates subscription: Liking a Page subscribes you to receive Updates,
        basically messages from Pages. These Updates go to a special section of
        your Inbox reserved for them, so they don’t interfere with the messages
        from your friends. If the Updates you get are annoying or too frequent
        for your taste, you can always unsubscribe.
      ✓ Access to the Wall: Just as when you add a friend, liking a Page lets
        you write on its Wall, usually with the ability to add photos, links, and
      ✓ Profile display: It’s important to keep in mind that when you like a Page,
        it appears in the “Likes and Interests” section of your Profile, and by
        default, this section is visible to Everyone. If you want to keep up with a
        Page, but don’t want your friends to know, you can hide individual Pages
        from the Edit Profile pages (refer to Chapter 6 for specific steps on how
        to do this).

    So what does this all mean for you? Basically, once you like something, you’re
    starting a relationship with it that can be as interactive as you want, or as
    hands-off as you want. Frequently, people like a lot of Pages simply as a signi-
    fier or badge on their Profiles. Just because you like 30 Rock, you might not
    care about articles about it, or interviews with the cast. And that’s fine. On
    the other hand, if you like reading those sorts of things, or interacting with
    other fans on the Wall, you can do that as well. It’s a pretty flexible system.

Why Create a Facebook Page?
    Before we can answer why you should create a Facebook Page, first think
    about other things you can do to achieve success for your business:

      ✓ Offer a quality product or service. Differentiated products attract
        repeat customers and referrals.
      ✓ Locate your business on a busy street or in a dense shopping area.
        Highly trafficked locations translate to attention and accessibility.
      ✓ Clean and decorate your shop, carefully design your Web site, or
        dress up for a performance. Quality presentation gains trust from
202   Part III: Getting Organized

                In the end, all of these are examples of things businesses do to achieve
                growth: namely, growth of a loyal fan base. Giving your business a presence
                on Facebook ultimately has the same purpose: driving growth.

                Then again, lots of things can drive growth. Handing out flyers on the street,
                placing coupons in a newspaper, or running a commercial during the Super
                Bowl may get you customers. The trick is to figure out which, of all possible
                promotional efforts, has the biggest bang for your buck. We think we know
                the answer.

                Speaking of bucks, it’s time to get the uncomfortable money stuff out of the
                way: Facebook Pages are free. All you need is access to a computer and the
                Internet, someone who knows how to use Facebook, and a little time. Setting
                up your business Page can take five minutes or several hours, depending
                on how advanced you want to get. If that sounds daunting, remember that
                it would take several hours to make, print, and distribute flyers — and even
                longer to create a Web site or film a commercial.

                Following are several goals you may have for your business. Throughout this
                chapter, we show how Facebook Pages help you achieve each goal.

                  ✓ Engage your customers and fans regularly and in compelling ways. When
                    they think of your industry, they think of you. When they think of you, they
                    feel like they know you. Even if you represent a large corporation, they feel
                    like they understand the human side of the equation.
                  ✓ Provide customers and potential customers with an accurate source
                    of information about the business, such as an e-mail address, product
                    details, or hours of operation.
                  ✓ Communicate new promotions, products, and updates with as many
                    customers as possible while alienating as few as possible.
                  ✓ Encourage customers to provide both positive and negative feedback so
                    you can continually improve.
                  ✓ Enable your customers to communicate with one another about your
                    business, product, or band in productive ways.
                  ✓ Impress your customers so much that they come back again and
                    again — and tell their friends to do the same.

                Facebook Pages offer a suite of features that work together to help you
                achieve these goals. If you’re in a position of promotional authority for a busi-
                ness and have even one of the preceding goals, you can find value in creating
                a Facebook Page.
                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business          203
Pages versus Profiles versus Groups
In real life, how people interact and communicate with their best friends,
favorite bands, or local neighborhood associations is unique. Additionally,
the needs of a person, versus a band manager, versus a group organizer in
terms of connecting and sharing are also different. This is why people, busi-
nesses, and Groups all have unique types of presence on Facebook. The way
people interact with these entities on Facebook reflects those real-world
differences. Because Pages, Profiles, and Groups offer different features and
functionality, we want to make sure that you understand each type of pres-
ence. Then, based on your specific business goals, you can pick the presence
(or presences) best for your goals. Before we highlight the specific function-
ality differences on Facebook, first think about the real-world differences
between people, businesses, and groups:

 ✓ Communication: Communication with a friend is usually a conversa-
   tion, where you say something, and then she responds, and so on. And
   frequently, these conversations are very personal, with each member
   contributing equally. With a business, however, communication is often
   unidirectional: For example, your favorite band tells you about a new
   CD, or your favorite store announces a sale. Comparatively, communica-
   tion within groups tends to flow among all members with equal author-
   ity, relevance, and interest to all members.
 ✓ Access: You are welcomed and encouraged to walk into a café or book-
   store at any time during posted business hours. Quite the opposite is
   true when entering a friend’s home unannounced. Additionally, a group
   usually meets at formalized meeting times agreed upon by all members
   (or a governing body) and at a venue accessible to all.
 ✓ Information: People are particular about which people know what infor-
   mation about them. Groups have varying degrees of privacy, depending
   on the group, but they generally fall into two buckets in which informa-
   tion is shared: only among members or with the general public. With
   the exception of strategic future plans and some financial details, busi-
   nesses usually want as many people to know as much about them or
   their products as possible.

These kinds of real-world differences determine the differences in design and
functionality of a person, a Group, and a business presence on Facebook.

Table 12-1 details the specific differences among these types of presence on
204   Part III: Getting Organized

                    Table 12-1          Comparison of User Profiles, Groups, and Pages
                  Profiles                     Groups                       Pages
                  Have one                     May have many admins,        May have many admins,
                  Administrator: you.          as arbitrarily appointed     which are the appointed
                                               by the creator or other      authority of the business.
                  Represent a real person.     With the exception of        Represent a real business
                                               copyrighted material or      or promotional entity.
                                               hate speech, represent
                                               anything. Seriously.
                  Have friends. Friendships    Have members. Member         Have fans (a.k.a., people
                  need to be confirmed         requests may be reviewed     who “like” your Page). Fan
                  by both parties. Only        or automatic, depending      requests are automatically
                  friends can see private      on the Group’s setting.      approved. The available
                  information.                                              information is the same for
                  Can send messages to         Permit admins to mes-        Allow admins to send bulk
                  other people, and up to      sage up to 500 members.      messages to all fans. People
                  20 friends. If people are    Members can reply to the     cannot reply to these mes-
                  friends, they can always     Group admin. Members         sages and can opt out of
                  message each other.          must leave the Groups to     them.
                                               opt out of messages.
                  The person behind            Can restrict privacy to      Can restrict privacy based
                  the Profile may make         members or opt to be         on age, but are otherwise
                  choices about what — if      globally visible.            always globally visible.
                  anything — is globally
                  Must approve all friend      May choose to review         Automatically accept all fan
                  requests.                    membership requests, or      requests.
                                               accept automatically.
                  Can block people for inap-   Can block people for inap-   Can block people for inap-
                  propriate behavior.          propriate behavior.          propriate behavior.
                  Can publish content, use     Can publish content, use     Can publish content, use
                  applications, and custom-    applications, and custom-    applications, and customize
                  ize with additional tabs.    ize with boxes.              with additional tabs
                                                                            and boxes.
                  Have no access to            Have no aggregate infor-     Have detailed insights
                  aggregate information        mation about the page        about how people view
                  about Profile views and      views and interactions       and interact with a par-
                  interactions.                with the Group.              ticular Facebook Page,
                                                                            aggregated and broken
                                                                            down by demographic.
                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           205
Who should create a Facebook Page?
Simply put, anyone who is in a position of promotional authority can build
a Facebook Page. Small-business owners, event promoters, and advertising
agencies can create a Page on Facebook to get attention and engagement
from people. Facebook Pages are designed and optimized for the legitimate
business seeking legitimate attention.

Popular categories for business Profiles include

  ✓ Local businesses: Such as restaurants, bars, clubs, shops, and recre-
    ational spots.
  ✓ Big name or national brands: Such as those that distribute products or
    provide a service. Starbucks, Verizon, and Coca-Cola are examples.
  ✓ Nonprofit or government organizations: Such as schools and religious
  ✓ Specific products: Such as certain car models, business mascots (for
    example, Ronald McDonald), or high-end designer clothing lines.
  ✓ News, media, and entertainment companies: These entities can create
    Pages for their brands or their various offerings, such as movies, TV
    shows, and magazines.

The preceding list demonstrates that Pages are equally suited for businesses
as well as for their products. The NBA, for example, has an NBA Facebook
Page as well as a Facebook Page for each of its teams. CBS has a Facebook
Page, as does each of its shows. The reason why many businesses promote
themselves in this fractured way is because people may identify with par-
ticular parts of their business but not the business in its entirety. Creating
different Pages for the different entities with which people may connect is
important for maximizing engagement. Conversely, you want to avoid over-
fragmenting your audience. For example, Six Flags amusement parks don’t
have to create a Page for every ride, Radiohead doesn’t have to create a
Page for each album, and Starbucks doesn’t have to create a Page for every

Who shouldn’t build a Facebook Page?
A Page, just like a user’s Profile on Facebook, represents a real identity and
is managed by the real-life appointed authority of that entity. For example, if
you’re not Chuck Norris (or his PR person), you can’t create a Facebook Page
called Chuck Norris. And if you didn’t write or publish Fight Club (or weren’t
hired by someone who did), you can’t create a Page for it. It doesn’t matter
206   Part III: Getting Organized

                how much you love lite-mocha Frappaccinos, extra whip-cream; unless you’re
                the marketing rep for Starbucks, you can’t create a Facebook Page for them.
                Well, you can, but your Page — and/or your account — may end up being

                Living In the Gray Netherworld
                between Pages and Profiles
                You may have, by now, noticed a distinction between representing one
                person and representing a collection of people. So, while it’s easy to choose
                between creating a Profile for the Dave Matthews Band and creating a Page
                for the Dave Matthews Band, it may be harder to choose what to do if you
                want to create something for just Dave Matthews.

                Celebrities and public figures do have to make a choice about which service
                best fits their needs. In general, there are two relevant questions to ask if you
                find yourself in the public figure predicament:

                  ✓ Will I be the only one managing my online self? In other words, do you
                    have a staff assistant who is charged with keeping your Facebook pres-
                    ence up-to-date? Or will you be doing all of your own Facebooking?
                  ✓ Do I also want to share more privately with my real-life friends? Some
                    people want to have it all: They want to publish a photo album from the
                    family reunion (even if that family has a last name like Norris) and keep
                    it private, while still publishing interesting articles, thoughts, and less
                    private photos to the world at large (especially the world that is pretty
                    sure Chuck Norris can sneeze with his eyes open).

                If the answer to both questions is yes, chances are you should still consider
                building a Profile. You will be the only one able to access it, and you can use
                the Publisher privacy controls we describe in Chapter 6 to choose who sees

                If the answer to both questions is no, you should create a Page. It will give
                you the most flexibility in terms of who can manage it, and everything will
                publish to everyone — no special settings necessary.

                If you answered no to the first question and yes to the second question,
                you probably want to create a Facebook Page for your staff to manage and a
                Facebook Profile just for yourself. The Page represents the public you, and
                a Profile can become the space where you share just with your friends and
                               Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           207
    If the answer is a combination of yes and no, a Page is again the more flexible,
    simple way to go, especially if it turns out managing your Page is time-
    consuming and you change your mind on the answer to question one.

Creating and Managing a Facebook Page
    A Facebook Page isn’t equivalent to an account. Rather, it’s an entity on
    Facebook that can be managed by many people with their own distinct
    accounts. This section will take you through all the steps of Page creation,
    administration, and maintenance.

    Before you get started, however, we recommend you read the Terms of
    Service for Page Owners at www.facebook.com/terms_pages.php. First of
    all, the TOS clarifies some of the expectations for owning a Page and who can
    create a Page for their business. There are also a few notes about who can see
    your content when you create a Page and age restrictions on your Page. We
    cover all of these topics throughout this chapter, but the TOS provide a nice
    summary. If you violate these Terms, your Page may be disabled, which will
    be very bad for your business. On the same note, if you create a Profile to do
    the work of a Page (as we describe here), that Profile will almost certainly be
    disabled for violating the user terms of service (which you can read at www.

    Creating a Page for your business
    If you haven’t already created an account on Facebook, we highly recom-
    mend that you do that first (although you don’t have to). If you don’t want
    to, you can start the process at Step 2 in the following steps; before complet-
    ing Step 6, however, you’re asked to create an account. The account you
    create here is a lesser version of a full Facebook user account, but it’s still
    your account. You’re asked to enter your e-mail address and birth date, and
    you should enter accurate information. That way, if you ever decide that
    you want a personal Profile, upgrading the account you create here is much
    easier than starting from scratch.

    Pages can have multiple admins. If you plan to have other people manag-
    ing the Page you’re creating, they can do so from their accounts. There’s no
    reason to share the e-mail address or password with anyone. In fact, doing
    so violates the Terms of Use. We hope we’ve gained your trust enough at this
    point of the book that you trust us here: Use your real e-mail address and
    birth date. This information won’t be revealed to anyone else, and it makes
    your future interactions on Facebook much easier.
208   Part III: Getting Organized

                      1. Navigate to www.Facebook.com and log in with your username and
                      2. Scroll down until you can’t scroll any farther and then click
                         Advertising in the footer menu.
                        The page you land on (www.Facebook.com/advertising) gives you
                        an overview of the Facebook integrated advertising system. Pages are
                        free, but ads are not. That being said, when you are just starting out with
                        your Page, advertising can be worth the investment to help you build a
                        base of connections and subscribers. Find out more about advertising in
                        Chapter 15.
                      3. Click the Pages link, located just below the top menu.
                        You’re welcome to read the copy on that page or click the Learn More
                        link, but there’s nothing there that’s not in this book. (After all, we wrote
                      4. Click the Create a Page button.
                        It’s the green button in the upper-right quadrant of the screen. This
                        starts the Create Page workflow.
                      5. In the Official Page section on the left side of the page, specify what
                         kind of business you’re trying to promote, as shown in Figure 12-3.
                        The reason for making an accurate selection here is twofold:
                            • Depending on the category you choose, your Facebook Page is
                              created with a very specific set of fields and functionality. For
                              example, specifying that your business is a restaurant allows you
                              to specify your hours of operation, and specifying that you’re a
                              musician gives you instant access to a discography.
                            • You can help users find and identify you.

       Figure 12-3:
      and create a
           for your
                        Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           209
6. Enter the name of your business.
  When you name your Facebook Page, it’s important that you sign up
  with the exact name of your business, just like you need to sign up for
  Facebook with your real name.
  Good examples of names for hypothetical Facebook Pages are
      • Amazon
      • Anthony’s Pizza
      • Stephen Colbert
      • Buffy the Vampire Slayer
  Bad examples of Facebook Page names are
      • Amazon’s Facebook Page: Like a user’s Profile, Facebook Pages
        are an online representation of your business. When users navigate
        to your Page and click Become a Fan, they’re a fan of your busi-
        ness, not the Page. When you send fans an update, you’re sending
        it on behalf of the business, not the Page. The Page isn’t a destina-
        tion: It’s a means. When people interact with your Page, they’re
        actually interacting directly with your business, and it’s important
        that the name reflects this.
      • Anthony’s Pizza at 553 University Ave.: Just like the thousands
        of Joe Smiths on Facebook, there may be hundreds of Anthony’s
        Pizzas — but that’s okay. People use the content on your Page,
        such as your photos or local address listed in your information
        fields, to identify the Anthony’s Pizza they’re after.
      • Stephen Colbert, Politician & Comedian Extraordinaire: Stephen
        Colbert is welcome to specify his profession in his information
        fields. Additionally, in the body of his Page, he can declare himself
        extraordinaire over and over. However, his brand is his name, and
        that should be the name of his Page: Stephen Colbert.
      • Buffy the Vampire Slayer Is Awesome: Buffy is awesome, and this
        would make a great name for a Facebook Group or a Facebook
        Community Page. However, there’s no real-life entity with this
        name (that we know of); therefore, there shouldn’t be a Facebook
        Page with this name.
7. Authorize that you are an official representative of your business and
   click Create Page.
  As soon as you click Create Page, you’re the proud admin of a Facebook
  Page. You’re not done, though. Now you have to configure and custom-
  ize. Both of these processes are complicated enough that we’re punting
  those explanations to a separate numbered list.
210   Part III: Getting Organized

                If all the excitement has gotten the best of you, continue on to customize
                your Page right away; the next section guides you through that process. If
                you plan to take a break, you need to know how to get back here.

                When you follow the preceding steps to create your first Facebook Page,
                you automatically have a new application added to your account called Page
                Manager (if you’ve ever run an ad, it may also be called Ads and Pages).
                Whenever you’re logged in to Facebook, look for it in the Applications Menu
                (on the left side of the Home page), and click this link to access, edit, and
                manage your Page. Page Manager is also where you go to see all the user-
                engagement statistics, which we talk about in the “Know-It-All” section, at the
                end of this chapter.

                Making your Page yours
                Since its beginning, Facebook has operated under a different principle than
                most of its competitors. Many other sites encourage people to custom-
                ize their online presence with backgrounds, colors, layouts, and songs to
                express their individuality. Facebook encourages people to express their
                individuality through the content they publish on their Profiles rather than
                through visual (or audio) display. The same is true for Facebook Pages. Most
                of the customization of your Page comes from what you say, link to, pub-
                lish, and add as tabs for people to interact with. Businesses that are used to
                branding and customizing their Web sites may find this limiting, but think of
                the trade-off. Potential customers who arrive at your Facebook Page know
                exactly how to get the information they need and how to interact with your
                Page because they’re already familiar with the format. The unified look and
                feel of Facebook Pages is designed for ease of navigation and to provide a
                seamless experience for Facebook users. Rather than view these limitations
                as a disadvantage, try distinguishing your Page by offering rich and engaging
                content and functionality.

                We mention earlier that while creating your Page, you’re asked to categorize
                your business. This category determines which information fields and default
                applications appear on your Page. Keep reading as we summarize the informa-
                tion fields as well as all the default applications that your Page may start with.

                After completing the steps in the preceding section, you see your clean slate
                of a Facebook Page. An example is shown in Figure 12-4. At the top is your
                business, brand, or band’s name, beneath which are two tabs waiting to be
                filled in with rich, informative, engaging information.
                                           Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business            211

Figure 12-4:
 A newborn
     Page —
before con-

                Much of your Page can be edited from the Page itself. Some behind-the-
                scenes settings, however, need to be edited from what we’re calling the
                Control Panel. We call out whenever you need to go to the Control Panel,
                which you can do by clicking Edit Page right beneath your Profile picture.

                People connect to your Page similarly to how they connect to other users, by
                clicking a big Like button next to your name. By default, when a user clicks
                that button, she starts receiving your posts on her Home page in News Feeds.
                We call this subscribing. We refer to your fans as connections, customers, and
                patrons a bit interchangeably, but when we talk about subscribers, we always
                mean people who see your posts in their News Feeds when they log in.

                Getting your bearings
                As you look around your newly minted Page, all gangly limbs and blank
                spaces, you may notice something. It looks . . . just like a user Profile. It has
                an Info tab and a Wall tab and a Publisher. There’s a space for a Profile pic-
                ture and a bio box running down the left column. Why, it’s practically the
                same as a user Profile. If you don’t feel like you’re yet comfortable with the
                user Profile, we recommend skipping back a little bit to Chapter 6, because
                we’re going to breeze through a bunch of the stuff we cover there in this sec-
                tion. But just as we do in that chapter, we’re going to first talk about the main
                tabs, and then the other cool things you can do with your Page.
212   Part III: Getting Organized

                The very first thing that we recommend doing is to set up a photo for your
                Page. This brings your Page to life, helping your fans identify you when they
                find you in Search or read about you in their friend’s News Feeds. Set your
                picture by clicking Edit in the upper-right corner of the Profile Picture box;
                then follow the instructions to upload a photo. The column in which the
                Photo is placed is 396 pixels wide and can be up to three times the width of
                your picture. Keep these dimensions in mind when trying to make or choose
                a high-quality photo for your Page.

                Most Pages have three information sections within the info tab: Basic,
                Detailed, and Contact.

                  ✓ Basic information: Here, enter information that is core to your business.
                    For Basic information, bands list members, local businesses list their
                    address, and big name brands usually list their Web sites, for example.
                  ✓ Detailed information: This includes information fields unique to your
                    type of business. This is where bands list their influencers, clubs state
                    their dress policies, and movie studios list the awards they’ve won for
                    certain films.
                  ✓ Contact information: This one is pretty self-explanatory. Depending on
                    the type of business you have, you can enter an e-mail address, phone
                    number, and, in some cases, a mailing address.

                Clicking Edit Information in the upper-right of the info tab should expose all
                of these sections for editing. The more fields you fill out, the more people
                know about you. Any field that you don’t fill out simply won’t appear when
                people visit your Page.

                The Wall
                Whereas the Information tab lets people know about the basics, the Wall is
                where people get to know the real you. If you have a personal account with
                a Profile, the Wall will feel very intuitive. Check out the Wall for the satirical
                magazine The Onion in Figure 12-5 to get a feel for how a Page can use its Wall
                to showcase what’s new and exciting.

                The Wall is where people who have connected to you will land when they
                visit your actual Page. The content you publish on your Wall will also feed
                into their Home pages, assuming they’ve subscribed to your posts. In other
                words, it’s a very important place to represent yourself honestly and engag-
                ingly through constant updates.

                In Chapter 6, we describe in detail all the pieces of the Wall and how they fit
                together to tell the story of you. That story still needs to be told for you, even
                when you represent some sort of business. People are going to want to hear
                from you, they are going to want to learn about you, and the place they will
                go to do that is your Wall.
                                            Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business        213

Figure 12-5:
   Onion on

                As a Page admin, the most important part of the Wall to understand is the
                Publisher. The Publisher, as shown in detail in Figure 12-6, is where you and
                fans create the posts that actually appear on the Wall.

Figure 12-6:
    Use the
Publisher to
 send posts
 out to fans.

                The basic steps for using the Publisher are as follows:

                  1. Click in the text field.
                    You’ll see a few icons extend beneath you.
                  2. (Optional) Select the icon that represents the type of media you wish
                     to add.
                    If you want to add a link, click Link. If you want to add a photo, click
                    Photo. You get the idea. If you don’t want to add any sort of attachment,
                    that’s okay, too. In fact, it’s quite common. Text-only posts are referred
                    to as Status Updates.
214   Part III: Getting Organized

                  3. Type your comment, either to explain your attachment or just to say
                     whatever it is you’re thinking about.
                  4. (Optional) Target your update by clicking the People icon next to the
                     Share button.
                     You can limit who can see your status by location and language. This
                     is especially useful if you have some sort of local announcement that
                     applies only to people in certain countries or cities.
                  5. Click Share.

                Congratulations! Your Page is officially published. Posts you create here are
                sent as News Feeds for your subscribers to enjoy.

                Wall Settings
                Unlike user Profiles, Page admins have some control over how their Walls
                appear by default. From the Control Panel, you can open the Wall Settings
                section (shown in Figure 12-7) and access the following options:

                  ✓ Default View for Wall: This setting controls what your subscribers and
                    connections see when they land on your Wall. Some Page admins take
                    great care to post regularly, and having a plethora of Wall posts from
                    eager and enthusiastic fans — though wonderful — can push the newer
                    content from the Page off the Wall very quickly. For this reason, most
                    Pages have a default setting that enables their connections to see only
                    their original posts when they land on the Wall. Page admins who don’t
                    have a lot of time to update may consider making both original posts
                    and posts from connections appear together because it keeps the Wall
                    more current, even if they haven’t updated themselves in a while.
                  ✓ Default Landing Tab for Everyone Else: In Chapter 6, we talk about the
                    feeling of landing on the Wall of a new friend and feeling like you just
                    interrupted an incredibly interesting conversation. To prevent your
                    potential fans from feeling that pain, you can opt for them to land on a
                    tab of your choosing.
                  ✓ Auto-Expand Comments: Comments on posts can be very interesting.
                    If there are a lot of them, however, they can become unwieldy or irrel-
                    evant. This option allows you to keep these comments condensed. Users
                    can still click to see them, but they won’t show up until they click.
                  ✓ Fans Can Write on the Wall: We strongly recommend keeping this one
                    checked, but for some industries, it just isn’t as possible for users to
                    have the ability to comment at will. If you need to turn this one off, you
                    can do so here.
                  ✓ Posting Ability: Here is where you can control whether your fans are
                    allowed to add photos, videos, and links as attachments to their posts.
                                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business            215

Figure 12-7:

               We spend a lot of time in this book talking about how applications integrate
               with your personal Profile. Remember that when you first create your Profile,
               you have some default applications, as well as more applications that you can
               use to meet your specific needs. The same is true for your Facebook Page.
               Most Facebook Pages come prepackaged with a default set of applications, as
               shown in Figure 12-8. Depending on the category you choose, you may get a
               few choice extras. You’re free to keep any of the preinstalled applications or
               remove them (with the exception of the Reviews application, which is required
               for all Pages in certain categories), and you’re encouraged to browse and add
               more applications that you think your customers will find engaging.

               Depending on which applications you use, you may want to consider adding
               a tab to feature its content. For example, if you add a lot of photos of your
               wares, a Photos tab gives people an easy way to see your full history of photo
               albums, not just the most recent one that may be at the top of your Wall. The
               same goes for any of the other applications you get by default. Additionally, if
               you use other relevant applications, you can add those as tabs, too.

               To add a tab, click the little + (plus) sign next to the Info tab. This expands a
               menu and lets you choose which tab you want to add. Remember, this lets
               you add tabs only for applications you’ve already added to your Page. (We
               describe that process in the “More applications” section, a bit later in this

               Lots of businesses use an application called Static FBML to customize a
               Welcome or About tab with their own formatting and content. FBML allows
               you to use rich text markup like HTML to create a custom space. To find this
               application, search for Static FMBL in the blue bar on top.
216   Part III: Getting Organized

       Figure 12-8:
      and Settings
          portion of
         the Pages

                       Use the Photos application to publish albums for your fans to enjoy. If you
                       own a restaurant, you may want to take photos of your most popular dishes,
                       creating one album for breakfast, one for lunch, and one for dinner. Bands
                       may publish albums from their various concerts and events. Brands may use
                       photos to show off people engaging with their products. For example, Nike
                       might show women in Nike shoes, Starbucks might show a kid with whipped
                       cream on his nose, and Blockbuster might show friends watching a movie.
                       Add photos by clicking the Photos link in the Publisher (remember to make
                       sure you’re on your Page’s Publisher, not on your Profile’s).

                       If you choose, you can set the Photos application to allow people who’ve
                       connected to you to add photos to your Page. These photos are shown in a
                       separate section from the photos you add, which helps viewers distinguish
                       the content you’re adding to your Page from what your fans add. Publishing
                       photos is often a great way to keep your Wall looking really diverse and to
                       generate interesting posts to go into your subscribers’ News Feeds.

                       If you ever host any kind of event for your business, you’ll get a ton of value
                       from the Events application. Stores create Events for their big sales, comedi-
                       ans create Events for their shows, and clubs create Events for their special-
                       party nights. To create an Event, click the pencil icon in the upper-right
                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business            217
corner of the Events box on the Control Panel. Choose Edit from the menu
that appears. This takes you to the Create Event page, where you can fill out
the info and upload a photo (see Chapter 11 for more details on Event cre-
ation). Finally, send a message to all your subscribers informing them about
your event. A bit later, we talk more about what sending messages to your
fans entails.

Discussion Board
Every Page comes with a discussion board where your fans congregate and
discuss topics relating to your Page. A discussion board takes no setup
on your side, which is why there’s no box for it in the Control Panel. You
can add it as a tab if you want to give people easier access to it. With the
Discussion Board on your Page, users can instantly start topics and respond
to others.

The Video application for your Page works in a similar way that it does for
your Profile (see Chapter 8). Just like with Photos, you can upload videos
to your Page. For example, a coffee shop may show a video of a barista
making a fancy drink, a singer may show clips from a recent concert, and
a movie theater may show clips from an upcoming film. Zappos has added
some pretty funny videos that include interviews and short skits done by its
employees. It’s a great way to put a human face on something very inhuman,
like an online shoe store, in the case of Zappos. You can add videos from the

Besides being a way for you to represent your business or band, Facebook
Pages are also a means by which real people get real information about the
businesses around them. For this reason, users can count on the Reviews
application on each and every Facebook Page in relevant categories. Unlike
writing on the Wall (which can only be written on after people connect to
you), anyone can write a review on any Facebook Page (although admins
can’t review their own businesses). Reviews are also different from the Wall
in that each user can only ever write one review, although she can update
that review if her impression of the business changes.

To do this, you need to first go to the Control Panel (Edit Page) and then click
the Edit link (the pencil icon) in the upper-right corner of the Reviews bar.
Then select Edit in the drop-down list box.

More applications
At the bottom of the Applications section of your Page’s Control Panel is
the More Applications box (refer to Figure 12-7). Depending on the category
you initially selected for your Page, this box may already be populated with
applications that Facebook thinks could be appropriate for your type of busi-
ness. Restaurants, for example, may be encouraged to add the OpenTable
218   Part III: Getting Organized

                application, which allows your customers to make reservations straight from
                your Facebook Page.

                The Discography application comes recommended for movies and TV shows
                because many have sound tracks. To discover more about these applica-
                tions, search for them in the Application Directory (which is covered in
                detail in Chapter 13), and then click the title to go to the application’s About
                page. From there, if you like what you see, you can choose Add to My Page
                (you see this link under the Application’s logo, with the other action links).
                To see more apps than those recommended, click the Browse More link at
                the upper-right to go to the Product Directory. You’ll already be in the For
                Facebook Pages section of the directory, and every application you see listed
                there can be added to your Facebook Page to increase your fans’ engagement
                with your Page.

                Most applications in the Application Directory are built by companies other
                than Facebook. Although many of them make fantastic applications that
                can add a ton of value to your Page, some of them may be, um, inadequate.
                Facebook has rules to protect you from malicious applications, but not those
                that are simply low quality. After adding an application, we recommend that
                you check how it interacts with your Page and watch how your fans use it. Be
                sure that an application adds value before you decide to keep it.

                Rather than browsing the Application Directory for good applications, some
                Page administrators check out their competitors’ Pages to see what kinds of
                applications seem to be working well. If you do this and see one you like, look
                for links to the application’s main page in order to add it to your Page.

                The very top of the Control Panel features a box for editing your Page’s set-
                tings, of which, for now, there are only three, as shown in Figure 12-9:

                  ✓ Country Restrictions: Because Facebook is an international site, it may
                    be helpful to restrict your Page’s visibility to only countries that speak
                    the language your Page is in. Additionally, some Page types, like movies,
                    may want to have a different focus or different admin in different coun-
                    tries. For those needs, each Page can be restricted by country.
                  ✓ Age Restrictions: Put an age restriction on your Page in case you’re pro-
                    moting something that’s illegal or irrelevant to those under a particular
                    age, such as bars or matchmaking services.
                  ✓ Published Status: This is basically a toggle for turning your Page on and
                    off. You will not want to publish the page to everyone until you feel like
                    it’s ready, so after you get your basic information and a few posts up,
                    you can change this to Published (publicly visible).
                                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           219
               Some Page types, such as bands, artists, or public figures, may see an addi-
               tional setting that allows them to change their Page’s gender pronoun. If
               you’re a band with more than one member, using they makes the most sense.
               An actress would select she. This pronoun is used in sentences, such as
               those that appear in your Page’s Recent Activity. For example, “The Shins
               added a new album to their Discography,” or “Blake Ross edited his Photo

Figure 12-9:
   your set-
  tings on a

               If you want a little more flexibility in terms of when you create posts, you
               can use your phone as a direct link from the outside world to your Page. For
               example, you can update your status from your mobile phone, which updates
               your Facebook Page as well as your subscribers’ News Feeds. This type of
               functionality isn’t for everyone, but if you’re representing people of any type,
               these types of quick updates make the Page feel much more authentic. This is
               the difference between sending a press release detailing a band’s most recent
               concert and sending a short sentence saying, “Minor explosion during sound
               check. No one was hurt, and the show goes on.” Which feels more real to
               you? Which do you want to pay more attention to?

               Mobile for Pages has a few limitations, including the fact that there’s only one
               phone per Page, and only one Page or Profile per phone. In other words,
               one phone needs to be imbued with the power to update the Page from afar.
               The phone you select needs to have basic text-messaging capabilities.

               Your carrier’s normal text messaging fees apply to texts you send or receive
               as a result of updating your Page via Facebook Mobile. Make sure you’re okay
               with this cost before setting anything up.
220   Part III: Getting Organized

                      After you’ve selected the phone you’re going to use to update your Page,
                      keep it close and follow these steps:

                        1. Expand the Mobile section of the Control Panel by clicking Edit
                          This is the same pencil icon that always indicates editable content on
                          Facebook. It expands to reveal links.
                        2. Click Register for Facebook Mobile Texts.
                          The Activate Facebook Texts dialog box appears, as shown in
                          Figure 12-10.

      Figure 12-10:
          The first
      step toward
         mobile for
        your Page.

                        3. Select your country and your mobile carrier and then click Next.
                          The second screen appears, instructing you on a specific text message
                          you should send to FBOOK (32665).
                        4. Send the text message from your phone as instructed.
                          If everything worked, you should receive a text message back from
                          Facebook almost immediately. It contains a confirmation code.
                        5. Back on your computer, click Next.
                          The final step for activating mobile appears, as shown in Figure 12-11.

      Figure 12-11:
        Enter your
       mobile con-

                        6. Enter the confirmation code you received on your phone into the des-
                           ignated box within the dialog box. When you’re done, click Confirm.
                                           Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business             221
                     On your phone, you should get another text telling you that your phone
                     has been confirmed. On your screen, the mobile texts Page appears with
                     some instructions on how to use Facebook mobile as a Page owner.

                Now, anytime you want to say something to your fans, you merely need to
                send a text message from the activated phone to FBOOK (32665) with the text
                of your post in the message. The post appears on your Wall, the only difference
                being that it will have a little mobile icon next to it, as shown in Figure 12-12.

Figure 12-12:
   from your
   phone are
  denoted by
     a mobile

                Most businesses have more than one person sharing responsibility for pro-
                motion. Perhaps you’re the co-owner of your restaurant, or you’re part of a
                marketing team for several companies, or maybe you’re the drummer of a
                band that’s sick of the lead singer holding all the cards. Good news: Every
                Facebook Page can have up to 25 administrators, all of whom can admin the
                Page through their personal account. This means no password-sharing and
                no creating fake accounts. Whoever initially creates the Page simply needs to
                invite all the appropriate people to help administer the Page. Here’s how:

                  1. Navigate to the Control Panel of your Page.
                  2. In the Admins section in the right column (under which only you are
                     listed), click Edit.
                  3. Invite people to be the administrators of your Page.
                     You can invite any person who already has a Facebook account and with
                     whom you’re friends on Facebook to be an admin by entering his name
                     into the Friend Selector at the upper-right of the Invite Admins page.
                     You can enter the e-mail address of any person who isn’t on Facebook
                     or with whom you’re not friends in the box at the bottom-right. In
                     either case, the person you invite must accept the invitation in order to
                     become an admin.
222   Part III: Getting Organized

                Promoting your Page
                To benefit from the viral nature of Facebook, you must seed your Page with
                people who want to become your fans.

                Tell customers electronically
                If you have an existing Web site or a mailing list, you may want to add a link
                or send a message to alert your existing fans or customers that they can now
                find you on Facebook. For those in your fan base who already have a Facebook
                account, they’ll probably find that connecting with you there is way more con-
                venient that remembering to go to your site regularly. And having them con-
                nect with your Facebook Page doesn’t preclude them continuing to visit your
                Web site; rather, a Facebook Page gives you an extra opportunity to communi-
                cate with them about changes and updates on your site.

                Tell customers physically
                If you have a physical store, try sticking a sign on the window that tells cus-
                tomers to find you on Facebook. As long as they remember your business
                name and Facebook, they can look you up and connect with your business on
                an on-going basis.

                You can get a vanity URL on Facebook, called a username, that will enable
                your customers to navigate directly to your Official Page. For example,
                our Page is www.facebook.com/facebookfordummies. If you want a
                username for your Page, and you have at least 25 fans, navigate to
                www.facebook.com/username. Remember to think ahead when you claim
                your username: You want something memorable and also something that will
                help distinguish you if you are a local business. You can have only one user-
                name, so make sure it’s one you like.

                Tell your friends
                If you run a business, you probably already spend a lot of time marketing it
                to your friends. We’ll go out on a limb here and hypothesize that you don’t
                enjoy sending mass e-mails or constantly promoting your business to your
                friends and family. You never know who really wants to hear about it or
                who is just being polite by not complaining. Directing your friends to your
                Facebook Page solves two problems. They can choose to become a fan of
                your Page, and then they can choose whether to receive updates. This means
                the following:

                  ✓ You update only those people who want to hear about it.
                  ✓ You seed your Page with a slew of fans whose actions on your Page
                    serve as passive referrals when their friends read about it in News Feeds
                    or Highlights.
                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business         223
To share your Page with your friends:

  1. Navigate to your Facebook Page.
  2. Scroll to the bottom and click Share.
  3. Add up to 20 of your friends in the To line and welcome them to
     your Page.

You can also stick the link in an e-mail. We don’t recommend messaging your
friends more than once in this way, though. If they want to hear from your
business, they’ll become a fan; if not, they’re probably not great customers,

In Chapter 15, we introduce you to the world of advertising on Facebook,
with a special emphasis on how to advertise your Facebook Page. The beauty
of advertising your Page on Facebook is that you’re already targeting the
audience most likely to understand what your Facebook Page is all about.
Also, from the audience’s point of view, it’s a smoother experience to click
an ad in Facebook, which navigates to another Facebook page. This is very
different than how most Web advertising works, where clicking an ad opens a
whole new window into a whole different Web site.

Engaging your fans
If you’ve read this chapter up to this point, you have your customized
Facebook Page and are ready to drive traffic to your business. Now may be
a good time to get up, take a little walk, a nap, or make a delicious turkey
sandwich (extra cranberry, hold the mayo). You’re done with the basic work
required to allow people to find out about your business and connect with it.

To gain real attention and interaction, though, you can do a lot more.
Remember: The richer your Page and the more you engage your fans, the
more actions they take (and the more they have warm fuzzy feelings when
they think of you), which generates News Feeds and Highlights stories for all
their friends to see, thus giving you more visibility and attention.

Publish rich content
By rich, we mean informative and fresh. The more new and useful content
you add to your Page, the more reason your fans have to come back and
check it out. Here are some ideas to keep fans (that is, customers) lingering
on your content:
224   Part III: Getting Organized

                  ✓ Publish authentic status updates: These short posts go into people’s
                    Live Feeds and News Feeds and remind them that you exist. However, if
                    your posts get annoying, others are likely to hide you from their Home
                    page and other lists. Be as real as possible: User posts range from deep
                    and thoughtful to silly to quirky; yours can also run the gamut. If it’s
                    raining and that changes something for your business, let your custom-
                    ers know. If you’re in a band and you just landed in a new city, let your
                    fans know. If you found an article that’s relevant to your fans, let them
                    know. If you’re just starting on the second edition of a book on how to
                    use Facebook, let your readers know. Don’t end every post with a link to
                    buy your particular good or service. Every once in a while, that’s fine,
                    especially if you’re offering a discount or sale, but too much and it gets
                     If you already use Twitter to publish status updates about your busi-
                     ness, you can import those tweets into Facebook automatically. This
                     means that your fans, followers, and subscribers will get your blast,
                     regardless of their preferred medium. You’ll see a button to link your
                     Pages to Twitter at www.facebook.com/twitter.
                  ✓ Publish Photos, Videos, Notes, and Links: In this way, you give life to
                    your Page, making it grow while your business does. If you sell stuff, you
                    can continually add photos and videos of new products or of people
                    using your existing ones. If you provide a service, you can add videos
                    showing you or your employees at work — say, an expert barista pour-
                    ing a latte, a sculptor whose fans would love to see him in action, or
                    an auto technician offering tips on good car care. If your fans like what
                    they see, they’re very likely to use the Facebook communication tools to
                    show your content to their friends, giving your business more attention.
                  ✓ Hold Events: Events will keep your patrons hooked. You use Facebook
                    Events to invite fans to special parties, sales, or promotions. Some busi-
                    nesses hold events just for their fans on Facebook. When your fans RSVP
                    your event, their friends may read about it on their Home pages. They
                    can easily invite their friends along as well, or else their friends may just
                    read about it, which is still probably good for your business.
                  ✓ Talk to your fans on behalf of your business: Your fans will be writ-
                    ing on your Wall and discussion board, and they’ll be writing reviews.
                    Wherever possible, feel free to contribute. If someone writes on your
                    Wall about how they had a bad experience, don’t delete it — respond!
                    You can as easily comment on your own posts (or on posts from your
                    fans) as on your Page. In the case of the bad service experience, apolo-
                    gize and tell her you’ll give her a free meal or discounted service if she
                    comes back (and shows you her ID, which you’ll know because her name
                    is listed next to her Wall post). Other people who see the exchange will
                    be impressed by your level of service.
                           Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           225
     If you’re a shoe salesman and someone asks on your discussion board
     about finding the perfect shoe, fill him in. This public dialogue has the
     benefit of informing other customers with the same questions. Any time
     you write on the Wall or a discussion board of a Page that you adminis-
     ter, your comments are listed on behalf of the business itself, rather
     than you. This helps viewers trust your voice of authority and doesn’t
     expose your personal account to anyone.

Send Updates
There’s a difference between the updates that you publish and the updates
that you send. Updates that you publish are usually short, and relevant, and
often time-sensitive. They are the types of information that can easily filter
down a subscriber’s News Feed, and if one gets missed, it’s probably okay.
Updates that you send are more like newsletters or bulletins. They have
some information that you don’t want getting lost in the shuffle. Again, it’s
pretty important to send updates that are relevant; otherwise, your subscrib-
ers may opt out.

When looking at your Page, notice the Action links beneath the Profile
picture. Only a few may be displayed, but clicking More reveals all the
actions you can take, including a link to Send an Update to Fans. Updates on
Facebook are different than other types of mailing lists. By clicking this link,
you can compose a message that goes out to some or all of your fans. Before
writing an update for your fans, however, you should understand how the
Updates feature works from the user perspective:

  ✓ People can opt out of Updates. When users on Facebook find your
    Page, they choose to affiliate with it by clicking Like at the top of your
    Facebook Page. You can comfortably assume that anyone who clicks OK
    wants to hear what you have to say. If a business ever sends Updates
    that a particular person doesn’t find valuable, he can opt out of Updates
    by clicking Opt Out directly from the update itself.
  ✓ Updates are kept separate from Friend-to-Friend messages. The reason
    for sorting business updates differently from Friend-to-Friend messages
    is simple: They’re different. We’re all familiar with the disappointment
    that comes from discovering that a new e-mail is promotional. E-mails
    from our favorite bands or businesses can be very exciting, if not for the
    fact that we’re usually expecting a personal message. Updates are kept
    in a section of the Inbox called “Updates.”

Updates are organized within the Updates tab similar to how messages are
arranged in the Inbox (which we describe in Chapter 9):

  ✓ Each line contains an Update from a business, a Profile picture from the
    business’s Page, the name of the Page, the title of the update, and snip-
    pet of the message.
226   Part III: Getting Organized

                  ✓ A blue dot next to the subject line of an update indicates unread
                  ✓ The newest Updates are highest in the Updates section of the Inbox.

                Okay, so fans experience updates from businesses very differently from how
                they experience promotional e-mails or paper mailings. What does this mean
                for you? It means that you should update your fans. They said they want
                to hear from you. The messages you send won’t be misconstrued as spam
                because of the organization in the system, and users have full control to opt
                out at any time.

                In the next section, we show you how to track what effect your updates have
                on your fans’ engagement. Use these metrics to help you monitor what types
                of updates and what frequency of updates optimize your fans’ attention.

                Here are a few other things you need to know about updates:

                  ✓ You can include attachments in an update. If you add a new photo,
                    album, video, note, event, or other piece of content that you’d like your
                    fans to know about, you can copy the URL for the page where that con-
                    tent lives and paste it into the message. In most cases, the content is
                    automatically transformed into an attachment to your update, just like
                    the Share feature we talk about in Chapter 9. Note that you can attach
                    only one piece of content per update.
                  ✓ You can target your Updates. When you’re writing your update, you
                    can select the Target Update option beneath Audience. This allows you
                    to target by location, gender, and age. This is especially useful when
                    promoting events, because people in Omaha may think it’s a little mean-
                    spirited to post about your 12 concert or performance dates in NYC.
                  ✓ You can access your sent updates from your Page’s Control Panel. In
                    the right column, just under the Send an Update to Your Fans link, you
                    can click See All Updates.
                  ✓ Fans who opt to receive your Updates have access to every Update you
                    sent. The first time someone receives an Update from your business,
                    only that new update is marked as unread. If she clicks through on the
                    row for your business, she sees all the updates that you sent before she
                    became a fan. Cool, huh?

                At the beginning of this chapter, we mention various types of activities that
                business owners use to try to grow their customer base: running television
                                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business           227
                and radio commercials; putting ads on buses, benches, and billboards; or
                hiring someone to dress like a chicken and dance outside your door. One of
                the hardest problems in advertising is figuring out what kind of effect your
                efforts have on your business. Facebook Insights are dedicated to unveiling
                this mystery. If you have already set up your Page, follow along with this next
                section. If you haven’t, this section may be the one that convinces you to.

                Within 48 hours of publishing your Page, you start to see exactly how people
                are engaging with it. Click Ads and Pages from the Applications menu to land
                on the manager application for all of your Ads and Pages. Click on the Pages
                option at the top of that page, and then select View Insights for whichever
                Page you want on the subsequent list. This will take you to an overview page
                for that Page, which gives you 24-hour feedback about the current success of
                your Page. By default, you see two main graphs about your Page’s metrics —
                interaction information and audience information.

                The first graphs and stats you see deal with interaction. On Facebook, it’s not
                just about page views or mass reach; the best indicator of your Page’s effec-
                tiveness is if people are interacting with it. Facebook defines interactions as
                being a combination of comments, Wall posts, and likes (that is, when some-
                one clicks the little thumbs up that means “I like this” in Facebook-land). In
                short, these interactions are going to be based on how people respond to the
                content you post.

                The sample graph in Figure 12-13 shows the Interactions Graph drop-down
                menu and the accompanying demographic break-down for interacting

Figure 12-13:
  Insights on
228   Part III: Getting Organized

                There are two main graphs, The first focuses on Interactions and the second
                on Fans:

                  ✓ Interactions: Since Facebook likes to focus on engagement, it believes
                    the most important aspect of your Page’s success is how people are
                    interacting with it. By default, this graph shows you the total number of
                    interactions over time. You can also filter it down to more specific stats:
                        • Interactions Per Post: This graph tracks the average number of
                          comments, likes, and Wall posts generated by each post you
                        • Post Quality: Post quality is measured by calculating how much
                          engagement results from each post coming from your Page. A high
                          Post Quality score means your posts are engaging and interesting
                          to your connections. That’s a good thing.
                        • Posts: This graph shows how many posts you’ve created.
                        • Discussion Posts: This graph shows the number of Discussion
                          topics users have created on your Page.
                        • Reviews: This graph shows the number of times fans have used
                          the reviews application to rate your Page.
                        • Mentions: This graph shows the number of times people have
                          tagged your Page in a status update. Tagging your Page creates
                          a link to it from that status, so being tagged is basically a way for
                          users to promote your Page in their status updates.
                  ✓ Fans: These sets of graphs show you more information about your fan
                    base over time. By default, it shows you your total number of fans
                    compared to the number of fans who have unsubscribed from your
                    Page’s updates in News Feed. It also has a few other filters, which you
                    can see expanded in Figure 12-14:
                        • New/Removed Fans: This graph shows you new fans as compared
                          to fans who have “unliked” your Page.
                        • Top Countries: This graph shows your growth in the countries
                          where most of your fans are located.
                        • Demographics: This graph shows your growth along common
                          gender and age demographic groups.
                        • Page Views: A pretty standard Internet metric, which shows how
                          many times your Page was viewed from day to day.
                        • Unsubscribes/Resubscribes: This graph shows you people who
                          have unsubscribed from your posts, and people who have changed
                          their minds back and resubscribed. People can be so capricious.
                        • Media Consumption: This shows the total views for videos,
                          photos, and other content you have added to your Page.
                                          Chapter 12: Creating a Page for Your Business          229

Figure 12-14:
  Insights on
    fans and

                By default, all Insights graphs show you their information since the beginning
                of time . . . well, since your Page was created, anyway. You can change the
                time frame to more carefully inspect a particular month, week, or even day.
                Shrink the time window by dragging either corner of the bar below the graph
                toward the center. You can then scroll along the timeline.
230   Part III: Getting Organized
    Part IV
Delving Further
into Facebook
          In this part . . .
W       e warn you upfront: By the time you’ve made it to
        this part, most people wouldn’t refer to you as a
“dummy.” In fact, your friends are possibly already calling
you for help with Facebook. Now that you understand the
basics of Facebook, you want to know how to make it even
better, even more integrated into your life. And we can
show you that.

This part covers taking Facebook everywhere you go
using Facebook Mobile, as well as making your experience
richer through the use of third-party applications and ads.
Hang on to your hats; this is going to be fun.
                                   Chapter 13

              Facebook and the Web
In This Chapter
▶ Understanding Facebook Platform and the social graph
▶ Seeing how applications can enhance your Internet experience on and off Facebook
▶ Discovering good, trustworthy applications

           T    he premise of virtually every For Dummies book is more or less the
                same — break something big into smaller parts, explain those parts, and
           then show how they fit into the big complicated thing. As each part is under-
           stood, the whole is less intimidating, less complex, and more usable. This For
           Dummies book tries to follow that premise, so by now you know a lot about
           a lot of parts of Facebook. You know about Profiles. You know about friend-
           ships. You know about comments. You know about liking things. You know
           about streams like News Feed. You know about applications like Events or
           Photos. You know how they fit into using Facebook.

           Well, the thing is, they fit into using Facebook, but not only in the way we’ve
           described so far. They fit into using Facebook in lots of different ways from
           lots of different places on the Web. You could, for example, comment on an
           article on a blog. Or log in to a new site using your Facebook profile. Or find
           applications that go beyond Events and Groups and on to things like Games
           or Entertainment. The overarching term we use to describe the system that
           enables people outside of Facebook’s headquarters to mix and match the dif-
           ferent parts like a game of pentagram is Facebook Platform.

           In this chapter, we give you the basic breakdown of what a platform is and
           how it works for you as a user. We then go into the details of the different
           types of applications on Facebook and across the Web and talk about how
           they can benefit you. Finally, we talk about trust and Facebook Platform and
           how to know if you’re dealing with a good application. If you are a devel-
           oper, check out the sidebar on good traits of applications or look up Building
           Facebook Applications For Dummies, by Richard Wagner, published by Wiley.
234   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

      Understanding What Facebook
      Platform Is
                The most basic example of a platform is a soapbox. In ye olden times, people
                would take a crate that soap was shipped in, set it down in the middle of
                ye olde towne square, step on top of it, and shout out their ideas to ye olde
                crowde. There are three players here: the soapbox, the person, and the
                crowde. While you keep reading, here are a couple things to keep in mind:

                  ✓ The soapbox didn’t create the ideas. The ideas belonged to the people
                    shouting, the soapbox literally giving them a platform from which to
                    enumerate their ideas. A person could stand in the middle of a crowd,
                    at the same level, yelling at everyone else, but that person wouldn’t be
                    heard as well.
                  ✓ The soapbox means nothing without the crowd. No matter how high
                    the soapbox boosts you up and allows you to project your voice, if
                    there’s no one there to listen, your ideas can’t spread.

                If you’ve ever used a PC, you’ve probably used some version of Microsoft
                Windows (something like Windows 95, Windows XP, or Windows Vista).
                Windows is what’s known as an operating system. It’s the graphical interface
                used to access files and programs on your computer. You don’t technically
                need an operating system. You could manually give your computer text com-
                mands to navigate the various files and systems, but that’s much harder
                than using the interface that Microsoft provides. The operating system offers
                some core functionality that can then be used by various applications.

                You’ve also probably used some version of Microsoft Word. This program
                was developed by Microsoft. However, you may have other programs on your
                computer that weren’t built by Microsoft — maybe some sort of game, or
                something like Quicken, which you can use to track your spending. Because
                both Microsoft and Quicken can build applications, or programs, that work
                within Microsoft Windows, Windows is a platform for applications — whether
                built by Microsoft or a third party.

                Facebook Platform, like a soapbox or an operating system, also offers core
                functionality that can be accessed to create applications. Facebook refers to
                its core functionality as the social graph. The social graph is the series of
                connections — Profiles linked to other Profiles via friendships — that make
                up Facebook. Information spreads across the social graph in all the ways
                we’ve talked about in previous chapters — through messages, posts, and
                thousands of casual interactions that tell you the most recent information
                about all your friends based on your closeness and the relevance of the
                                            Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           235
     For a long time, Facebook was the only company that could build on its own
     platform. And it did; it built Photos, Notes, Events, and Groups. All these
     applications use the connections that exist among individuals on the site to
     spread more information. These connections are what set Facebook applica-
     tions apart from other sites, even ones specialized for various applications.

     The classic example of this is Photos. Facebook has the number-one photo-
     sharing application on the Web. Facebook Photos doesn’t have all the fea-
     tures of specific photo-sharing sites, like high-resolution storage or anything
     like that, but it’s still more popular than the others. This is because of the
     connections — your ability to tag your friends in photos. When you do this,
     your friends are notified, and they look at the pictures. This information is
     also spread through News Feed, where your friends can see your photos and
     comment on what they see. This, in turn, makes your friends more likely to
     use the Photos application the next time they want to share photos.

     When Facebook opened up Facebook Platform, it enabled third-party devel-
     opers anywhere to build applications that fit into Facebook as easily as
     Facebook Photos fits in. Like the soapbox, Facebook Platform lets application
     developers get their ideas and creations out to a crowd of people quickly and

     The soapbox — the platform — doesn’t create the ideas or applications, and
     the platform means nothing without the crowd. You and your friends are the
     crowd, which is why Facebook applications can actually be useful to you.

Applications That Live on Facebook
     In Chapters 8, 10, and 11 we talk in detail about a few Facebook applications,
     built by Facebook, that live on Facebook. The biggest difference between these
     applications and the ones that you’ll use and love from outside developers
     is that you had Photos, Notes, Groups, and Events waiting for you when you
     first signed up for Facebook. All of the pieces that made these work — tagging,
     notifications, posts to your Wall, and so on — were already at work behind the

     When you use applications, you need to be a bit of the stage manager for how
     these applications work. You’ve been practicing for this moment as you set
     privacy and other controls on the various applications that Facebook built.
     Now that the curtain is about to open, you are ready to take command of all
     these aspects of each application.
236   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                Figuring out why to use applications
                inside Facebook
                Well, you certainly don’t need to use applications to have a completely won-
                derful, rich Facebook experience. If you aren’t comfortable with applications,
                or haven’t found one that you’d find useful or relevant, they aren’t required,
                and they don’t provide you with any Facebook expertise. Plenty of Facebook
                experts use very few, if any, applications. That being said, there are a few
                good reasons to use applications:

                  ✓ They offer functionality Facebook doesn’t. Facebook has rules about
                    creating Profiles only for real people, and many a pet-lover over the
                    years has had the misfortune of seeing Fluffy’s fake Profile taken down.
                    Dogbook, an application that lets you create a Profile for your dog within
                    your own Profile, means people have the ability to represent this impor-
                    tant part of their lives on Facebook, without violating Facebook’s terms.
                    Similarly, music-related applications or course-related applications for
                    students have filled the gaps that exist for specific groups of people on
                  ✓ They can be really fun. Do you like word scrambles? Do you like to
                    type? Do you like to pretend you own a restaurant? Do you like Texas
                    Holdem? Really, any game you can imagine is offered as a Facebook
                    application, and it pairs the delight of a game you love with the cut-
                    throat competition that can happen only among friends. For example, a
                    simple typing game like Typing Maniac becomes much more entertain-
                    ing when you are vying for first place with one of your good friends.
                  ✓ They connect you in new ways to the people you care about. All of
                    the applications on Facebook help you learn more about people and
                    stay in touch with them in different ways. Whether that’s knowing what
                    concerts a friend all the way across the country is going to or finding out
                    that Carolyn is, in fact, Elizabeth Bennet via the “Which literary heroine
                    are you?” quiz application, all of this information enriches your relation-
                    ships in small, subtle ways.

                Getting started: Request
                for Permission, sir
                Before you can start using most applications within Facebook, you need
                to grant the applications permission to interact with your Profile, account,
                and information. Most applications achieve this through the Request for
                Permission page, shown in Figure 13-1.
                                                     Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           237

Figure 13-1:

               The Request for Permission page, shown in this example with the application
               Causes, has four sections:

                ✓ Access My Public Information: Your public information is the basic
                  directory information about you that Facebook requires to stay
                  public: your name, Profile picture, gender, and networks, if applicable.
                  Additionally, any information that is visible to Everyone will be counted
                  as public information. If you allow this application permission, it will be
                  able to access all of this information. (You can learn more about control-
                  ling this information at the end of this chapter, or in Chapter 5, where
                  we talk about privacy settings.)
                ✓ Send Me Email: By default, when you click Allow, Causes will be able
                  to store your e-mail address in their servers, as opposed to accessing
                  it like it does the rest of your information, through Facebook’s servers.
                  This allows you to establish a direct relationship with Causes, because
                  they can always get in touch with you, without Facebook acting as an
                   In general, when you trust an application, this is a good thing. You can
                   get e-mail newsletters and other updates direct from the source without
                   logging in to Facebook. However, if you aren’t sure about an applica-
                   tion’s trustworthiness (though we’ll talk about this later), you can
                   click Change, shown in gray beneath the Send Me Email icon. Doing so
                   expands an option to send you e-mails through an anonymous source,
                   as shown in Figure 13-2.
238   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

       Figure 13-2:
         e-mails to
      your contact
       e-mail or to
         a “proxy”

                        If at any time you don’t want to share your e-mail address with a certain
                        application anymore, you will need to unsubscribe from their e-mail list
                        through them as opposed to through Facebook.
                      ✓ Post to my Wall: This permission allows an application to post status
                        updates, photos, and other content to your Wall. An example of a Wall post
                        might be something like Figure 13-3. Here, FrontierVille is asking if Carolyn
                        wants to show off an achievement to her Facebook friends. You can remove
                        this permission later on if an application is taking over your Wall.
                      ✓ Access My Profile Information: Here, Facebook defines Profile
                        Information as any part of your Profile or account that is restricted in
                        any way — in other words, things that are set to any privacy level lower
                        than Everyone. In the example of Causes, the application needs to know
                        your Birthday. Pay attention to what fields applications ask for access
                        to, and make sure the fields they ask for jive with what they purport to
                        do. Notice how Causes doesn’t ask for your photos, your likes and inter-
                        ests, or any other superfluous fields. On the other hand, applications
                        like Groupcard need access to some of these things in order to build out
                        personalized greeting cards for your friends.

       Figure 13-3:
        Wall Posts
        gain atten-
       tion for you
        and for the
                                                       Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           239
               If you’ve reviewed the requested permissions, trust the application, and are
               excited to get started, click Allow.

               Now what? Using applications
               Since there are so many different applications, answering so many different
               needs, it’s difficult to tell you what to do next. However, we can tell you some
               common prompts and on-screen actions you’ll be asked to take with applica-
               tions so that you can decide how you want to proceed when you see them.

               Application dashboards
               For the most part, once you’ve allowed an application access to your infor-
               mation, you’ll be taken to its dashboard. You can see a sample dashboard,
               for Causes, in Figure 13-4. The Causes Home page, much like the Facebook
               Home page or the landing pages for applications for Photos or Groups, is
               a gateway into the various actions you can take (like creating or joining a
               cause). When we say that applications “live” inside Facebook, this is what we
               mean — Causes Home is beneath the main Facebook menu (the blue bar on
               top), as opposed to taking you to another site entirely.

               Dashboards vary widely from application to application, but generally they
               direct you to take some sort of action. In the case of Causes, it gives you
               information about popular causes and causes that your friends support and
               prompts you to choose ones you want to support. You can also start your
               own causes, donate to other causes, and so on.

Figure 13-4:
  The appli-
for Causes.
240   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                      The left side of your home page displays shortcuts to various parts of
                      Facebook: messages, friends, photos, and so on. Additionally, you can add
                      shortcuts, or bookmarks, to this menu so you can gain quick access to your
                      favorite applications. Applications may prompt you to add bookmarks, and
                      doing so requires a dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure 13-5.

      Figure 13-5:

                      Posts to friends’ Walls
                      Just as applications often help you communicate with your friends about
                      specific topics, games, or content, many applications will prompt you to post
                      something on a friend’s Wall. The applications can’t do this unless you select
                      Post. You can see an example of such a post in Figure 13-6. Here, Carolyn
                      shared something through the application FrontierVille, and it created a Wall
                      post that everyone viewing her friend’s Wall can see.

      Figure 13-6:
      A Wall post
      by an appli-

                      Profile tabs and boxes
                      Depending on what’s important to you, you can decide which boxes people
                      see in the left column of your Profile and which tabs you add to your Profile.
                                                       Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web          241
                From your Profile, you can also choose to add a Causes tab. Because tabs
                are big and very prominent on your Profile, adding them is something you
                normally do for the applications you care about most and want people to see
                the most. To add a tab, click the plus sign (+) to the right of your rightmost
                tab, this expands the Add a Tab menu, as shown in Figure 13-7. You can then
                select the application you want to add.

Figure 13-7:
  Adding an

                Imagine that the Causes you support and feature on your Profile are a bit
                controversial. You may not want co-workers, or certain friends, or people
                who are visiting your Profile for the first time to see your Causes. Facebook
                allows you to use Privacy to control who sees the Profile boxes and tabs, but
                keep in mind that these settings don’t apply to posts you create. Anyone who
                can get to your Wall can see posts that you create related to Causes. To set
                Privacy on this application, follow these steps:

                  1. Click Account in the upper-right corner of any Facebook page.
                  2. Select Application Settings from the drop-down menu that appears.
                    This step takes you to the Edit Applications page, which we talk about in
                    the “Managing Your Applications” section later in this chapter.
                  3. Find Causes and select Edit Settings.
                    A dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure 13-8 appears.

Figure 13-8:
Edit settings
242   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                       4. In the Privacy drop-down menu, choose the visibility level or create a
                          custom setting for the application.

                     The privacy setting you create here applies only to the boxes and tabs you
                     add to your Profile. It does not apply to posts you create that go to your
                     friends’ News Feeds and Live Feeds.

                     Invitations and Requests
                     You can invite friends to Events; you can also invite friends to play games or
                     support causes. These are actions you always have to do with some intent,
                     regardless of whether the application was built by Facebook.

                     The final step of the creation flow for Causes allows you to invite friends to
                     support your cause, and also gains distribution for Causes, because your use
                     of it may imply to your friends that you like the application, making them
                     more likely to check it out as well. Figure 13-9, in a display of both informa-
                     tion and meta-ness, shows the confirmation dialog box that you need to
                     approve to send invitations. That dialog box shows what the actual invitation
                     will look like.

      Figure 13-9:

                     Other permissions
                     There are a number of unique permissions that you can grant to applications
                     that are usually required only by certain types of applications or for cer-
                     tain reasons. For example, a desktop application will usually need a Special
                     Permission to access your info even when you’re not browsing the Web.
                                        Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           243
Keep in mind that although we use only a few applications as examples here,
things might be very different for you as you explore applications. Different
applications may want to post content more frequently or may strongly
encourage you to invite friends. The important thing to keep in mind is that
you control what applications get to do. You don’t have to add boxes or
publish posts if you don’t want to. Don’t be afraid to show your applications
who’s boss.

Using Facebook outside of Facebook
Imagine all the things you do on the Web. Maybe you buy gifts for friends at
Amazon.com. Or perhaps you blog or like to comment on blogs that others
write. Maybe you look up movie reviews. Maybe you rent movies through
sites like Blockbuster or Netflix. You do any number of things, all of which,
we would wager a small sum, would be better if your friends were there.

Wish you had a better sense of whose Yelp reviews you could trust? Looking
for a movie recommendation? Don’t actually like dealing with strangers on
the Web? Welcome to social plugins.

A social plugin is the blanket term we use to talk about applications that live
on other Web sites. These plugins may or may not be similar to the applica-
tions you use within Facebook. It may be more accurate to say that these
plugins use a Facebook link that you establish to make your experience on
their sites more social.

There’s no one single application that can explain all of the integration points
for social plugins because most applications only need one or two of these
points to be called a social plugin. The most important one to understand
is what it’s like to log in to another site using Facebook, since doing so pre-
cedes most of the implementations we discuss (though some implementa-
tions use cookies, or a way of marking sites you’ve visited, so you don’t need
to log in).

The first way Connect can improve your Web experience is to eliminate the
need to create a brand new account for every. Single. Web. Site. Ever. The
Web forms that ask for your name, your e-mail, and subsequent prompts to
upload a Profile picture and find friends — these are things of the past. As
an example, we’re going to create a new account on Quora, a question-and-
answer site.
244   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                      When you go to the Quora sign-up page at www.quora.com, you’ll notice
                      that it allows you to sign up only by using an existing Facebook or Twitter
                      account. Clicking the Sign Up with Facebook Account button brings up the
                      Connect with Facebook screen, shown in Figure 13-10.

      Figure 13-10:
       with Quora.

                      Notice a few important things about this dialog box. First, Carolyn’s name
                      is already displaying at the bottom of the screen, because she was already
                      logged in to Facebook when she clicked the Connect prompt. If you aren’t
                      logged in to Facebook, you see a Facebook login screen in this space, where
                      you have to enter your Facebook login e-mail and password. Also, if you
                      share a computer with other Facebook users, make sure that the name dis-
                      playing in the bottom of the dialog box is, in fact, yours.

                      The second thing to remember is that this dialog box is basically asking you
                      for the same thing that the Request for Permission screen did for Causes — in
                      order to work, this site needs access to your Facebook info. For the most part,
                      sites that use Connect need this info for legitimate purposes, but you should
                      still make sure you trust the site that you’re using before you click Connect.
                      WellknownMcgoodreputation.com? Probably okay. SleazyMcSpamerson.com?
                      Maybe do a little more research first.

                      Figure 13-11 shows the final screen of this sign-up process. Similar to appli-
                      cations on Facebook, Quora builds its own list of users’ e-mails, so you can
                      enter any e-mail you want here. Additionally, Quora asks you to create a
                      password so that in the future, you can log in just using your e-mail address
                      and password.
                                                        Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web         245

Figure 13-11:
  signing up
 by creating
a password.

                Now, if you’ve started using Quora, you probably want to answer a question.
                Notice how all of your information is prefilled, making it easy to answer a
                question with your real name and real Profile picture associated with it. In
                under a minute, you are set up on Quora without e-mail verification, needing
                to enter your birth date, zip code, or anything beyond your e-mail, new pass-
                word, and Facebook name.

                Plugin Play
                There are many social plugins that most Web sites can add very easily. And
                most Web sites have added some or all of these plugins. In fact, it’s hard to
                visit a site on the Internet without seeing some Facebook presence. The fol-
                lowing sections highlight some common plugins you might see as you browse
                the Web.

                With social plugins, you can like virtually anything, anywhere on the Web.
                Facebook has made it very easy for companies to add Like buttons to their
                online content. A great example of this can be seen on the Gawker blog at
                www.jezebel.com. Alongside every article is the now-familiar thumbs-
                up (Like) button, as well as statistics about who has liked it. If any of your
246   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                       friends have liked something, you’ll see their names. If you like something,
                       it gets shared on Facebook via a recent activity story. You can see a Like
                       button and its Recent Activity counterpart in Figures 13-12 and 13-13.

      Figure 13-12:
          The Like
         button on
            a blog.

      Figure 13-13:
          A recent
       story about
         an article

                       Any content you like off of Facebook is shown on your Facebook Profile and
                       may appear in your friends’ News Feeds. If liking a controversial article might
                       make waves with some of your friends, you can instead choose to share it as a
                       link and set privacy on that share.

                       For certain sites, a Like box, such as the example in Figure 13-14 from the
                       Web site www.postsecret.com, shows recent updates from the Web site’s
                       Facebook Page as well as a sampling of people who like the Facebook Page.

                       Figure 13-15 shows a comment box powered by Facebook. In theory, any
                       blog, whether a big name or just your friend’s little hobby, can add a com-
                       ment box so people can quickly sign in and leave comments. This usually is
                       preceded by a login screen.
                                                      Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web          247

Figure 13-14:
    The Like

Figure 13-15:
 on any blog,

                We spent Chapter 7 talking about how important streams — constantly
                updating lists of activity or content — are to Facebook. Unsurprisingly,
                streams are very important off Facebook as well. Virtually every news site is
                a stream of updating posts, so it makes sense that you might want some help
                from your friends in understanding what to read or pay attention to. There
                are a few types of stream plugins that help with this:
248   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                      ✓ Recent Activity or Activity streams: Recent Activity boxes on Web sites
                        display recent actions taken by your friends on the Web site in question.
                        In Figure 13-16, you can see an example of Recent Activity — in this case
                        friends liking various articles on a Web site.
                      ✓ Recommendations or recommendation streams: Recommendations
                        shows similar information to recent activity, though instead of what’s
                        most recent, it shows what’s been liked by the most people in order to
                        show what you might like as well.
                      ✓ Live streams or status streams: Live streams are a very popular inte-
                        gration for various television channels to use during live broadcasts.
                        The first implementation of live streams was actually during the Obama
                        Inauguration, and since then, the live streams of status updates have
                        created an online interactive component to everything from live sports
                        to the Oscars and other award shows. You can see a sample live stream
                        in Figure 13-17.

      Figure 13-16:
        Activity on
      another site.

      Figure 13-17:
      Live stream.
                                                       Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           249
                As we say over and over again: Everything is better when your friends are
                there. That’s the philosophy of those Web sites that display a count of
                friends who have in some way connected their accounts there with their
                Facebook accounts. You can see a sample of this in Figure 13-18.

Figure 13-18:
  Friend box
       on an
   Web site.

                Instant Personalization
                With the most recent iterations of Facebook’s social plugins, a new category
                of plugins was announced. It was basically Facebook’s way of connecting
                accounts to trusted partners on behalf of its users. There are only three part-
                ner sites at the time of this writing: Yelp, Pandora, and Microsoft Docs.

                The idea of Instant Personalization is to make the social aspect of these Web
                sites completely seamless. As you use Pandora, for example, you see which
                of your friends like the artists and songs that appear on your screen. You can
                instantly find all the people on Yelp whose reviews will matter most to you:

                Figure 13-19 shows how Instant Personalization might appear to you when
                using Pandora.

Figure 13-19:
   ization on
250   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                If you don’t use any of the partner sites we mentioned and don’t like the idea
                of your information being shared in this way, you can opt out of Instant
                Personalization. Go to the Privacy Settings page, click Applications and
                Websites, and then click Edit Settings next to Instant Personalization. Uncheck
                the box at the bottom of the page that appears.

      Discovering Other Applications
                The most common applications you encounter on Facebook are the ones that
                live inside Facebook and the Connect Web sites that provide functionality
                elsewhere. However, there are many other categories of applications that you
                may find use for over time.

                Applications for your business
                If you are a Page owner, many applications are designed to live on your Page
                and provide additional functionality for your business. For example, musi-
                cians may want to add the Discography application to show off their different
                albums or the YouTube application so fans can easily share the YouTube
                videos they’ve posted from live concerts.

                Applications for your desktop
                Desktop applications require you to download something to your computer
                (as opposed to just making information available to the application). These
                applications often provide functionality like allowing you to read your News
                Feed and comment on the posts there without having a Web browser open.
                Or they may take your Facebook events and import them into whatever cal-
                endar program you use. In a nutshell, they let you use Facebook outside your
                browser window.

                Applications for your phone
                The most basic mobile application is actually just Facebook, itself, which you
                can learn more about in Chapter 14. However, as social plugins continue to
                grow, many new mobile applications are being created that allow you to, for
                example, play mobile games against your Facebook friends on your iPhone.
                Mobile Platform applications can often feel like a mash-up of Facebook
                                                       Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           251
                Mobile and an application that often lives within Facebook. The same fea-
                tures, like posting, commenting, or notifications, make these types of applica-
                tions effective and relevant as you wander around the world, phone in hand.

Finding Your New Favorite Application
                With so many applications, it’s hard to predict which ones you’ll want to use
                and which ones will be fun, relevant, and useful to you. We’ve gone over a
                few examples here (and for even more of Leah and Carolyn’s picks, check
                out Chapter 16), but the reality is that you have your own tastes, so you may
                have to do some exploring on your own to find the right applications for you.

                You’ll probably discover many applications through your friends — posts
                they create and invitations they send will tip you off on what you may enjoy.
                And if you want a shortcut to figuring that out, look no further than the
                Application and Games dashboards.

                The Applications dashboard
                The Applications dashboard is pretty much just what it sounds like, a
                dashboard to highlight applications you might want to use. Click the word
                Applications in the left menu on your home page to get there. You can see
                Carolyn’s in Figure 13-20.

Figure 13-20:
252   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                The Applications dashboard has several distinct pieces:

                  ✓ Your Applications: The Your Applications section is sorted by which
                    applications you used most recently. This is a great place to look if you
                    used an application, didn’t bookmark it, and want to get back to it quickly.
                  ✓ Friends’ Applications: This section is really the most important part of
                    the Applications Dashboard, in terms of finding new applications that
                    you might enjoy using. This shows a smattering of friends and applica-
                    tions they’ve used recently, which means you can see what’s popular,
                    interesting, or appealing to you.
                  ✓ Featured Applications: On the right side of the page are applications
                    that Facebook has chosen to highlight. These applications are often
                    some of the best that the platform has to offer, so this is a good place to
                    start looking for a new application.

                The Games dashboard
                One of the best aspects of the Facebook Platform is its ability to allow you
                to play games with your friends no matter where you are in relation to each
                other. There’s a reason “family game night” is such an honored tradition: It’s
                fun, it allows for bonding, friendly competition, and a shared sense of accom-
                plishment. Now, you can bring that to your friends and family on Facebook.
                Everyone may not be gathered round the table, but the sense of camaraderie
                is still palpable.

                Because of their importance to so many users of Facebook, Facebook has
                given games its own dashboard. The layout of the games dashboard is very
                similar to the more general applications dashboard.

                  ✓ Your Games: This section is sorted by which games you used most
                    recently. This is a great place to look if you were playing a game, didn’t
                    bookmark it, and want to get back to it quickly.
                  ✓ Friends’ Games: This section shows a smattering of friends and the
                    games they’ve been playing recently, which means you can see what’s
                    popular, interesting, or appealing to you.
                  ✓ Featured Games: On the right side of the page are games that Facebook
                    has chosen to highlight. These games are often some of the most popu-
                    lar that the platform has to offer, so this is a good place to start looking
                    for a new game.

                We know this sounds silly, but games on Facebook are incredibly addicting.
                We could tell you how much time was lost writing this chapter due to the
                discovery of FrontierVille and the relapse into Typing Maniac, but it would
                be so shameful for us. Suffice it to say, remember to shower and change your
                clothes every once in a while.
                                          Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web          253
    Signs of a trustworthy application
    As you explore dashboards and other applications, you will come upon Allow
    Access and Request for Permission screens frequently. Before you click those
    buttons, you should make sure you trust the application. To determine that,
    check out the Application’s Fan Page by clicking on its name.

    An Application’s Fan Page is a rich source of information that helps you
    know whether the application will behave in a way that is respectful of your
    information and of your friends. You don’t want an application that uses your
    photos in ways you don’t like, nor do you want an application that’s going to
    spam your friends every time you sneeze. Here are some things to look for:

     ✓ Your friends are using it: The first mark of a good application is that
       your friends are using it. This usually means it’s fun, useful, and gener-
       ally good. One note of clarification: when we say your friends, in this
       case, we mean the friends you interact with most on Facebook. If that
       guy you met that one time (TGYMTOT) sends you an invitation and
       you think, “Weird, I haven’t spoken to TGYMTOT on Facebook in ages,”
       there’s a good chance that this is a bad application using nefarious
       methods to get invitations sent.
     ✓ Its reviews are generally positive: You can see an overall rating of an
       application in the Information box on the left column of its Fan Page.
       Also, click on the Reviews tab. There you can see ratings as well as
       explanations of those ratings. Lots of comments like “Spammed my
       friends” or “Too slow” should tip you off that this may not be a good
     ✓ It provides some level of support: Whether through FAQs or responding
       to Wall posts, good applications respect their users and try to at least
       help them out a bit if they get stuck. Now, some applications may be
       developed by one guy in a garage, so their level of support may not be
       as high as one developed by a big corporation, but the gesture is what
       signifies a good application.

Managing Your Applications
    If you’ve been trying out every application we’ve name-dropped so far, you
    may have found that your application menu has grown faster than a magic
    beanstalk toward the top of the page. This is fine for now, but depending
    on how you wind up using applications and how you feel about the ones
    you’ve added, there may come a time when you want to change some things.
254   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                      After you reach that point, there’s one place you need to be: the Application
                      Settings page.

                      The Application Settings page
                      The Application Settings page lets you control many of the aspects of your
                      applications that we’ve already discussed in this chapter. You can see what
                      the Application Settings page looks like in Figure 13-21.

      Figure 13-21:

                      You can get to this page by selecting the Account menu in the upper-right
                      corner of the blue bar and then clicking Application Settings.

                      By default, when you arrive, you see the applications that you’ve used most
                      recently. Next to each application’s name are three links: Edit Settings,
                      Profile, and a little “x”. The “x” can be used to remove an application entirely.
                      Clicking it not only removes any boxes or tabs you have on your Profile, but
                      also removes your authorization of it, meaning that application won’t have
                      any access to your info. If you want to use it again, you need to go through
                      the authorization screen again.

                      The Profile link takes you to that application’s Profile (we also call it an
                      Application Fan Page in this book), so if you want to quickly leave a review
                      or check out any information about that application, you can do so from here
                      pretty easily.
                                                        Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web           255
                The whole purpose of this page, however, is the little Edit Settings link, which
                accesses the Edit Settings dialog box, as shown in Figure 13-22.

Figure 13-22:
     The Edit
  dialog box.

                Most of these settings are aspects of applications we’ve already talked about,
                so here’s a quick run-down of all of the options and exactly how they change
                your relationship with that application:

                  ✓ Profile>Box: If you’ve previously added a Profile box for this applica-
                    tion, this space reflects that. You can remove that box from here or add
                    one if you haven’t already done so.
                  ✓ Profile>Tab: If you’ve previously added a Profile tab for this application,
                    this space reflects that. You can remove that tab from here or add one if
                    you haven’t already done so.
                  ✓ Profile>Info Section: This setting theoretically controls whether or not
                    you get an additional section on your Info tab related to this application.
                    We say theoretically because it appears to do nothing of the sort. Leave
                    this set to Available.
                  ✓ Profile>Privacy: This control lets you set privacy on who can see any
                    Profile boxes, tabs, or sections you’ve added. This doesn’t control who
                    can see content that you post to your Wall and friends’ News Feeds.
                  ✓ Bookmark: The bookmark tab has only one setting — if you want to add
                    or remove a bookmark for that application to your Applications menu.
                  ✓ Additional Permissions: As we mentioned earlier, Additional
                    Permissions cover a broad range of things. The thing to keep in mind
                    here is that any permission you’ve granted in the past can be revoked
                    from here. Additional Permissions are at the discretion of the develop-
                    ers, if they are needed at all, so you usually won’t see options here that
                    you haven’t been prompted for before.
256   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                When you add a Profile box or tab, that setting controls only the existence of
                it. To edit the content (or what people are seeing there), you need to go to
                your Profile or to the application.

                You’ll notice at the top of the Application Settings page that you can choose
                different ways to display your applications. You can see, for example, all the
                applications you’ve bookmarked, or all the ones you’ve added to your Profile
                in one way or another. Most of these categories are covered in the preceding
                list. If you want to see all applications you’ve ever used, select the Authorized
                item in the drop-down menu. Any applications for which you want to revoke
                all permissions simply need to be deselected from any of these views.

                The Application Privacy page
                The Application Privacy page is where you go to control how your informa-
                tion is shared with applications, as opposed to how the application behaves
                on Facebook. You can get to the privacy page by clicking Privacy Settings
                in the Account menu, and then selecting Edit Your Settings, shown under
                Applications and Websites.

                Five main settings are connected to Applications and Websites:

                  ✓ What You’re Using: This section may be empty if you’re fairly new to
                    Facebook. This section lists all the Web sites and application with which
                    you’ve linked your Facebook profile. If at any time you don’t like how an
                    application is working or you start to feel uncomfortable, you can delete
                    it from here.
                  ✓ Game and Application Activity: This controls who will see your name
                    and associated applications on their Application and Game dashboards.
                  ✓ Info Accessible Through Your Friends: When your friends use other
                    Web sites and applications in conjunction with Facebook, they may find
                    it useful to see their friend’s (that is, your) information. An example of
                    this is a birthday calendar application, which may alert them when a
                    friend’s birthday is on the horizon. In this section, you can determine
                    the information about you that your friends can allow sites to access.
                    If you want your friends to be able to use a birthday reminder Web site
                    to remember your birthday, you may want to allow them to give your
                    birthday to the sites they trust. If you never want any application having
                    access to some of your information, the notes you write, for example,
                    then uncheck that box and your friends will not be able to import that
                    information into their applications.
                                       Chapter 13: Facebook and the Web          257
 ✓ Instant Personalization: As previously discussed, Instant
   Personalization is a way of instantly linking your Facebook account to
   partner sites. If you don’t want Facebook doing this on your behalf, opt-
   out here.
 ✓ Public Search: This listing refers to a limited view of your Profile that
   anyone can see if he searches for your name in an external search
   engine such as Google. Your Public Search Listing shows a portion of the
   content you’ve made available to everyone.

Controlling what you see from friends
You know that aunt you have who shows up for family events wearing crazy
hats and talking a little too loudly about her opinion of everyone? More than
one family member may have listened to her lecture on the virtues of macro-
tastic vitamin supplements and responded simply with, “To each, her own.”
Similarly, you may have some friends on Facebook who just don’t have the
same taste as you when it comes to applications. Maybe they take a ton of
quizzes, which flood your Home page with information you don’t find par-
ticularly enlightening. Or maybe they are always challenging you to games of
Scrabble, and you’ve been boycotting that game since that one time you got
two triples in one word and knew you would never top yourself. Here are a
few pro tips that will keep your Facebook just the way you like it.

 ✓ Block an application: If you find an application offensive or it keeps
   sending you some sort of invites, you can block it from its Page. Simply
   look below its logo for a link to Block Application. This prevents the
   application from being able to contact you at all, even if your friends are
   using it.
 ✓ Ignore a Friend’s Invites: Remember that crazy aunt? She may be send-
   ing you invites or requests from multiple hat-related applications. Look
   beneath that request to find a link that lets you ignore all invites from
   that friend. You can still be friends, but you won’t receive all the annoy-
   ing invites anymore.
 ✓ Hide from News Feed: If you’re looking at your Home page and it’s
   inundated with one type of post that you just don’t like to look at, use
   the Hide links (which you can find in the upper-right corner of that
   post when you mouse over it) to hide all posts for that application.
   Alternatively, if all the annoying posts are coming from one person using
   many different applications, you can hide that person.
258   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                             Best practices for developers
        If you are a developer thinking about creat-           doing when they add your application or
        ing any sort of Facebook application, the best         interact with it. No one likes deception.
        advice we can give you is this: Be excellent to
                                                            ✓ Be competitive. Numerous people are
        your users. If you need something more specific
                                                              developing on Platform, so distinguish your
        than that, here are some tips:
                                                              application from others that may be similar.
        ✓ Don’t spam. Users hate spam. If they asso-          Make sure it has the absolute best feature
          ciate spam with your application, they will         set you can build.
          probably hate your application.
                                                            ✓ Listen to your users. Facebook users are
        ✓ Be useful. People use Facebook as a way             passionate and vocal. Use that to your
          to keep in touch with friends and get the           advantage. Read the reviews and discus-
          information they need about people. If              sions on your application’s page, take sug-
          your application is useful, it’s more likely to     gestions seriously, and respond to negative
          spread virally.                                     posts when you can.
        ✓ Be social. Folks use Facebook to keep in          ✓ Be reliable. Be fast. No matter how good
          touch and interact with friends and family          your application is, if a user is always hit
          in a new way. Your application spreads              with a Down for Maintenance message or
          quickly if it has an inherently social aspect       has to wait 30 seconds per page load, she
          to it. People want to connect with their            stops using your application. Spend time
          friends. Give them new ways to do so.               and resources planning on how to scale
                                                              quickly for a large user base.
        ✓ Be clear about what you do. It’s very impor-
          tant that people understand what they’re
                                   Chapter 14

                  Facebook on the Go
In This Chapter
▶ Capturing and sharing the moment with Facebook Mobile Uploads
▶ Keeping yourself connected with Facebook Mobile notifications and texts
▶ Staying up-to-date with Facebook Mobile Web
▶ Discovering special versions of Facebook designed to work on your phone

           T    hroughout this book, we show you how Facebook enriches relationships
                and facilitates human interaction. Nevertheless, what can Facebook do
           to enrich your relationships while you’re not sitting in front of a computer?
           Life is full of beach weekends, road trips, city evenings, movie nights, dinner
           parties, and so on. During these times, as long as you have a mobile phone,
           Facebook still provides you a ton of value.

           We don’t propose that you ignore a group of people you’re actively spending
           time with to play with Facebook on the phone (unless of course you want to
           ignore them). Moreover, we don’t think you should tune out in class or in
           a meeting to Poke your friends. We do suggest that knowing the ins and
           outs of Facebook Mobile actually enriches each particular experience you
           have — while you’re having it. With Facebook Mobile, you can show off your
           kids’ new photos to your friends, or broadcast where you’re having drinks, in
           case any of your friends are in the neighborhood and want to drop by.

           Facebook Mobile serves another function — making your life easier.
           Sometimes you need something, say, a phone number, an address, or the
           start time of an Event. Maybe you’re heading out to have dinner with your
           friend and her boyfriend whose name you can’t, for the life of you, remember.
           Perhaps you hit it off with someone new and would like to find out whether
           she’s romantically available before committing yourself to an awkward con-
           versation about exchanging phone numbers. (Just a heads-up: This conversa-
           tion can be awkward even if you find that person is single. Facebook can do a
           lot for you, but not everything.)
260   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                In this chapter, we assume that you have a mobile phone and know how to
                use its features. If you don’t have a phone, you may consider buying one after
                reading this chapter; this stuff is way cool. Mobile texts simply require that
                you own a phone and an accompanying plan that enables you to send text
                messages. Facebook Mobile Web requires a mobile data plan (that is, access
                to the Internet on your phone). Facebook Applications require that you own
                any one of the several types of phones that Facebook can currently support.

      Is That Facebook Mobile Web
      in Your Pocket . . . ?
                In many ways, using a mobile phone can augment your experience of using
                Facebook on the computer. In this first section, we talk about how you can
                easily add information to and get information from Facebook when you’re not
                physically in front of the computer. These features are primarily for people
                who do most of their Facebooking on the computer, but sometimes interact
                through their phone. In later sections, we talk about how you can experience
                most of Facebook without ever logging on to a desktop or laptop computer.

                Getting started
                This chapter teaches you almost everything you need to know about using
                Facebook with a mobile device. However, if you ever find yourself asking
                questions about it while near a computer but NOT near this book, you can
                go to www.facebook.com/mobile for much of the same information. To
                get started with Facebook Mobile, you first need to enter and confirm your
                phone number into the settings page:

                  1. Go to the Account Settings page from the Account menu in the upper-
                     right corner of the big blue bar on top.
                  2. Click on the Mobile tab.
                  3. Beneath Activate a Phone, click Register for Facebook Texts and
                     follow the instructions to activate your phone.

                If your carrier isn’t listed in the drop-down list, some features of Facebook
                Mobile aren’t available to you.

                After you’ve activated your phone, and put your phone in your hand, much of
                the Facebook Mobile experience is at your fingertips.
                                          Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go         261
Mobile uploads
In this section, we show you how to spend only one magical moment to cap-
ture, save, and publish the real magical moments in life.

Three types of people can be found at social events. You find the scrapbook-
ers who always remember to bring their fancy-schmancy camera to every
gathering. (You know who they are because they tell you to “Smile!” a lot
or sometimes say “Act natural.”) There’s the person who never intends to
take photos but who, when the birthday girl blows out her candles, the host
spills wine on himself, or someone arrives wearing a hilarious, slogan tee
shirt, is ready with the low-quality mobile phone camera. (Hey, it captures
the moment, right?) And you have the person who doesn’t take photos
even though his phone has a camera because “What good is a picture on a
phone?” (Where do you go from there?)

For the scrapbookers of the world, we recommend Facebook Photos. After
the social gathering, plug your camera into a regular computer, weed out
the embarrassing photos, and upload the rest to a photo album. However,
if you’re the second or third type of person, we recommend you check out
Facebook Mobile Photos. With mobile photos, you have no time for weeding,
editing, or second thoughts. Mobile photos pave the way to instantaneous

Here’s how to upload a mobile photo:

  1. Make sure you have a phone with a camera and you know how to use
     it to take a picture and/or take a video.
    If you’re unsure, check your phone’s instruction manual, or ask just
    about any teenager. Leah has a few nephews you can borrow.
  2. Go to www.facebook.com/mobile and look beneath Upload Photos
     via Email for a personalized e-mail address.
    This e-mail address, of the form aaa111parsec@m.facebook.com,
    makes it possible for you to upload photos to your Profile from your
    phone. Optionally, you can click Send My Upload Email to Me Now. From
    there, you can ask Facebook to either e-mail you the address or text it to
    your phone. Either way, you want to add that personal e-mail address to
    your phone’s contacts so you can easily message it in the future.
  3. Wait for something hilarious to happen and then take a picture or
     video of it.
  4. Send an e-mail to the address you just found with the picture or video
262   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                    The subject line will be the caption, so choose wisely. Note: If your phone
                    doesn’t support e-mail, but does support MMS (multimedia messaging
                    service, which enables the sending of audio, video, photos, and rich text),
                    you can send your mobile photos or videos to mobile@facebook.com.
                  5. (Optional) To make any edits or changes to your mobile photos, go
                     to your photo albums and click the Mobile Uploads album. To make
                     changes to your video, go to the Video application and edit there.
                    Note that the default visibility of your mobile uploads is Everyone. You
                    can change this by going to the mobile album from the Photos tab of
                    your Profile, or the Video application from the application bar on the
                    bottom, and adjusting the privacy level.

                Mobile texts
                You’re out and about and realize you need the phone number of someone
                who isn’t stored in your phone. What do you do? Call a mutual friend? What if
                she doesn’t answer? 1-411? What if 15 Robert Johnsons live in your city? For
                this scenario and several others, you send an SMS, or text message, to 32665
                (FBOOK) containing a code word that tells Facebook what kind of informa-
                tion you’re trying to access. For example, the word cell informs Facebook
                that you’re trying to access a cellphone number. The results of your inquiry
                are sent to your phone via SMS.

                To follow along with this section, head to the Mobile Tester:

                  1. Navigate to www.facebook.com/mobile.
                  2. From the Mobile page, located beneath Facebook Mobile Texts, click
                     Learn More about Mobile Texts.
                  3. On the bottom right of the Mobile Texts page, you can enter text into
                     the field just below the image of a mobile phone to simulate mobile

                The texter tester (say that three times fast), shown in Figure 14-1, is a nice
                way to learn about how Mobile Texts work without having to pay texting fees,
                and without using your friends as test subjects.
                                                             Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go          263

 Figure 14-1:
 Mobile tes-
  ter lets you
try the Texts

                 The tester allows you to try various commands and see the result as though it
                 were from a real phone. Typing Poke Carolyn Abram into the tester tells you
                 that doing so from a mobile phone would actually Poke Carolyn, but doing so
                 from the tester won’t actually do this. The Mobile Text tester is free — Facebook
                 Mobile never charges you for using any feature, although your mobile plan may
                 charge you per text message. Here’s the lowdown on what you see in Figure 14-1:

                   ✓ Update your status by typing @ in the body of the SMS followed by what-
                     ever you want your status to be. For example, @ on a ski lift changes
                     your status to <Your Name> on a ski lift. You receive a text message from
                     Facebook stating that your status has been updated.
                   ✓ Get Profile information for a particular friend by sending the name of
                     the person you’re looking for. If Facebook finds an exact first and last
                     name match, you receive the Profile information that person has given
                     you permission to see. For example, if Leah sends an SMS to 32665
                     containing Carolyn Abram, within seconds she receives a text from
                     Facebook containing Carolyn’s mobile phone number, e-mail address,
                     status (she’s at a party right now), relationship status, and networks.
                   ✓ Get someone’s cellphone number by sending a text containing Cell fol-
                     lowed by the name of the person whose number you’re after. For exam-
                     ple, Cell Carolyn Abram returns Carolyn’s cellphone number (as long
                     as you have access to it via her Profile). This time, though, if multiple
                     matches appear for the name you entered, Facebook sends you the first
                     four matches and their numbers (if they’re listed and visible to you).
                     Again, if the name you’re looking for isn’t in the list, simply reply with n
                     for more results.
264   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                  ✓ Message someone’s Facebook Inbox by typing Msg followed by the first
                    and last name of the person you’d like to message and the body of the
                    message. For example, Carolyn could send a text to 32665 that reads,
                    Msg Leah Pearlman Stop writing and come to this party. Leah immedi-
                    ately receives the message in her Inbox.
                    If you enter a name for which Facebook finds more than one match, such
                    as Carolyn, you receive a text message asking, Which Carolyn? with a
                    list of the four most-likely matches among your Friends and then your
                    networks. Each result is accompanied by a number. (For Leah, Carolyn
                    Abram is first.) When you see the result you’re looking for in the list,
                    reply to that text message with the number associated with the match-
                    ing result. Facebook then sends you the Profile information. If you don’t
                    see a match, reply with n to see the next set of results.
                  ✓ Poke someone by texting Poke followed by the person you’d like to
                    Poke. If Carolyn sends a text message containing Poke Leah Pearlman,
                    Leah is immediately poked. Just as with Profile information, if Facebook
                    finds multiple matches for people you might be trying to Poke, you
                    receive a text message containing a list and a request that you clarify
                    whom you’re trying to Poke. Reply with the number associated with the
                    right name.
                  ✓ Post on a friend’s Wall by writing Wall followed by your friend’s
                    first and last name and the contents of the post. Leah could text Wall
                    Carolyn Abram I’ll come to the party after writing about Facebook
                    Mobile to let Carolyn and everyone who looks at Carolyn’s Wall know
                    why she is late to the party.
                  ✓ Add a new Facebook friend by sending Add and the person’s name.
                    While Carolyn waits for Leah to come to the party, she might make a
                    new friend, named Blake Ross, say. Carolyn can text Add Blake Ross.
                    She might have to choose from multiple Blake Ross’s, but then the
                    request is automatically sent. Blake can confirm when he’s back at his
                    computer. Using your phone to immediately friend a person you meet
                    is less formal than exchanging business cards, less awkward (and more
                    reliable) than exchanging phone numbers, and gives you more flexibil-
                    ity later for how you want to get in touch. However, remember that by
                    friending someone, you give away access to your Profile, so think twice
                    before you Add.
                  ✓ Write a note by texting Note followed by the contents of a note to 32665.
                    The best Mobile Notes are often written when someone finds himself
                    trapped in some interesting situation with nothing but a mobile phone.
                    We’ve seen several Mobile Notes written when someone is locked out of
                    her house, for example. Another popular Mobile Note comes from some-
                    one in a long line, such as one for a new Harry Potter book, the latest
                    Xbox release, or the next hot iToy from Apple. Mobile Notes also come
                    from airports, runways, and sporting events — even dentists’, doctors’,
                    and hospital waiting rooms.
                                            Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go         265
Mobile Texts is currently available only in the United States and Canada.
Mobile Texts works on any mobile device as long as it can send and receive
text messages and is one of Facebook’s supported carriers. You’ll know
whether the last part is true if you start to sign up and don’t see your carrier
listed in the drop-down list. Facebook never charges you for any text mes-
sages you send, but your carrier might — check your plan to know what to
expect on your bill.

What’s all the buzz about?
An old wives’ tale claims that when you feel your ears burn, someone is think-
ing about you. (Maybe it just means to back away from the campfire.) Here’s
a slight modification: Someone, somewhere, is thinking about you when your
phone starts vibrating. Turning on Facebook Mobile Texts means that you’ll
be notified via SMS when someone Pokes you, sends you a Facebook mes-
sage, comments on your photos and notes, writes on your Wall, or requests
to be your friend.

To activate Facebook Mobile Texts, go to the Mobile tab of the Account page;
from the bottom of the page, click Edit Mobile account settings and then
select the Texts Are On radio button.

The Mobile Texts page (shown in Figure 14-2) offers a number of granular

  ✓ Which Text Notifications Should Go to My Phone?
     You actually control the notifications you receive (you can opt in and
     out of Messages, Wall Posts, Comments, Friend Requests, Photo Tags,
     and Pokes) from the Notifications tab of the Account page, not from
     the mobile tab. (a little “click here” takes you straight there). Here, you
     can also specify whether you want to receive texts only from friends. In
     other words, you only find out about friends’ messages, not strangers’
     messages, on your mobile phone.
  ✓ What Times Should Texts Be Sent to My Phone?
     You can specify what time you prefer to receive text notifications, so for
     example, if someone Pokes you at 2 a.m., you don’t have to wake up for
     it. (Maybe you only want to know who’s trying to Poke you at 2 a.m. No
     judgment here.)
     Additionally, you can opt to not receive notifications while you’re
     actively using Facebook, since that can get a bit redundant.
266   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

       Figure 14-2:
        Set up your
      for receiving
            on your

                        ✓ How Many Texts Should Be Sent?
                          If you have a mobile plan for which you’re charged per text message
                          (and you’re exceedingly popular), use the settings that limit the number
                          of messages Facebook sends you per day.
                        ✓ Should a Confirmation Text Be Sent . . . ?
                          You can select whether to receive confirmations about the success of
                          the Pokes, messages, or Wall posts that you send from your mobile
                        ✓ Whose Status Updates Should Go to My Phone?
                          Finally, as covered in Chapter 9, this is another entry point for specify-
                          ing which of your friends’ statuses you want sent right to your phone.

                      If you subscribe to the status of someone who doesn’t spell very well but is
                      conscientious about it, you may receive several texts as he tries to get his
                      status just right.

                      From this page, you can also jump into your Account settings, change your
                      mobile phone number, or add another number to your account.

      Using Facebook Mobile Web
                      Have you ever noticed how some things are smaller than other things?
                      Bunnies are smaller than elephants; toy cars are smaller than real cars. How
                      about the fact that your mobile phone is much smaller than your computer?
                                            Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go        267
If you haven’t noticed that, you clearly haven’t tried to access the Web on
your phone.

Viewing a Web page from your phone can be extremely difficult because the
information that is normally spread across the width of a monitor must be
packed into one tiny column on your phone. Facebook is no exception to
this, which is why the very first tip in this section is this: Never go to www.
facebook.com on your mobile phone. You’ll regret it.

But fear not, you still have a way to carry almost all the joys of Facebook
right in your purse or pocket. On your mobile phone, open your browser
application and navigate to m.facebook.com — a completely new window
in Facebook designed specifically to work on a teeny-tiny screen.

If you use an iPhone, or a few select phone types, entering www.facebook.
com redirects you to iphone.facebook.com, which we talk about in more
detail a little later on.

The first time you arrive at m.facebook.com, you’re asked to log in. After
that, you never (or rarely) have to reenter your login information unless you
explicitly select Logout from your session, so be sure you trust anyone to
whom you lend your phone.

If you plan to use the Facebook Mobile Web site frequently, we recommend
that you have an unlimited data plan that allows you to spend as much time
on the mobile Web as you like for a fixed rate. The Facebook Mobile Web site
is nearly as comprehensive and rich as the computer version. You can spend
hours there and, if you’re paying per minute, spend your life savings, too.
Currently, Facebook Mobile Web is supported in the United States for people
using Boost, Nextel, Sprint, and Virgin USA. Bell Mobility, Aliant, Fido, Solo,
Rodgers, TELUS, SaskTel, and MTS support Facebook Mobile Web in Canada.
Facebook Mobile Web works with many other carriers besides these, but
Facebook makes no guarantee about the quality of your experience if you use
a different carrier.

Mobile Home
After you log in, you see the mobile version of the Facebook Home page.
Although the design of the mobile site is somewhat based on the design of
the regular Web site, it has some significant differences. Some of the differ-
ences exist simply because of less space; the mobile site must cut to the
chase while allowing you to get more information on a particular topic. For
example, the mobile Home page shows only five News Feed stories rather
than 25. You can get more stories if you want them, but you’ll damage your
thumb if you have to scroll through 25 News Feed stories to get to any of the
links at the bottom.
268   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                     The other differences arise because people using Facebook on a mobile
                     phone often have different needs than those at a computer. For example, one
                     of the first pieces of information you find on a friend’s Profile is her phone
                     number (if she has it listed), because if you’re looking up someone on a
                     mobile phone, you may be trying to contact her by phone.

                     To follow along with this section, you can navigate to m.facebook.com
                     on your Web browser. Just imagine what you see on about one-tenth of the

                     The Mobile Web page is shown in Figure 14-3. In this section, we detail what
                     you see on the mobile Home page; we cover the other pages in the following

      Figure 14-3:
       Home, also
        known as

                     From m.facebook.com, you’ll see these items in your mobile Home page:

                      ✓ Home, Profile, Friends, Inbox: These are the main navigational links
                        you’ll see at the top of any Page on the mobile Web. Home brings you
                        back to the page you see when you sign in, Profile takes you to your own
                        Profile, Friends takes you to a list of your friends, and Inbox takes you to
                        your written messages.
                      ✓ New Messages or Notifications: When you reach the mobile site, you
                        find whether you have any unread messages, Events, or notifications
                        right at the top of the page. These links only appear if you have some-
                        thing waiting for you. If you have a new message, remember that the
                        name of the sender always links to the sender’s Profile, so be careful to
                        select the word Read if you want to jump straight to the message.
                                         Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go         269
✓ What’s on Your Mind?: When you use Facebook from your mobile
  phone, you’re probably not sitting at your home office, workplace, or
  school. You may be trapped in jury duty, a bachelorette party, or wait-
  ing in line for a roller coaster (wheee!). Facebook makes it super easy
  to spread the news the moment you’re doing something that you want
  people to know or when you want people to meet you:
✓ Upcoming Events: If you’ve received (and have not declined) invitations
  to Events that are in the next three days, you see the primary informa-
  tion here. If you have no Events in the next three days, this section won’t
  appear on the mobile site. To see your Events, you have to get to them
  in another way, which we talk about later.
      • Name of the Event: Takes you to more information about the Event.
      • Location: An extremely handy feature when you can’t remember
        the address of where you’re going.
      • Time: The start time helps you avoid arriving too early or too late,
        which is good, because that’s embarrassing. The end time helps
        you plan your after-party activity or arrange for a ride home.
      • See All: Shows your upcoming and past Events.
      • Create Event: In case you realize at the Party store that you forgot
        to send invites, you can create your event straight from your
✓ Birthdays: If you have any friends with birthdays in the next three days
  (who have those birthdays listed on their Profiles), the big days show
  up below statuses on the mobile Home page. If you see none listed, you
  can probably put away the wrapping paper . . . for now.
✓ Mobile News Feed: Shows you the most recent stories that you would
  see on your computer. To save space, the stories have a little less infor-
  mation than the stories you’re used to. Click through to a story to get
  more information about it. Select See All at the bottom of the Mobile
  News Feed section to see all the stories your heart desires.
✓ Bookmarks: More navigation links to pages you’re likely to want to get
  to: Notifications, Photos, Links, Notes, Groups and Events.
✓ Search: The search box on the mobile site is designed to help you find
  people. When you enter text, the search results show your friends, the
  people in your network, and everyone else — in that order. There’s no
  full-blown search or browse functionality from your mobile phone, just
  the search box, which is usually good enough.
✓ Bottom Links: Much like the bottom links on the regular site; a catchall
  of other stuff.
270   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                        • Find Friends: In case your mobile experience is feeling kind of
                          lonely, you can always go find more friends.
                        • Settings: Allows you to opt-in to applications that you’d like to use
                          on your mobile phone. This list contains every application you’ve
                          added to your Profile. Not all of these applications have a mobile
                          component, but if you check the box next to an application, you
                          get access to that application on your phone if that application
                          adds mobile support.
                        • Help: A misnomer on the mobile site — it’s actually more like an
                          About page that explains the value of the Facebook Mobile Web.
                          We recommend that Facebook update this page to make it actually
                        • Logout: The only way to end your mobile session. We recommend
                          that you log out regularly if anyone else has access to your phone.

                Mobile Profile preview
                Profiles on the Facebook Mobile Web are designed differently than Profiles
                on the regular site. As we mention in the previous section, a lot of informa-
                tion from specific applications may be absent from your Profile. Moreover,
                the structure is ordered such that the information you’re after is closest to
                the top. When you arrive at any mobile Profile, you see the most usable and
                actionable subset of the available information. A See Full Profile link at the
                bottom gives you access to the rest.

                Access to information on mobile Profiles is the same as on the regular site —
                when you look at your Profile on the mobile site, you see your information,
                but that doesn’t mean everyone has access to it. They have access only to
                what you specify via the privacy settings on the regular site:

                  ✓ Message, Poke, and Call: These options are at the top of the Profile for
                    quick thinking of you (or whatever your Poke means) communications.
                    Your friend is guaranteed to get your message if he has Facebook Mobile
                    Notifications set up, which we talk about earlier in this chapter. A call
                    only appears if he’s listed a phone number for himself, and a message
                    and Poke depend on his privacy settings.
                  ✓ Status: At the top of a person’s Profile after her name, you see her status
                    and the last time it was updated. When you see that your friend is at
                    Starbucks, come join, the time stamp is helpful for knowing whether she
                    updated it one minute ago or four days ago. You can also see how many
                    people Liked or Commented on their status, and you can add to those
                    counts yourself by doing the same.
                  ✓ Profile picture: Next, you see the current Profile picture. Selecting it
                    shows you other photos used as Profile pictures in the past.
                                           Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go           271
 ✓ Wall tab: This is the same as the Wall tab of your Profile on the regular
   Facebook site. If you’re looking at your own or your friend’s Profile, it’s
   selected by default. If you’re looking at a non-friend’s Profile, you have
   to click the Wall tab link beneath the Profile picture to see the Wall. The
   Wall tab shows you the last several stories that person (or you, if you’re
   looking at your own Profile) added to her Profile.
 ✓ Info tab: To see the Info tab, you likely have to click the link to it located
   beneath the Profile picture. This shows the same information you can
   see on that person’s Info tab on the normal site, but reordered to be
   mobile-friendly. Contact info is right at the top of the Info tab, because
   when you look someone up on a mobile phone, you’re often after a
   number or address. If the person has his phone number listed here, you
   can select it to start the call. After that you see all the other information
   he may have added to his Profile, including his networks and basic info,
   his favorites, and where he went to school or worked.
 ✓ Friends list and Other tabs: Beneath the main contents of the Profile,
   you can see that person’s friends, as well as jump into any other tab that
   user may have on her Profile, including her photos.

Mobile Friends List
The Friends link takes you to a list of your friends with the most recently
updated statuses. The reason for this default is that when you’re out (and on
your mobile phone), it’s nice to see where everyone else is out and about.
At the top and bottom of the page, you have access to a few more filters for
viewing your friends:

 ✓ Updated: By default, your phone shows your friends in order of who has
   updated their profile most recently. In yellow, you’ll see what exactly
   has changed for each friend.
 ✓ Phonebook: Filters your Friends List down to only those friends who
   have a phone number listed on their Profiles.
 ✓ Pages: This tab shows you Pages you have liked in alphabetical order.
 ✓ Everyone: Shows you an alphabetical list of your friends’ names, which
   you can use to navigate to their Profiles. Just like in normal Facebook
   search, you can message your friends without having to go to their
 ✓ Recently Added (at bottom of page): Friends are all your friends in the
   order in which you became Facebook friends, starting with the most
   recent one. This is handy when you’ve recently friended someone, at a
   dinner party, say, and want to sneak off while she’s not looking to learn
   more about her.
 ✓ People You May Know (at bottom of page): These people aren’t your
   Facebook friends, but they can be! This is the same set of people who
   are featured on the right side of your Home page on the computer.
272   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                    These are people with whom you have mutual friends or other things in
                    common and whom you’re quite likely to know and may want to become
                    friends with. It’s not really the kind of thing you’ll probably spend much
                    time on while using your phone, but who knows how boring your family
                    reunion might be? You might welcome any distraction.

                Mobile Inbox
                The Mobile Inbox functions the same as the Inbox on the regular site, but you
                access it in a compacted view. In the Mobile Inbox, your messages are sorted
                by the time the last message on a thread was sent. Each thread includes the
                subject, the sender’s name, the time the last message was sent, a snippet of
                the message, and quick links to Reply, Mark as Read/Unread, or Delete. The
                Mark as Unread link is particularly handy because often you read a message
                on your mobile phone, but don’t have time or energy to type a response right
                then. Marking it as Unread reminds you to respond when you return to your

                Here’s one major design difference between the Inbox on your phone and the
                Inbox on your computer: When you enter into the mobile thread, the newest
                message is at the top with the Reply box beneath it. You can scroll down to
                read the previous messages in the thread. In the regular Inbox, the order is
                flipped because it generally makes sense to read a conversation from the top
                of the page to the bottom. When you open a thread on the regular Inbox, the
                oldest message is at the top of the page, but the page automatically scrolls
                down to the newest message. This scrolling behavior isn’t possible on a
                mobile phone, so the order of the messages is reversed.

                Your Sent messages appear as a separate tab in the regular Inbox. In the
                mobile Inbox, you access your Sent messages by scrolling to the bottom of the
                Inbox and selecting the Sent link.

                Facebook Mobile for the touch screen
                As we mention earlier, if you navigate to Facebook on your iPhone, you
                actually end up at a completely different version of the site designed specifi-
                cally for touch screen phones. Because only a fraction of people who use
                Facebook use it in conjunction with a mobile phone, and only a fraction of
                those people use it with a touch screen, we’re only going to touch on the
                topic. (Get it? Touch on it? Ha!) If you have an iPhone or similar device, you
                are (a) cooler than Leah, who had to borrow her 16-year-old nephew’s phone
                to research this section, and (b) you can follow along on your phone. If not,
                you can skip past this section entirely or go to touch.facebook.com on
                your computer to see what you’re missing.

                Even if you don’t have an iPhone, you can still use the Facebook Mobile App
                on your iPod touch, and on a variety of other touch devices.
                                                         Chapter 14: Facebook on the Go           273

             The lowdown on mobile downloads
Facebook Mobile Web sites can be highly         Palm, or a phone that uses Windows Mobile,
useful when you have Facebook needs and         Motorola, or Sony Ericsson, you can probably
are far from your computer. However, they       improve your Facebook Mobile experience by
can also be highly . . . slow. The speed of     downloading a special Facebook application
Facebook Mobile depends on the speed of your    built specifically for your phone. More details
phone, and when it comes to speed, phones       about each are listed beneath the Facebook
aren’t exactly Superman just yet. If you have   for Your Phone heading at www.facebook.
an iPhone, or a Blackberry, Nokia, Android,     com/mobile.

         Touch screen layout
         The touch screen site is organized really similarly to the computer version
         of the Web site except you get about a tenth the functionality. The beauty is
         that it’s the tenth that most people use, most of the time, so you’ll rarely miss
         the rest.

            ✓ Home: The Home page is broken into three sections, News Feed, Events,
              and Requests. The reason News Feed is the primary view is because it’s
              often nice to know what your friends are up to right now so you have
              the possibility of meeting up or having a real-time exchange. The reason
              Events are also front and center is that often when people are out and
              about using Facebook on their phones, it’s because they’re at or on their
              way to an Event. Having the time, address, and attendee list of an Event
              right in your pocket can be key to making sure you show up at the right
              place and time.
            ✓ Publisher: At the very top of News Feed, just like on your computer, is
              a publisher where you can update your status. As mentioned before,
              this is because when people are out doing crazy things, they often have
              crazy things to say. In your authors’ experiences, mobile status updates
              are among the most amusing and useful. Right now in Leah’s News Feed,
              a mobile status is letting her know that a couple of friends are having an
              impromptu picnic near her house. If she wasn’t writing a book right now,
              she’d join them.
            ✓ Search: In the upper-right corner, you have a magnifying glass icon,
              which is actually a link to search for people on the site. As you type,
              your phone will start digging up matches for you.
            ✓ Profile: Profiles are organized into the same Wall, Info, and Photo tabs
              as Profiles on the site; however, each is abbreviated, and any additional
274   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                        tabs that might exist on the real Profile aren’t on this version of the Web
                        site. The Info tab has only basic and contact information. To add some-
                        thing to your Wall, you can touch the Publisher at the top of the wall and
                        start typing. The Photos tab features the photos of and by the Profile
                        owner. Again, the brevity here is for readability on a small device.
                     ✓ Friends: The touch screen Friends page is organized into three views.
                       The default lists all your friends who’ve recently updated their statuses.
                       You can switch that to view all friends who are currently online and
                       available to chat. Or you can see all the most recent photos uploaded by
                       your friends.
                     ✓ Inbox: This is where you access all your messages. From here, you can
                       compose a new message, delete a message, or reply to one.

                                   Oh the Places you’ll go
        If you’re using an iPhone, your built in GPS        Like most other Facebook features, you can
        enables a nifty extra feature: Places which         also tag your friends in your check-ins. Going
        enables you to let people know where you are        to the movies with a few people? Check them in
        -- whether you’re at an airport, a restaurant, or   with you and then their friends might be able to
        home -- by checking in. Your GPS supplies the       save you seats. Remember: Location informa-
        location, and you can add a status or photo.        tion is very powerful. Be respectful of people’s
        Simply tap Check In to add your location. After     preferences. If you’re checking in to a backyard
        you do so, your friends will see something like     barbecue, ask your hosts before you tag your
        “First day of school - CCA Writing Studio.” This    coordinates as their home. Places you enter
        might seem a bit superfluous because if your        are public; someone checking in down the road
        friends are across the country (or even the         will see a place called “Chateau de Smith.”
        world), it might not matter whether you’re at an    Make sure your friends are comfortable with
        ice cream shop or the gym. But for your local       this information being out there. If your friends
        friends, Places enables all sorts of serendipi-     don’t like you to tag them in check-ins, respect
        tous connections to be made. If you arrive at the   their wishes. Additionally, if you are uncom-
        airport and go to check in, you might notice a      fortable with certain aspects of your location
        section of friends who are already at your loca-    information being shared, use the settings on
        tion. You can ping them and wait together, or       the privacy page to make the places you go less
        grab a drink before going your separate ways.       visible.
        Same goes for concerts, coffee shops, or
                                   Chapter 15

     A Different Kind of Advertising
In This Chapter
▶ Understanding the key difference between good and bad advertising
▶ Touring Facebook’s advertising solution
▶ Improving your return on advertising investment by managing your ads

           T    here are two kinds of people in America: those who watch the Super
                Bowl and those who watch the Super Bowl commercials. It’s odd that,
           for a few hours every year, most of us actually seek out advertising, while the
           rest of the year we resent it. We fast-forward commercials, we change radio
           stations, we chuckle at the occasional billboard (but mostly we complain
           about how they ruin the skyline). What’s the cause for prejudice? Is advertis-
           ing inherently evil?

           If you’re someone who runs a business or is responsible for driving custom-
           ers to a business, you know the answer is No. Advertisers have no malicious
           intent (usually), and they’re not out to annoy, distract, or interrupt us. They
           simply have a product or service that they believe could improve our lives,
           if we only knew about it. So they tell us. They tell us three minutes before
           the end of our favorite TV shows; they tell us with their tee-shirt logos, hood
           ornaments, and catchy jingles; they stand on the corner with signs that read
           Lemonade 5 cents. And if one person among us responds well to an adver-
           tiser’s particular message, that advertiser has no problem yelling across an
           entire crowded room to make sure that person hears it.

Realizing How Advertising Has Improved
           Yelling across a crowded room has been the model of advertising for years.
           Advertisers operate under the somewhat accurate principle that the wider the
           distribution, the better the chances of reaching someone who cares — that’s
           why Super Bowl slots are the most expensive of the year. It’s not because foot-
           ball fans are more likely to buy stuff; it’s because more people simultaneously
           watch the Super Bowl than anything else on TV. More people equals more
276   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                However, there is a cost. People have only so much attention to lend to
                advertising. Therefore, if 2, 3, 4, or 5 million advertisers start yelling across
                the room, people hear none of it. When too many messages fly, people tune
                out, leaving advertisers with no recourse other than being the loudest, bright-
                est, or catchiest. Anyone who has stood in the middle of Times Square in New
                York City understands exactly what we’re talking about. And that has cer-
                tainly been the model of advertising on the Internet. The flashier an ad, the
                more in your face, the more distracting — the more likely you are to click it.

                Advertising has a bad rap because of this. Every now and then, you see an
                ad for something you were craving, something that intrigues you, or features
                something that just entertains you. In those times, you probably don’t mind
                the advertising at all; in fact, you might appreciate it. Nevertheless, 99 times
                out of 100, an ad is a nuisance, which is how ad has practically become a
                dirty word. Understanding these flaws with the modern advertising land-
                scape led to the formulation of principles for the Facebook Ad system:

                  ✓ Consumers are happiest if they see fewer total advertisements and the
                    ones they do see are most relevant to them.
                  ✓ Advertisers are happiest if they don’t throw away cash and don’t dilute
                    consumer attention. In other words, advertisers want to deliver their
                    messages primarily to those people who actually care about them.
                  ✓ When consumers are exposed to relevant, high-quality advertisements,
                    they’re more likely to pay attention to advertising on the whole, making
                    each ad that much more valuable.
                  ✓ To get people’s attention, advertising is usually weaved into some
                    product or service that already has consumer attention, such as TV
                    shows or Web sites. People enjoy a TV show or Web site more if its ads
                    are relevant, high-quality, and not harmful to the user experience. As a
                    result, they spend more time watching that channel or using that Web
                    site, thereby seeing more total ads. Therefore, responsible TV stations
                    or Web sites are rewarded for good advertising behavior. Customers are
                    happier, advertisers are happier, and the product or service provider is

                Advertisers have to yell across the room because they don’t know who, in a
                crowd, may be listening. Now, because each Facebook user enters so much
                personal information, Facebook can enable its advertisers to deliver their
                messages only to the people most interested (while completely protecting its
                users’ privacy).

                No more yelling.
                                    Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising         277
     Imagine Times Square in this model. Rather than everyone looking at thou-
     sands of flashy signs, each person would see five or six messages about
     things that actually interest them, making more room for flowers, and sky,
     and, we’ll go ahead and say it, no commercialism.

Defining Social Ads
     On Facebook, users see two types of advertising. The first type of advertis-
     ing is fancy, expensive engagement units such as videos and sponsored event
     invites, which appear on the right side of the Home page. Although these are
     super-cool and high-performing, they require a direct, personal relationship
     with the Facebook Sales team and cost a pretty penny. This chapter focuses
     on the second type of ads on Facebook — self-service social advertising.
     These are the ads from which anyone who has something to sell can benefit.
     A social ad is an ad that businesses create and upload to Facebook directly to
     circulate on Facebook. No middleman. Social ads have a number of interest-
     ing characteristics:

       ✓ Social ads appear in the right column on most Facebook pages, under
         the Sponsored heading.
       ✓ Social ads are composed of the same set of optional components: a
         title, a photo, an ad body, and the option for inclusion of social actions
         (which we explain in the next section). Therefore, social ads are uniform
         in their appearance, so advertisers must get your attention with content,
         not form.
       ✓ Social ads are demographically targeted to users based on informa-
         tion they list in their Profiles, including geography, age, sex, interests,
         school, workplace or profession, political views, or relationship status.
       ✓ Using social actions, social ads are targeted to people whose friends
         have shown an interest in the product or service.

     Social actions
     Previously in this chapter, we refer to social actions. If you haven’t heard
     this term in advertising before, don’t be surprised. It’s currently exclusive to
     Facebook. Social actions are best described via examples:

       ✓ Wiley Publishing makes a Facebook Page (described in Chapter 12) to
         advertise Facebook For Dummies.
       ✓ At some point, Carolyn publicly liked the Facebook For Dummies Page.
278   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                  ✓ Wiley Publishing creates an ad on Facebook. Characteristics of the ad
                    include the following:
                        • A subject that reads something like, “Facebook For Dummies. Do
                          you know someone who needs help understanding Facebook?
                          More help than you can give?”
                        • A picture of the book’s cover.
                        • A targeted audience of 30–40-year-olds.
                    In addition, Wiley Publishing opts-in to appending social actions to
                    the ad.
                  ✓ Because Carolyn has already pledged allegiance to Dummies, the social
                    ad system tries to show the Facebook For Dummies ad to Carolyn’s
                    friends who fit the 30–40-year-old demographic.
                    The system automatically appends to the ad the social action, “Carolyn
                    Abram likes this.”

                Social ads plus social actions rules
                Carolyn’s friends are way more likely to be interested in Facebook For
                Dummies if they already know that Carolyn liked it. At the very least, if
                they’re intrigued, they might ask her for more information. When authorized
                by an advertiser, the Facebook system looks at all the people within the tar-
                geted demographic for an ad and then tries to show the ad to people whose
                friends have already had a positive interaction with that company. Here are a
                few important points about social advertising:

                  ✓ No one’s actions are ever shown to people who couldn’t also have
                    seen that action as a story in their streams. In other words, the only
                    people who can see the ad with the social action are those to whom
                    Carolyn has made her action visible. By default, liking a Page is a publi-
                    cally visible action, so, most likely, anyone connected to Carolyn will be
                    able to see her story appended to the ad.
                  ✓ You cannot append a social action to your ad unless you also have a
                    Facebook Page or Application. Users must have a place to interact to
                    generate the social actions in the ad.
                  ✓ Even if you opt-in to social actions, this doesn’t guarantee that a social
                    action is always appended to your ad. If there’s not enough engage-
                    ment with your Page, there may not be enough social actions to append
                    to your ad. To increase the likelihood that this happens, you must
                    ensure that your Facebook Page or Application is seeing a lot of activity.
                                    Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising        279
     Who uses social ads?
     Anyone who has access to a computer, a credit card, and something to pro-
     mote is a great candidate for using Facebook social ads. People use social ads
     for all kinds of different things:

       ✓ Drawing attention to your Web site or business
       ✓ Telling people about a new deal or offering
       ✓ Campaigning for an election
       ✓ Promoting a college event
       ✓ Driving traffic to a Facebook Event, Group, Page, or application
       ✓ Raising awareness of a cause
       ✓ Promoting a concert or a new CD
       ✓ Directing traffic to a listing on Marketplace
       ✓ Recruiting for a job opening

     Social ads target your ad to an audience as small as a single school or as wide
     as a whole country, and they’re applicable to just about every promotional
     effort. The only audience Facebook can’t currently target is people who don’t
     use Facebook. But you can spread your message to them some other way —
     dress up like a chicken and hand out flyers in front of your store, perhaps.

Creating a Social Ad
     Creating an ad on Facebook is extremely easy; creating a good ad may
     require some extra effort. In this section, we walk you through the basic
     how-to of creating an ad on Facebook, while providing lots of tips and tricks
     to ensure your ad is as effective as possible. We call out what steps are
     required and what steps are recommended.

     Getting started
     Log in to Facebook and navigate to www.Facebook.com/adversting. You
     can access this Page at any time by scrolling to the bottom of any Facebook
     Page and clicking Advertising. You can also click Create an Ad on the right
     side of any page above the ads that are displayed in the right column. Click
     Create an Ad to get started.
280   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                     If you don’t have a Facebook account, you can skip the log in part, but you are
                     asked to create a personal account (use your e-mail address, password, and
                     birthday) before completing your ad purchase.

                     Designing your ad
                     Figure 15-1 shows where you add some basic information about your ad, as
                     described here:

                       ✓ Destination URL or Facebook Content: The destination is the landing
                         page for people who click on your ad. If you already have a Web site
                         for your business, enter your business’s URL (or the URL of the page
                         you want people to land on when they click your ad). If you’re trying to
                         advertise something you have on Facebook, such as a Facebook Page
                         or an Application, select the link below the URL box that says I Want
                         to Advertise Something I Have on Facebook and choose the relevant
                         Page, Application, Group, or Event from the drop-down list. If you want
                         to link your ad to a Facebook page you haven’t yet created, hop back to
                         Chapter 12 to set up your page first.
                       ✓ Title/Body Text: When you enter the ad title in the Title field and body
                         in the Body field, use the preview on the right to see what your ad will
                         look like. You have 25 characters for the title and 135 for the body, so
                         remember to invite your inner editor to the ad creation process. By
                         default, if you are advertising Facebook content, the name of your Page
                         or Event (and so on) will be the title of your ad — a bit limiting to the
                         creative genius in you, but that makes it easier for your customers to
                         know what they are looking at.
                       ✓ Image (Optional): You can upload a photo — the way your photo shows
                         up in the Preview is how people see it in your ad.

      Figure 15-1:
       Creating a
                                              Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising         281
               After you make your choice, continue on to the next section.

               As you’re creating your ad, notice the little question mark in brackets ([?])
               next to almost every field. If at any point you are unsure about what a field
               refers to, clicking on the little question mark will bring up an explanation and
               relevant tips.

               Targeting your ad
               On Facebook, an engaged man or woman is likely to see ads for wedding
               photographers, whereas sports lovers may see an ad for coverage of the big
               game. An older married man may see an ad about anniversary presents, and
               if you’re a 23-year-old female who likes poetry and traveling, don’t be sur-
               prised if you see an ad for a women’s writing workshop in Europe. (Recently,
               this happened to Carolyn, who was so thrilled by the ad that she went on to
               get more info about the workshop.)

               As we mention at the beginning of this chapter, targeting your ad may be the
               key to good advertising. If you narrow your message to the people most likely
               to respond, you pay much less for the same amount of attention.

               The goal of targeted advertising is to try to be as specific as possible, with-
               out alienating anyone who may be interested. To that end, Figure 15-2 shows
               the options for the Facebook targeting system, and this list helps demystify

Figure 15-2:
  Your ad’s
282   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                  ✓ Location: If your product or service is relevant to consumers only in a
                    particular location, be sure your ad is shown only to those people. A
                    traveling circus, for example, might make a whole series of ads targeted
                    at different locations to let people know when to break out their clown
                    noses and floppy shoes. If you’ve entered the United States, or certain
                    other countries, you’ll be able to target to state-level or city-level loca-
                    tions as well.
                  ✓ Demographics: You can target ads to people of certain ages and
                        • Age: Specify the minimum and maximum age for your ad. The
                          default is 18 years old because any ads targeted at people under
                          the age of 18 are reviewed before being shown.
                        • Sex: Selecting either male or female ensures your ad goes to only
                          men or only women. If you check both of these boxes, or if you
                          leave them both unchecked, your ad is delivered to both males
                          and females.
                  ✓ Likes and Interests: When Facebook users create their personal Profiles,
                    they enter various terms that describe their likes, activities, and inter-
                    ests. When enough people like the same term, that term is used for
                    keyword targeting. You know a term is valid for targeting if you start
                    to enter it and a drop-down list appears to automatically complete the
                    word. If the word you’re thinking of doesn’t appear, come up with a syn-
                    onym. If the word you’re looking for does appear, you probably still want
                    to come up with a few synonyms and target those as well. For example,
                    if you sell books, you may want to target to Reading, Read, Books,
                    Reading Books, and Literature.
                     Play around with this step and see how the audience size estimator fluc-
                     tuates with various combinations, as well as the “suggested interests”
                     that appear beneath the text field that might help you round out your
                     targeting. The audience size estimator takes the criteria you’ve entered,
                     and quickly figures out approximately how many people on Facebook
                     match that criteria so you have a rough idea of the audience you’re tar-
                     geting. It’s not exactly accurate because calculating the audience fast is
                     quite difficult technically. Also, more than a million people sign up on
                     Facebook daily, so your audience size is shifting constantly.
                  ✓ Advanced Targeting Options: Rather than inundate you with a million
                    fields by which you can target your ads, Facebook hides a few of the
                    more specific ones behind the Advanced Targeting Options link right
                    beneath Likes and Interests. Advanced Options include:
                        • Interested In (under Demographics): You can target people of
                          specific sexual orientations using this field. So, for example, if
                          you’re a magazine for gay women, you can make sure that only gay
                          women (or women on Facebook who have self-identified as gay)
                          see your ad.
                             Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising           283
      • Relationship (under Demographics): Photographer? Florist?
        Caterer? Invitation specialist? Yes, you are trying to reach people
        planning their weddings. You can use this field to make sure only
        people who are listed as engaged see your ad.
      • Languages (under Demographics): Maybe you want to reach
        people who live in the U.S. but speak Spanish for your political
        cause. Use the Languages field to get to the right people.
      • Education and Work: These fields allow you to reach the people in
        a particular life stage, such as high school, college, or college grad-
        uate. You can also target people at (or from) a particular school or
        company. If you’re targeting kids in college, you can reach out to a
        particular graduation year if that’s relevant. You can target particu-
        lar majors. For example, a computer company could create an ad
        and target it to all the computer scientists and engineering seniors
        from the top schools, or even target it to people who work at com-
        peting companies. If you’re planning an alumni event for Amherst
        College, you can target everyone who is listed as an alumnus of
        To specify a specific school, workplace, or major, select the educa-
        tion level and then start typing the name of the school in the field.
        The name of the school most likely autocompletes for you; if not,
        it’s not in the system and can’t be targeted.
      • Connections on Facebook: This section is definitely advanced in
        that it probably won’t apply to you unless you’ve already created a
        few ads in the past. It basically allows you to advertise just to people
        who have already liked your content (for example, offering a new
        promotion or coupon to your fans), or the reverse (excluding people
        who are already your fans). It also allows you to target just the
        friends of your fans. Notice that you’ll need to reenter the name of
        your Page, Event, Group, or Application in each of these fields. If you
        manage multiple pages, this is a way to feed off of earlier success. If
        someone attended your band’s event in San Francisco, they might
        want to see you again the next time you’re in town.
✓ Estimated Reach (on the right side of the page): As you adjust the
  parameters of your audience, the Estimate section automatically
  updates to tell you the number of people you’re targeting. As you add
  more specifications, the number drops. This is good because it means
  you’re focusing your message to a specific audience. If you’re too
  specific with your parameters, however, you may lose your audience
  entirely. There just may not be many 64-year-old Spanish-speaking South
  Korean women who like to surf, no matter how much you’d like to adver-
  tise to them. If the number dips too low, you should consider relaxing
  your requirements. In this example, you could expand the age and
284   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                          language requirements or add other hobbies such as swimming or boat-
                          ing. In the Estimate section, you’ll see your target audience reflected
                          back to you in plain English. After checking a bunch of boxes and choos-
                          ing from drop-down lists, it may be tricky to be sure you’ve targeted cor-
                          rectly. Checking the Estimate section can help reassure you that you’ve
                          chosen your settings correctly.

                     We spend a lot of time emphasizing how valuable targeting can be if you have
                     a message that’s relevant to only certain kinds of people. However, what if you
                     have a product everyone can enjoy? You still target your ad — with tailored
                     messaging for different people. Say, for example, that you are the promotions
                     manager for a jewelry store. You can create one ad targeted at women with a
                     message about treating one’s self, and another ad targeted at men that empha-
                     sizes gift-giving. You can be more specific by targeting married men with an ad
                     about buying gifts for their wives or by targeting young men with an ad about
                     gifts for their mothers, for example.

                     Figuring out campaigns and pricing
                     Figuring out the price of an ad isn’t quite as straightforward as listening to a
                     vendor yell, “Hot dogs, 99 cents, get your hot dogs!” The amount you pay for
                     your ad depends on all kinds of factors, including how you target it, whether
                     you care that people click your ad or just see it, and how you’ve set your
                     campaign and your budget (see Figure 15-3).

      Figure 15-3:
         your ad.

                       ✓ Account Currency (not shown): In order for Facebook to bill you cor-
                         rectly, you need to specify your preferred currency. You’ll only need to
                         fill this out once. After that, Facebook will remember your preference.
                       ✓ Account Time Zone (not shown): Because Facebook’s ads charge
                         according to a bid plus a daily budget (more on that in a minute),
                              Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising        285
    Facebook wants to make sure it’s on the same page as you about when
    a “day” technically begins and ends. Thus, you should enter where you
    are and your time zone in this field. You only need to fill this out once.
    After that, Facebook will remember your preference.
 ✓ Campaign Name: A campaign refers to one or more ads that you want to
   run and pay for as a group. You may have created several ads that are
   targeted differently in order to bring a more diverse audience to your
   band’s concert ten days from now. Grouping all these ads into the same
   campaign allows you to set a single budget and schedule for the entire
   group of ads so you don’t have to spend time and effort optimizing for
   the ads that are performing better or worse. The first ad you create on
   Facebook is automatically put in a campaign. When you create more ads,
   you’re able to add them to various campaigns or create new campaigns.
 ✓ Daily Budget: You’re charged based on how many people click or view
   your ad (up to your maximum daily budget, which you set by entering it
   into the Budget field). If you set a maximum daily budget of $10 and offer
   to pay up to 10 cents per click, you hope that approximately 100 people
   click on your ad. The Facebook Ad system does some fancy behind-the-
   scenes math to figure out how many people must see your ad to get you
   your 100 clicks. If the system shows your ad to too few people, you won’t
   end up paying the full $10, Facebook makes less money, and you may not
   get the response you were hoping for. If the system shows your ad to too
   many people, you may end up getting some free attention you don’t have
   to pay for. Good for you; not so good for Facebook. The system is con-
   stantly being improved to deliver your ad to exactly as many people as it
   takes to get the response you’re willing to pay for.
 ✓ Schedule: You can choose to either start running your ad right away or
   specify the start and end dates for your ad. When you select Run My Ad
   Continuously Starting Today, you stop your ad when your goals are met;
   otherwise, you’re charged per day continuously.

Once you have specified your campaign and pricing, Facebook will automati-
cally suggest a bid per click. If you’re unhappy with this bid, you can monkey
with your targeting options or go to Advanced Mode.

Advanced Mode
The preceding fields are part of what Facebook calls simple mode. This mode
is the faster and easier one to understand in terms of pricing and starting an
ad. If you’re a more advanced advertiser, you may want to consider further
customization through Advanced Mode, which you can get to by clicking on
the Set a Different Bid (Advanced Mode) link, located at the bottom of the
Campaign and Pricing section.
286   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                  ✓ Pay for Impressions/Pay for Clicks: Advanced Mode lets you opt to pay
                    for views (CPM) instead of clicks (CPC), which will drastically change
                    your bid price. Amazon (www.amazon.com) is an example of a company
                    that would likely choose Pay for Clicks because customers buy products
                    on its Web site.
                     Other examples of Pay for Clicks advertisers might be application
                     developers who want people to use their applications, bands who want
                     people to try their music, or non-profits who want people to contrib-
                     ute to their causes. Coca-Cola may be the kind of company that would
                     use Pay for Views to simply get its brand and slogan in front of people.
                     Someone selling his car might use Pay for Views after putting a photo
                     and all his contact info in the ad.
                  ✓ Max Bid: This field allows you to specify how much you want to bid for
                    a click or a set of 1,000 views. Say that five advertisers want to target
                    men who have the text tattoos in their Profiles. All five advertisers bid
                    differently for clicks. Each time men with tattoos in their Profiles log in,
                    the ad system shows them the ad from the highest bidder, until that
                    advertiser’s budget is exhausted. Then the system shows the ad of the
                    next highest bidder. For each click or view, advertisers are charged the
                    price of the next highest bid beneath their own (except that the second-
                    to-lowest bidder pays 1 cent higher than the lowest bid). If an advertiser
                    bids 10 cents per click and another bids 5 cents and all the others bid 3
                    cents, the first advertiser ends up paying 5 cents, the second advertiser
                    4 cents, and all the others 3 cents as well.
                     Facebook has a lot of users, but it doesn’t show each user very many
                     ads. The value in bidding high is that it’s the safest way to get the
                     response you’re after. The value in bidding conservatively is that you
                     may pay less for the same number of clicks or views. The bid system
                     helps advertisers pay exactly what a click or impression is worth to
                     them. Moreover, the companies that take the time to make highly tar-
                     geted and quality ads often end up bidding higher than those companies
                     that produce low-quality ads; therefore, users are more likely to see
                     high-quality and relevant ads. Facebook will show you suggested bids so
                     you can understand where you are in the range, and therefore how likely
                     your ads are to be seen.

                Reviewing your ad
                After you create your ad, target your audience, and set your own budget, it’s
                time to admire all your handiwork on the Review Ad page. Rather than just
                applauding yourself for a job well done, review all the information carefully
                to make sure you’re getting exactly what you’re about to pay for. Speaking of
                paying for things, when you’re done reviewing all the information, fill out the
                                   Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising          287
    standard credit card information on the bottom half of the page and place
    your order. But first, we highly recommend you read the advertising guide-
    lines and advertising policy linked on the right side of this page before you
    begin your Facebook advertising adventures. When you’re confident all the
    information is accurate, click Finish.

    After you created a few ads, you may want to create similar ones to those
    you’ve already created. Say you’re the manager of a small chain of restaurants
    in California. You may want to run two nearly identical ads: one targeted toward
    Los Angeles residents, pointing them to your L.A. location, and the other tar-
    geted at San Francisco residents, directing them to your S.F. location. Besides
    these slight differences in targeting, the body, copy, image, social actions, and
    everything else about the ads are identical. Rather than duplicate your effort,
    you can make one of the ads first, and then when you come back to create an
    ad again, click the drop-down menu at the very top of the page that says Copy
    an Existing Ad. From there, select the first ad you created and watch how every
    form is automatically prefilled with the information from the previous ad. Then
    you can simply make the necessary edits and quickly proceed.

Managing Your Social Ads
    After you start running an ad on Facebook, you’re more than welcome to just
    cross your fingers and hope for the response you’re after. However, with the
    Ads Manager, if you want to know exactly what kind of responses your ads
    are getting and if you want to improve the performance of your ads, you can
    always temporarily stop running ads while you make changes to optimize
    your efforts. Then when you’re ready, you can start running the ads again.

    To manage your ads, go back to www.Facebook.com/ads and click the link
    that says Manage Your Existing Ads beneath the Create an Ad button. You
    can also sign in to Facebook and click Ad Manager (also called Ads and Pages
    if you’re the admin of a Page, in addition to running ads) in the Applications
    menu in the bottom-left corner of any Facebook page. You’ll land on the
    Campaigns tab of the Ads Manager. Going down the left-hand menu, you can
    always easily navigate to the following pages:

      ✓ Pages: This takes you the Pages Manager. To learn more about Pages
        and what they might mean for you, refer to Chapter 12.
      ✓ Reports: Once you’ve had several ads running over a certain amount
        of time, you might want to generate reports that you can show to your
        boss, or yourself, that let you know how effective your advertising has
        been. You can compare various campaigns over time or see what types
288   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                         of people tend to respond to your ads. You can generate ads in html or
                         as Excel spreadsheets.
                      ✓ Billing: This section helps you keep track of how much money you’ve
                        spent on Facebook ads.
                      ✓ Settings: You can change your e-mail notification settings, as well as
                        your basic Account Info from the Settings page. You can also choose to
                        close your ad account from here.
                      ✓ Learn More: Once you’ve gotten up and running on ads, you may have
                        questions or need advice beyond what we’ve given you here. That’s a
                        good thing, young grasshopper. The Guide to Facebook ads will have a
                        bunch of good tips and tricks to take your ads to the next level.

                     From the Campaigns page, which you land on whenever you click Ads
                     Manager or Manage My Ads, you’ll see a list of your campaigns and some
                     basic info about them, as shown in Figure 15-4.

      Figure 15-4:
      page shows
       a summary
      of your ads’

                     The elements to notice here are

                      ✓ The status of the ad (scheduled, running, or completed).
                      ✓ Budget/Day (which you can change inline at any time; just click on the
                      ✓ Clicks and Impressions: As your ad starts to run, you’ll see Clicks and
                        Impressions tracked here.
                                    Chapter 15: A Different Kind of Advertising          289
       ✓ The click-through rate (CTR), which is the average number of times your
         ad is clicked on each time it is viewed.
       ✓ The average cost you’re paying per click (if your ad is a Cost per Click or
         CPC ad).
       ✓ The average cost per million (CPM) to you each time 1 million people
         view your ads.
       ✓ Your total spent so far.

     In addition, you can specify whether you want to see all these metrics for
     the last 24 hours, 7 days, or to date, using the drop-down menu above the ad
     summary tables.

     On the front page of the Ad Manager, you see a graph of the performance of
     your most active ad campaigns. The overview graph shows clicks, impres-
     sions, and the click-through rate over time. You can use the Choose a Graph
     drop-down menu at the top of the graph to isolate any one of these pieces of
     information. If you’re interested in how many people saw your ad, for exam-
     ple, you can select impressions. If you only care about who clicked on it,
     select Clicks. CTR, or Click-Through Rate, tells you how many people clicked
     it divided by how many people saw it. A CTR of 0.5 means that one out of
     every two people who saw the ad clicked it. The bottom of the Overview page
     shows the performance of your ad today compared to yesterday.

     Clicking the name of an individual ad shows you all the detailed information
     at the campaign level, but this time about the performance of that particular
     ad in a campaign. This page also shows the preview of the ad and reminds
     you of your targeting information. From this detailed view of an ad’s perfor-
     mance, you can choose to pause or stop your ad at any time.

     Between graphs and detailed statistics, the ad management interface gives
     you all the information you need to help customize your ads to get the abso-
     lute best return on your investment. This isn’t as selfless as it sounds. If
     you’re having the most success possible, it’s likely you’re making extremely
     high-quality ads with accurate targeting; therefore, it’s a better experience for
     Facebook users and a better experience for Facebook. To this end, Facebook
     plans to continue building these tools to create one of the most robust, valu-
     able advertising networks on the Web.

Spam Is Not Delicious
     Good user experience is key to the success of Facebook and, therefore, key
     to the advertisers who advertise on Facebook. In order to preserve good user
290   Part IV: Delving Further into Facebook

                experience, Facebook puts most ads through a review process before they’re
                allowed on the site. Your ad must be generally relevant to the people you
                target. The text and image of your ad must not be misleading in any way. The
                content of your ad and the site that it links to must be appropriate for any
                audience. Ads may be rejected for other quality metrics, such as misspell-
                ings, too much capitalization or punctuation, and so on. Generally, if your ad
                is clear and tasteful, you won’t have any problems.
     Part V
The Part of Tens
          In this part . . .
I n the earlier parts of this book, we focus heavily on
  options and hypothetical situations. So, to ensure that
you have some concrete examples of what’s really hap-
pening on Facebook, we present to you the “Part of Tens.”

In this part, we don’t make claims about what’s the best of
anything on Facebook because every experience is
unique. However, you can see how much your taste
matches ours by checking out our favorite applications.
Additionally, you can see how Facebook has made an
impact on people’s lives — and how it might just have an
impact on yours. In case you forgot some of what you
read earlier (we know, it’s a lot of info), we include some
of the most common questions we get from our family and
friends. And finally, we recount some of our favorite anec-
dotes about people reconnecting via Facebook.
                                    Chapter 16

Ten Great Third-Party Applications
In This Chapter
▶ Typing Maniac
▶ Music by iLike
▶ Digg
▶ Carpool by Zimride

           T    raditionally, Facebook has focused on offering the most general types
                of functionality that just about anyone would find useful. But, in life, dif-
           ferent people have different needs and desires. Students like to know what
           courses their friends are taking. Athletes sometimes trade exercise tips;
           some record their workouts. Foodies often swap recipes. Music lovers share
           new music discoveries; movie buffs rate and review films. In an attempt to
           be all things to all people, Facebook has empowered the masses to add all
           the specialized functionality that can transform Facebook from a general
           social network into a specific, tailored tool for managing one’s lifestyle — no
           matter what that lifestyle consists of. This specialized functionality includes
           all of the previous examples, tools for students, business people, hobbyists,
           families, and more. Here’s a variety of applications that we think are good
           examples of what Facebook has to offer.

Typing Maniac
           On the surface, measuring the speed of one’s typing sounds like something
           only professional stenographers would want to know. However, Typing
           Maniac, a game played on Facebook, tests that theory. As words float down
           the screen, you must type them before they hit the bottom. As you move up
           the levels, the words get longer and move down the screen faster.

           Of course, the part of the game that is most entertaining is that you can track
           your progress among your friends. As Typing Maniac posts to your Profile
           about your progress from caveman to alien, your friends are alerted and can
           start to compete against you. We strongly suggest that you not use this game
           as a “break” from work, as you will never want to stop playing.
294   Part V: The Part of Tens

                Marketplace is an application that helps you buy and sell used goods. At first,
                you might think, “Why would I need this when I have Craigslist?” The answer
                lies in the difference between buying a used car from a friend, or a friend’s
                friend, as opposed to buying a used car from a total stranger. If you’ve ever
                brought home a lemon, you understand the difference.

                By showing you how you know people who are selling items, Marketplace
                helps you make choices about whom to trust, and who will give you good
                quality merchandise. It also helps you, as a seller, get the word out about
                your merchandise, sublet, or whatever it is you are looking to sell. Your
                listings can get published to friends, who in turn can pass them on to their

      Music, by iLike
                Music listening and discovery are two of the most common activities people
                do online. Functionality related to music (with the exception of Pages for
                musicians) is notably absent from Facebook, and is certainly a hole for most
                people, who feel that their music is a big part of their identity.

                The Music application, then, allows people to feature their musical tastes
                front and center through the addition of a music tab. Additionally, through
                browsing on the Music application, you can find out what your friends are
                listening to, as well as create Internet radio stations based on the songs and
                artists your friends listen to. Music also features a dashboard of content from
                your favorite artists — everything from their tweets to new music videos.

                Groupcard is an application that lives on Facebook that replicates the real-
                world experience of passing a card around to be signed at a party. Groupcard
                allows you to choose a card type and the basic look and feel of the card and
                then invite others to sign it. Each person who signs it can select a variety of
                fonts, as well as pull from his photos to find an appropriate one to send with
                the card. After everyone has signed, the card then gets “sent” to its intended

                We like Groupcard because, although it’s not required for wishing someone
                a happy birthday or congratulations, it makes the experience of doing so a
                little more personal and special.
                                 Chapter 16: Ten Great Third-Party Applications            295
       Self-described geeks out there are probably avid users of Digg (www.digg.
       com), a news site that allows its users to Digg or promote certain news sto-
       ries that they think are the most interesting or relevant. By connecting Digg
       with your Facebook account, you can publish your Diggs back to Facebook.
       This ability means that you can tell your friends, as well as the larger Digg
       community, what you think is interesting or newsworthy.

       Also, if you’re not finding anything interesting on the Digg home page, you
       can see what your friends (who have also connected their Facebook accounts
       with Digg) have Dugg in the last few days. Another example of how social
       plugins work to make Facebook, as well as its companion site, more interest-
       ing and social.

       Graffiti is a simple and beautiful application that allows users to add the abil-
       ity for their friends to draw pictures for them on their Walls. A friend can
       leave a little visual gift for another friend, and mutual friends can discover
       the art in their Home pages.

       We like Graffiti because it’s a mix of the thinking-of-you Poke and the more
       labor- and time-intensive task of writing a card and mailing it. Receiving a
       Graffiti drawing is rewarding because someone devotes time to you in a
       public way, which shows the world that person cares about you and that you
       are worth their time. Goosebumps.

Carpool by Zimride
       The Carpool application allows people to offer and request rides to wherever
       they need to go. It can be used to organize regular carpools to and from work
       (especially useful when people at your company have actually joined your
       workplace network), or to find company for longer, one-time road trips.

       There are plenty of other services online that people use to find rides, but
       what’s great about the Zimride Carpool application is that it adds the layer
       of identity that is easy to find on Facebook, and difficult to find elsewhere.
       Carpooling with a stranger can be worrisome, but carpooling with someone
       who has friends in common with you might be more comfortable. Even if
296   Part V: The Part of Tens

                that’s not the case, the mere ability to check out potential carpoolers and
                see if they seem like someone you could tolerate being in a car with for a few
                hours can make a world of difference.

      Visual Bookshelf
                Visual Bookshelf, an application by Living Social that lives on Facebook,
                pretty much proves the assertion that a recommendation from a friend
                is worth more than a recommendation from a stranger. You and your
                friends can leave reviews and share favorites with each other straight from
                Facebook. You can feature Visual Bookshelf on your Profile as a box that
                allows your friends to see what you’re reading now. (For example, Facebook
                For Dummies, and it is amazing!)

                Visual Bookshelf actually has a pretty smart connection with Amazon (www.
                amazon.com) so that as you see books you want to read, you can easily go
                buy them and get down to reading and reviewing them.

      Lady Gaga
                Lady Gaga kind of took the world by storm starting in 2009. She’s been a cul-
                tural force since then, bringing her special brand of art, music, and “fame” to
                the top of everyone’s playlists. Her Web site, www.ladygaga.com allows her
                fans to sign in using Facebook and participate in commenting, forums, and
                connecting with other fans through their shared love of all things Gaga. Fans
                can also share her content back into Facebook and keep track of her musings
                on her Facebook fan page. Although the implementation is simple, her use
                of social plugins keeps her fans connected and engaged with her music and

      Restaurant City
                If you like games that you play over time and that allow you to make lots
                of decisions — Monopoly players, we’re talking about you — you will most
                likely love Restaurant City. This game allows you to start a restaurant and
                hire your friends to work there. As your restaurant makes money, you can
                hire more of your friends, redecorate, and start to compete with your friends’
                restaurants. Simple fun, right on Facebook.
                                    Chapter 17

      Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely
            Impacts Lives
In This Chapter
▶ Getting ready to go to school
▶ Meeting people in your new city
▶ Keeping up with the kids

           S    ometimes people are dismissive of Facebook, saying, “I keep up with my
                friends by calling them and visiting them. I don’t need a Web site to do
           that for me.” This is true. However, we try to make the point throughout this
           book that Facebook doesn’t replace real friendships — it supplements them.
           You can still communicate and share information with your friends without
           Facebook; however, it’s easier and faster to do with Facebook. Some things are
           always a part of life; Facebook just makes them better, faster, and stronger.

Keeping in Touch with Summer Friends
           Carolyn once spent a summer leading a troop of seventh graders into the wild.
           After two weeks of backpacking, kayaking, climbing, and bonding, the kids
           were given a big list of e-mail addresses and phone numbers, said their good-
           byes, and were packed off to their respective homes. Carolyn (about to return
           to Facebook headquarters) lamented the fact that the kids were too young to
           be on Facebook because they almost assuredly would lose that sheet of paper.
           Carolyn quickly “friended” her co-counselors (who were all old enough to be
           on Facebook) and keeps up with them through photo albums, notes, and the
           occasional Poke war. As an added bonus, years later, when her co-counselor
           needed a reference, he knew exactly where to find her.
298   Part V: The Part of Tens

                Not just for Carolyn, but for thousands of high school students, the best-
                friends-for-the-summer — who had a tendency to fade away as school and life
                took over — are now a thing of the past. Camp friends immediately become
                Facebook friends, and on Facebook, no one gets lost. Plus, it’s easy to share
                the memories of a fun summer via Facebook Photos. If you’re interested in
                finding out what’s new with your camp friends, they’re only a click away.
                Additionally, it’s easy to plan camp reunions without needing to find every-
                one’s new info.

      Preparing to Head Off to School
                Everyone has a story about leaving for college. Whether they’re dropping off
                a child or an older sister or heading off themselves, people remember some
                form of anxiety, nervousness, or blinding fear of the unknown. Who were
                these people in the hallway or sharing the bathroom? Who was this so-called

                Now, college students go off to school having been introduced to their future
                dorm mates, roommates, and residence assistants via Facebook. Students
                can list their residences and easily pick out the people they’ll most likely
                meet on the first day, thus dulling the fear that they won’t know anyone.

                In the time between acceptance letters and orientation, college freshmen
                spend their time Wall posting, friending, and getting to know their future
                classmates. Therefore, they join groups and support one another through a
                big transition. Suddenly, school is less scary.

      Going on Not-So-Blind Dates
                Ever been a matchmaker? Ever had a particularly difficult “client” — a friend
                who has a million requirements for “the one”? Ever been embarrassed
                because you didn’t realize just how picky your friend was until after the
                date? Enter Facebook. Now, “He’s smart, funny, has a great job, lots of cool
                hobbies, a nice family, and nice friends” can be condensed into a Facebook
                message with a shared Profile. From there, both parties can decide based on
                the Profiles — looks, interests, or the combination of all the information —
                whether they want to go on a date.

                Some of our friends have gone so far as to say, “No Profile, no date.” Given
                the circumstances, this is reasonable. Not only do you get a little window into
                a person’s world, but you also prepare for talking about the various interests
                     Chapter 17: Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely Impacts Lives               299
     and activities that you see there. This way, “So I saw you like snorkeling.
     Where does one do that when you live in Idaho?” can be a much better con-
     versation starter than, “So, what do you do?”

     Think of it as far-sighted dating rather than blind dating.

Meeting People in Your
New City or Town
     When Leah moved to California from Seattle, the first thing she did was look
     up all the people she knew who were in the Brown University network and
     who also listed their current city as San Francisco. She figured it was as good
     a place as any to get a handle on what her new social life was going to be.

     Many people are making themselves comfortable this way in new cities
     around the world. Carolyn got the following message from her friend, Shelby,
     who was living in Abuja, Nigeria, at the time.

          So I was friends with this Marine in Liberia. We lost touch when I left
          Liberia. He joined Facebook two weeks ago, and requested me as a friend.
          We started talking again. He put me in touch with a friend who works for
          the U.S. Consulate in Lagos, Nigeria. I Facebooked her. She found my blog
          address on my Facebook Profile, and forwarded it to her friend who works
          for the U.S. Embassy in Abuja.
          Tonight, I went out with this girl from the Embassy and a bunch of other
          Embassy people. And I have plans (finally!!) for a couple of days next week
          with these people.
          And all of this is because of Facebook.

     Shelby’s story is just one example of how Facebook makes moving less of an
     ordeal — a neighborhood is waiting for you when you arrive.

Reconnecting with Old Friends
     Long-lost friends. The one who got away. I wonder whatever happened to
     her. Have you heard about him? These are just some of the ways people talk
     about the people they somehow lost track of along the way. Whatever the
     reason for the loss, this sort of regret can be undone on Facebook. Finding
     people is easy, and getting in touch is, too.
300   Part V: The Part of Tens

                Many recent graduates exclaim that going to a reunion is unnecessary — you
                already know what everyone is doing five years later; you found out from
                Facebook. But even for the not-so-young alums, the Find Classmates and
                Find Coworkers features provide a direct line to search anyone who’s on
                Facebook that you remember from way back (or not so way back) when.

                Facebook gets e-mails every so often about people who find birth parents or
                biological siblings on Facebook. However, the majority of the time, people
                are looking for and finding their old classmates and reminiscing about the
                good old days. Better yet, they are reigniting a spark in a friendship that can
                last far into the future.

      Keeping Up with the ’rents
                Face it: Keeping your parents in touch with everything that’s going on is diffi-
                cult. However often you speak, it sometimes feels as though you’re forgetting
                something. And visits often feel rushed, as though you don’t have enough
                time to truly catch up.

                Facebook Photos and Video applications are two of the best ways to easily
                and quickly share your life with your parents. Because you can upload
                photos so quickly, they can feel as though they were present at the <insert
                activity here>. Whether a dance, party, or concert, it’s as though you came
                home and immediately called to tell them about it.

                Additionally, Facebook creates the casual interactions that are so often miss-
                ing from a long-distance parentship. The How was your day? is reinstated
                by daily status updates. Good morning replaced with Poke. If you still don’t
                feel as though you’re actually home for a visit, you could add a game like
                Lexulous, an application that lets you play Scrabble with anyone (at any
                time) from anywhere in the world. It’s perhaps the best way to keep in touch
                with your parents.

                Your parents might want to keep their family separate from their Facebook
                friends, especially if they use it for networking or professional reasons.
                Respect your parents’ boundaries (as we advise them to respect yours in the
                next section), and all will be well.

      Keeping Up with the Kids
                If you’ve read much of this book, you know (from your authors’ gentle reas-
                surances) that everyone is welcome on Facebook and that Facebook is for
                everyone. If you happen to be the parent of a teenager, you may hear a
                    Chapter 17: Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely Impacts Lives                 301
     distinctly different story, something more along the lines of, “Stay out of my
     life!” followed by the sound of a slamming door.

     Well, Facebook is for everyone, and it can be a great way to keep up with
     your children when they go away to college and beyond. Our parents love the
     ability to look at our photos, Poke us when we haven’t called, and say things
     like, “Your status said that you’re stressed. Is everything okay?” If you’re
     looking to be friends with your child on Facebook, here are some tips:

       ✓ Respect their boundaries. At some ages, kids just don’t want their par-
         ents to have access to their social life. Don’t be hurt if your child doesn’t
         accept your friend request or doesn’t let you see all of her info. Like all
         relationships on Facebook, share what you’re comfortable with, and
         your kids can share what they’re comfortable with.
       ✓ Don’t friend all of their friends unless given permission. As funny as it
         can be to say, “See? Johnny thinks it’s cool that I’m on Facebook,” this
         can also be really irritating and breaks Rule 1: Respect boundaries.
       ✓ Have your own social life. Yes, Facebook can be a great way to feel
         connected with your child at any distance, but use Facebook to connect
         with your own friends and share content with everyone — friend and
         family alike.
       ✓ Don’t worry too much. Yes, you might see some parts of your child that
         you didn’t know about. Just as you’re a wonderful, multifaceted human
         (as represented by your Profile), so too is your child. Get excited that
         you’re getting to know the person you helped shape.

     Assuming that your child accepts your friend request, start keeping up. It’s
     easy to check her Wall if you haven’t heard from her in a few days, weeks, or
     months. A simple status like Carolyn is writing Facebook For Dummies all the
     time can explain a lot of lost phone time. (Sorry, mom and dad!)

Facebooking for Food (or Jobs)
     If you’ve ever found yourself job hunting, you probably are acquainted with
     the real-world version of networking. You ask friends for their friends’ num-
     bers and job titles; you take people out to coffee; you go on interviews; you
     decide whether the company is right for you; you repeat the whole process.

     Although finding the right job hasn’t gotten any easier with Facebook, a lot of
     the intermediate steps have. Asking your friends for their friends’ info is as
     easy as writing a note. Better yet, scan through your friends’ networks to see
     whether any of them are working at companies that interest you. After you
302   Part V: The Part of Tens

                receive some names, send them a Facebook message (or e-mail, whichever is
                most appropriate) to set up the requisite “informational coffee date.”

                After interviewing, a great way to get information about a company is to talk
                to people who work there. Use Find Coworkers to search people who’ve
                listed that company in their Profiles.

                The only caveat to this approach is that you’re now using Facebook to rep-
                resent a professional portion of your life. If you contact people via Facebook
                and they feel a little uncomfortable with the content in your Profile, whether
                that’s your Profile picture, a recent status that can be easily misinterpreted,
                or a Wall post from a friend that reveals just a little too much information, it
                could make a bad first impression — just as if you’d shown up to the interview
                in torn jeans and the shirt you slept in. As a well-educated user of Facebook
                (because you have read all previous 16 chapters without just skipping directly
                to this one, right?), you’re well aware of the myriad privacy settings that
                enable you to tailor what different parties see and don’t see. However, if any-
                thing on your Profile might be particularly misunderstood, simply hide it until
                you sign your offer letter.

      Goin’ to the Chapel
                A small bit of Facebook trivia: There has, in many circles, arisen the idea
                of Facebook Official (FBO) — the act of moving from single to in a relation-
                ship and listing the person that you’re in a relationship with on your Profile.
                For any fledgling couple, this is a big deal for their personal lives; however,
                becoming Facebook Official also serves notice to friends and anyone who
                happens upon one’s Profile: I’m taken.

                Because of this relationship function, Facebook has become the fastest way
                to spread a wedding announcement to extended friend groups. Of course,
                people still call their parents and their closest friends, but everyone can
                find out and share in the happiness via News Feed. Congratulatory Wall
                posts ensue, as do copious numbers of photos with the ring tagged front and

                Once the wedding has taken place, Facebook becomes a wonderland of vir-
                tual congratulations as well as photos of the big day (see Figure 17-1). And in
                case anyone missed it, they can share in the after-party online.
                               Chapter 17: Ten Ways Facebook Uniquely Impacts Lives                303

Figure 17-1:
   Leah and
Carolyn at a

Hey, Facebook Me!
               Before Facebook, in both romantic and platonic contexts, it was hard to get
               from “Nice to meet you” to “Will you be my friend?” Now, the simple phrase,
               “Facebook Me!” expresses this sentiment and so much more. “Facebook Me!”
               can mean, get in touch, look me up, or I want you to know more about me but in
               a pressure-free way. It doesn’t mean take me to dinner, or let’s be best friends
               forever and ever. It’s simply a way to acknowledge a budding friendship.

               “Facebook Me!” can also be how good friends say, “Keep up with my life; I
               want you to know about it,” which acknowledges that people are busy and
               that it’s difficult to find time to see each other or talk on the phone. However,
               even when people are incredibly busy, a quick check on Facebook can make
               you feel connected again and secure that your friend is doing well.
304   Part V: The Part of Tens
                                   Chapter 18

       Ten Questions That Leah and
            Carolyn Get a Lot
In This Chapter
▶ Is my computer infected with a virus?
▶ How do I convince my friends to join Facebook?
▶ What if I don’t want everyone knowing my business?

           H      aving worked for Facebook, Leah and Carolyn often get an insider’s
                  look at the specific complications, confusions, and pain points people
           come across while using Facebook. At dinner parties, group functions,
           family events, or even walking across the street wearing a Facebook hoodie,
           someone always has a suggestion or a question about how to use the site.
           It’s understandable. Facebook is a complex and powerful tool with a ton of
           social nuances, much of which has yet to be standardized. Questions like
           “When should I send a Facebook message instead of an e-mail?” “When is it
           OK to request someone be my friend?” and “How do I turn down requests?”
           are popular questions for which there are no concrete answers because the
           social norms are still being formed. However, because your authors have
           heard a lot from friends, our families, and strangers about the experiences
           they’ve had on the site, we have been able to form some opinions about and
           recommendations for some of the fuzzier Facebook questions.

           What follows are the questions Leah and Carolyn hear most often from
           friends and family, often with strain in their voices or pain in their eyes. The
           goal of highlighting the more complicated questions is to save you the stress
           of encountering these issues yourself and wondering if you’re the only one
           who just doesn’t get it.

Is My Computer Infected with a Virus?
           A virus is such a total bummer, and if your computer is infected with one,
           you have our deepest, most sincere sympathies. But first, make sure you
           really have one. One of the main ways that people discover they’ve picked
306   Part V: The Part of Tens

                up a virus through Facebook is when a friend receives a message from them
                that looks like spam. If this situation happens to you, your first step should
                be to change your password by clicking the Forgot Your Password link from
                the log-in page, or going to Account settings. Often, viruses hack an account
                and change the associated e-mail address or password to take control. If you
                can’t change your password, that’s probably what happened. If that’s the
                case, contact Facebook customer support immediately by clicking the Help
                link and searching for “hacked” for related questions and answers. Finally,
                you should run a virus scan of your computer to help remove any malware
                that might have ended up on your computer as a result.

                Much more information about Facebook-related viruses can be found at www.
                facebook.com/security. You’ll find recommended virus scanners, steps
                for fixing problems, and information about any new viruses as they crop up.
                By liking the Facebook security page, you can get information in your News
                Feed from the Facebook security team, which can help keep you on the
                lookout for any suspicious-looking links. That, in turn, brings us to the most
                important reminder about viruses.

                The best way to deal with a virus is not to get it in the first place. The best way
                to not get a virus on Facebook is this: Don’t click on any links you don’t trust.
                When a friend sends you a link through a message or a Wall post, make sure
                that the friend’s message is significantly personal to your relationship, such
                as “Hey, Mom, remember how we were talking about the singularity the other
                day? Check out this video.” If it’s impersonal, such as, “Hi! Check out this link,
                you’ll like it.” That’s a vague message that could easily be a virus in disguise.
                Second, check whether you recognize the domain name of the link. URLs for
                well-known sites such as www.youtube.com, www.facebook.com, www.
                flikr.com, and so on are likely legitimate. If you don’t recognize the URL,
                don’t click. Instead, write back to your friend and ask him if he meant to send
                you the message. If he did, no harm, no foul. If he didn’t, you’ve just alerted
                him that he has a virus, and you should tell him about the Facebook security
                page and recommend a good virus scanner.

      Do People Know When
      I Look at Their Profiles?
                No. No. And oh, yeah, no. When people see stories about their friends pop
                up on their home page, they sometimes get a little anxious that this means
                Facebook is tracking everything everyone does and publishing it to everyone
                else. That’s not true. Consider two types of actions on Facebook: creating
                content and viewing it. Creating content means you’ve intentionally added
                something to Facebook for others to look at or read, such as uploading a
                photo or a video, writing a note, or posting a status. These types of actions
                are all publishable posts — that is, stories about them may end up on your
                 Chapter 18: Ten Questions That Leah and Carolyn Get a Lot                307
    Profile or in your friends’ News Feeds — although you have direct con-
    trol over who exactly gets to see these posts. The other type of action on
    Facebook is viewing content such as flipping through photos, watching a
    video, following a link, or viewing someone’s Profile. Unless someone is look-
    ing over your shoulder as you browse, these types of actions are strictly pri-
    vate. No one is ever directly notified about them, and no trace of the fact that
    you took that action is left on your Profile or in your friends’ News Feeds. So
    now you can check people out to your heart’s content.

I Have a Problem with My
Account — Can You Help Me?
    Carolyn and Leah frequently are asked to help fix the accounts of friends
    and friends of friends and friends of friends of friends of . . . well, you get the
    idea. Sometimes the problems are Facebook’s fault, and sometimes they are
    user error, but either way, you’ll be surprised to learn that, quite often, we
    can’t help fix most account problems. The main reason for this is that many
    account problems can be resolved only by employees with special access
    to the specific tool required to fix an account. Here are a few of the account
    questions we’ve received recently, and the answers given:

      ✓ I can’t remember my password. Can you reset it for me? Answer: No
        can do. Resetting a password requires a special tool — it also requires
        that an employee verifies you are who you say you are by verifying your
        answer to your security question. This prevents someone from pre-
        tending an account is hers and duping an employee into handing over
      ✓ My account got deactivated because it said I was sending too many
        messages. Why? Can you fix it? Answer: Leah recently had this happen
        to two friends, one who was using his account to promote his music
        career, and one who was distributing his poetry to many, many friends
        through messages. This is Facebook spam detection at work. When an
        account starts sending a lot of messages in quick succession, especially
        when those messages contain links, this looks a lot like spam to the
        system. In most cases, the person is warned first, but if the behavior
        continues, his account is disabled. The only way to have this action
        reversed is to write in through the Help pages and request reactivation.
        To write in, click on Help Center at the lower-left of any Facebook Page.
        Look for a FAQ titled My Account Is Disabled from the Site, and follow
        the instructions for requesting reactivation. This can sometimes take
        several days.
      ✓ I changed my name to a fake one as a joke, and now I can’t change
        it back, can you do it for me? Again, a special tool is required. Click
        the Help Center link at the bottom of any Facebook Page, and search
308   Part V: The Part of Tens

                     for Name Change. The first FAQ gives you directions and a link to write
                     in and request a name change. These requests may take up to a week
                     to fulfill. This example also serves as a heads-up to everyone else.
                     Facebook allows only one name change before requiring people to write
                     in and get permission for a change. This requirement preserves the
                     authenticity of the accounts. During the 2008 U.S. presidential election,
                     many Facebook users added the middle name “Hussein” to show their
                     support of Barack Hussein Obama. The fact that you still see so many at
                     the site with this name reflects the fact that people used up their name
                     changes and can’t change them back without writing in.

      What Do I Do with Friend Requests I
      Don’t Want to Accept?
                This is a tough question. As far as we know, there isn’t exactly a social con-
                vention for this yet, so the answer to this question is pretty personal. Just
                know that there are a number of actions you can take:

                  ✓ Many people just leave the request sitting there forever. Carolyn
                    and Leah don’t recommend this action because it just clutters up your
                    account — it’s better to make a decision.
                  ✓ Click Ignore. This is Leah’s favorite option. Although people are never
                    directly notified that you’ve rejected their request, they may notice
                    later that you’re not friends and make the correct inference you did not
                    accept. If you do ignore a request, you also need to prepare your follow-
                    up if she asks you about why you ignored her request. Because there
                    is no social convention for this situation just yet, most responses work
                    well here, such as “I’m sorry, I like to keep my friend list down to only
                    my closest friends,” or “It’s OK. I don’t use Facebook often anyway.” You
                    can try “Weird, Facebook must have messed up, I don’t think I got it,”
                    but then you’ll have to accept her request when she likely tries again.
                  ✓ If you don’t want to accept because you don’t want that person
                    having access to your Profile, we recommend adding him to a special
                    restricted Friend List (see Chapter 5). You can go into your Privacy set-
                    tings and exclude that friend list from seeing any parts of your profile.
                    Then anyone you add to that list will be restricted. In this way, you can
                    accept the friend request without giving up access to your Profile.
                  ✓ If you don’t want to accept because you don’t want to read about that
                    person in your News Feed, no problem! Simply hit Accept. The first
                    time she shows up in News Feed, hit the Hide button at the upper-right
                    of the story. This action removes her from your News Feed for good
                    until you choose to add her back.
                 Chapter 18: Ten Questions That Leah and Carolyn Get a Lot             309
What’s the Difference between Facebook,
MySpace, Twitter, and LinkedIn?
     It’s likely there are graduate students across the globe writing theses on this
     particular topic. Needless to say, it’s a tough question to answer in a para-
     graph or casual conversation, so anything you read here is a gross general-
     ization and subject to opinion:

       ✓ MySpace has its origins as a tool for local bands to promote their
         music. Because many people love music, many people flocked to
         MySpace (www.myspace.com) in order to connect with their favorite
         musical artists. A key rule of advertising is to go where the people are,
         and because so many people were going to MySpace, other businesses
         and celebrities got involved to garner public attention as well. To this
         day, MySpace is still oriented toward the relationships between people
         and media and people and celebrities. The site is designed in a way to
         make it maximally easy for popular figures to achieve wide distribution
         and large audiences, or even for everyday Janes and Joes to become
         popular figures.
       ✓ LinkedIn is a tool geared to help people connect primarily for busi-
         ness purposes. LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com) users try to connect
         with as many people as they can so that if and when they need a new job
         or they’re looking for someone to hire, they can flip through a vast net-
         work of friends and friends of friends to find a reliable lead. People can
         write and request letters of recommendation for one another, and often
         recruiters reach out to LinkedIn users whether they’re actively looking
         for a job or not.
       ✓ Twitter allows people to engage in real-time sharing. Whenever a
         Twitter member has something interesting to share, he blasts out some
         text, 140 characters or less, that everyone who is “following” him has
         the option to see. What differentiates Twitter (www.twitter.com)
         from Facebook is its extreme simplicity and single focus on real-time
         exchange of ideas. Facebook is a place where you build longstanding
         relationships with people; you have access to their static content like
         their phone numbers and photos; you can message them privately or
         interact with them through groups and events. Twitter is a place where
         your friends (and anyone else) find out the information you’re sharing at
         any given time, and vice versa. Popular uses of Twitter are link sharing
         for interesting Web sites and news, short opinions about current events,
         and enabling people to meet up when two people are out and about at
         the same time.
310   Part V: The Part of Tens

      I Keep Getting Invites for Those App
      Thingies — Should I Accept Them?
                Here’s how your authors would handle this situation: Accept the invitation
                if the app invite is from a company or Web site you already use and like or if
                you’ve heard personal accounts from friends that a particular application is
                worth trying out. Ignore the rest. Your friends won’t be offended, or if they
                are and ask you about it later, you can just tell them you weren’t sure what it
                was. (It’s easy to play dumb when you have a copy of Facebook For Dummies
                sitting on your shelf.) Leah personally uses only two or three applications
                and has probably ignored 30 or 40 requests. The whole notion of applications
                on Facebook is still a bit of a work in progress — one day, we expect that
                we’ll find more worthwhile applications we can accept, but for now, feel free
                not to accept anything that confuses you.

      How Do I Convince My Friends
      to Join Facebook?
                One sneak attack we don’t recommend is creating a fake account for your
                friend and interacting with his friends on his behalf. This is against the Terms
                of Use, but we’ve seen it be highly effective in convincing a hapless victim
                to come take the reins on an account that’s out there acting on his behalf.
                Careful with that strategy if you want to retain your friendship.

                Other methods involve showing (rather than telling) your friend the value
                by sending him links to the photos you post on Facebook, putting his e-mail
                address on the invite of event and group invitations, or even sending him
                links and messages (again, by putting his e-mail address on the To line) from
                the Facebook Inbox.

                You can tell her anecdotally the ways in which Facebook has enriched your
                life. Maybe you’re interacting with your kids more, you’re keeping in touch
                with friends you thought were lost, or you have a place to put your thoughts
                and photos where your friends might actually see them. You can let her look
                over your shoulder as you use the site so that she can see the experience
                herself — ask her questions about whether there’s anyone in particular she’d
                like to look up. The more information she sees about the people she cares
                about, the more likely she is to take the next step.

                One common complaint from people who haven’t joined the site is that
                they “don’t have time for yet another computer thing.” To this concern, one
                common response is that Facebook is an efficiency tool that often saves a
                person time compared to using old-school methods. Messaging can often
                  Chapter 18: Ten Questions That Leah and Carolyn Get a Lot                311
     replace e-mail, and events are easier to coordinate over Facebook. Sharing
     phone numbers is easier. Sending and receiving links is easier. Finding rides
     to the airport, restaurant recommendations, and who is heading to the park
     on Saturday are all faster and easier than trying to use e-mail, phone, or other
     methods of communication.

     Finally, for some people, it’s just not their time. No matter what you say, they’ll
     stick their fingers in their ears and sing la-la-la until you start talking about
     sports or the weather or the circus coming to town next week. You can’t force
     them to Facebook; you have to let Facebook come to them. Over the years,
     Carolyn and Leah have watched many a nonbeliever eventually cross over and
     discover the value. Patience may be your only weapon for these diehards.

What if I Don’t Want Everyone
Knowing My Business?
     To those who ask that question and don’t have time to read Chapter 5 of
     this book, which goes into great detail about how to be a private person on
     Facebook, we simply try to impart the following message: You can be an
     extremely private person and still derive nearly all the same value out of
     Facebook as anyone else. All you have to do is learn how to use the Privacy
     control and lock down all your information and access to your Profile, ensur-
     ing that only those you trust can see your info. From there, you can interact
     in all the same ways as anyone else without feeling like your privacy is being

     Note: Besides learning the Privacy settings and taking the initial time to
     adjust yours until they feel just right, you will have to do a little extra work to
     be private on Facebook and still derive comparable value. You’ll likely have
     to put in extra effort connecting with friends, because the more locked-down
     your information is, the harder you make it for not-yet-Facebook-friends to
     find your Profile, and the harder it is for your friends to find you, identify you,
     and connect with you. As long as you’re willing to do the work of seeking out
     your friends and connecting with them, however, your experience should be
     nearly identical with everyone else’s.

I Heard Facebook Owns Everything
I Put on its Site — True?
     In a legal sense, yes. You also own everything you put on Facebook, and
     whenever you delete any of your content, it will be deleted by Facebook.
     What Facebook doesn’t own (but you do) is the right to transfer ownership of
312   Part V: The Part of Tens

                any of your content to anyone else. So it’s completely illegal for anyone else
                to take your content from Facebook and use it for their own or any commer-
                cial use. In early 2009, many Facebook users banded together to express con-
                cern about this legal stipulation (which exists for any site you upload content
                to, by the way). In response, Facebook published a statement of rights and
                responsibilities that makes a commitment about what Facebook will and
                won’t do with your information. These commitments were voted on by every
                Facebook user who chose to participate, and the commitments govern the
                company’s use of any material you add to the site. Read about these rights
                and responsibilities in greater detail at www.facebook.com/terms.

      Does Facebook Have a Feature That Lets
      Me Lock Myself Out for a Few Hours?
                Short answer: not really.

                Long answer: Many people do deactivate their accounts, their reason being
                “I spend too much time using Facebook.” The benefit of such an action is that
                you’re guaranteed not to get notifications about messages, picture tags, Wall
                posts, or anything else. The downside is that it will cause a lot of confusion
                among your friends who suddenly can’t message you, tag you, or write on
                your Wall. If they have your e-mail address, they’re likely to bug you anyway
                to ask why you disappeared from Facebook.

                The reason it’s not a real solution is because all you have to do to reactivate
                at any time is to enter your password (just like signing in), and you’re com-
                pletely back to normal. So if you’re remotely curious how your social group
                has evolved without you, you might have trouble truly staying away. Which
                brings us to our next suggestion: Have some self-control. Just like many good
                things in life, the key to keeping them good is moderation. French fries are
                delicious, but too many give you a tummy ache. Dancing is a blast ’til your
                feet are full of blisters. Television is educational and entertaining until it’s 3
                a.m., you’re watching your fifth infomercial, you forgot to feed the cat and
                put out the trash, and you find yourself wondering what life is all about.
                Facebook is no different. It’s a brilliant utility when used to make your life
                easier and your social interactions richer. When you find yourself flipping
                through two-year-old vacation photos of a friend of a friend of a friend of a
                friend, it’s time to blink a few times, step away from the mouse, and go out
                for ice cream, or dancing, or whatever else it is that gives you joy.
                                     Chapter 19

            Ten True Facebook Tales
In This Chapter
▶ Finding true love, a baby, a parent
▶ Facing down terrorists
▶ Electing a president

            W        e hope we’ve impressed upon you all of the awesome ways Facebook
                     can impact your life and how you communicate and share with your
            friends, but you may still think we’re pretty far from the truth. However, truth
            is indeed stranger than fiction, and trust us, there are endless possibilities for
            what Facebook might wind up meaning to you. If you’re still skeptical, take
            the following true tales as our proof, although by all means, imagine us with
            flashlights below our chins as we tell them.

            If you’re looking for more stories like these, pay attention to your local news
            or even national news. More and more, Facebook gets referenced as a source,
            a cause, or the news itself. Also, poll your friends. Chances are many of them
            have their own true tales about finding a long-lost friend, reconnecting with
            an estranged family member, or improving a strained relationship through

I’m Kelly — I’m Kelly, Too
            According to ABC News (www.abcnews.com), Florida resident Kelly
            Hilderbrandt (woman) was curious who else in the world shared her exact
            same name. She went on to Facebook and searched for it. She found exactly
            one match: Kelly Hilderbrandt (man), living in Texas at the time.

            According to she-Kelly, he-Kelly’s Profile picture was rather attractive, so she
            sent him a message, and they began a long-distance friendship. Eventually,
            they decided to meet in person, and their long-distance friendship blossomed
            into a romance, and eventually, an accepted marriage proposal.
314   Part V: The Part of Tens

                If you’re single, running out of options, and have a first name that could be
                shared by someone of the gender you prefer to date . . . just know, it might
                work for you, too.

      One Million Voices
                If you ever doubted the ability of one person to make a difference, we encour-
                age you to read more about Oscar Morales, the creator of a Facebook group
                called “Un Millon de voces contra las FARC.” FARC is a terrorist organiza-
                tion in Colombia that is said to have taken more than 700 hostages. Oscar
                Morales at first intended just to start a Facebook group, but as it quickly
                grew (according to the BBC, 250,000 users quickly signed up), it soon became
                a full-fledged, worldwide demonstration.

                As reported in the BBC, in more than 100 cities worldwide, between 500,000
                and 2 million people showed up to march in a demonstration. They wore the
                group’s slogan, which roughly translates to: “No more kidnapping, no more
                lies, no more deaths, no more FARC.”

                Although it’s unclear what the lasting effect of such a demonstration will
                have on its targets, what is clear is that one person can reach thousands
                upon thousands of other people. The little diagrams of a completely intercon-
                nected world aren’t just the stuff of airline magazines; it can happen.

      Facing Autism
                Barbara Fischkin wrote her story for Facebook as part of Autism Awareness
                Month. The story was published on the Facebook blog in April 2009. Her son,
                Dan Fischkin, 21, suffers from a severe form of adult autism. Due to his condi-
                tion, he had formed very few social connections throughout his life.

                His mother once blogged about her son’s condition, and a woman with a
                high-functioning form of the same type of autism reached out to Ms. Fischkin
                and asked to connect with Dan on Facebook. Due to the specific nature of
                Dan’s autism, Facebook turned out to be a much more comfortable way for
                him to interact with people. It offers lots of pictures, brief text exchanges,
                and most importantly, the ability to meet people from all over who under-
                stand, from personal experience, what Dan is going through. Through this
                first friendship, and a group of Facebook members with a similar form of
                autism, Dan’s social group grew.
                                         Chapter 19: Ten True Facebook Tales          315
     After a number of months on the site, Dan developed a rich social life, con-
     sisting of more than 150 online friends. His mother expresses how watching
     him interact with friends has taught her much about his social interactions.

Bringing Home Baby
     John and Molly Connelly had been looking to adopt a baby for a long time, and
     they had been through the wringer already. Birth mothers had backed out on
     them, they’d had trouble with an agency they were using, but they pressed on,
     deciding to start marketing themselves as parents. They created a Web site
     and a Facebook group in 2009 called “John and Molly looking to adopt.” When
     Valerie, a woman looking for a good home for her soon-to-be-born child ran a
     search online for adoptions, John and Molly’s group came up.

     Valerie was able to get to know John and Molly through their group, their
     Profiles, and their friends. She agreed to have them adopt her child, and sure
     enough, in January 2010, John and Molly were able to update their Facebook
     supporters with good news: They had a son.

Twenty-Year Reunion
     As reported on Canada.com, a mother who had given her son up for adoption
     when she was only 17 later found him through Facebook. She described how
     she’d wanted to find him her whole adult life, but the nature of the adoption
     records left her clueless because all she had was a name.

     Eventually, a friend recommended that she try to find him on Facebook,
     where she could look him up by name, and also see a picture that might give
     her some clue. According to mom, a number of results matched her son’s
     name, but one picture gave him away. She sent him a message tentatively
     asking about his identity. He, knowing right away that this was the birth
     mother he’d also been wanting to meet, wrote right back. His adoptive family
     was supportive of their reunion, and the two have grown very close since
     their first meeting.

Activism Like an Egyptian
     As Facebook spreads across the world, people within every country can
     be more connected and more organized. This was the case in Egypt, where
316   Part V: The Part of Tens

                Facebook was widely used to coordinate political dissent and activism like
                marches, protests, and boycotts. In particular, a group of Facebook activists
                called for one nationwide strike in May 2008 to protest the rising prices of
                food and other basic commodities. As reported by The Wall Street Journal,
                Facebook activists were detained by the government. Their imprisonment,
                including that of Esraa Abdel Fattah, was protested on Facebook as well.

                The story of activists being arrested by their own government is never a
                happy one to tell. But the fact is that in this case, such an act was not quietly
                hushed up; her arrest was not a secret act. Rather, it drew more notice to
                the cause, and they could not be silenced. The fact that so many young people
                (indeed, people of all ages) had a forum with which to connect — that they
                could do more than pass out fliers or mark money to let people know about
                protests and events — speaks volumes about the future of all nations.

      Kids with Compassion
                As a freshman in high school, Brett Bassock wanted to do something for
                his grandmother, Elaine Fox, who suffered from Parkinson’s. He started a
                group on Facebook, pledging to donate 17 cents to Parkinson’s research for
                each member who joined. Elsewhere in the world, Michael J. Fox, the actor
                who has been living with Parkinson’s for much of his adult life and has a
                Parkinson’s Research foundation named after him, caught wind of the group.
                Actor Fox offered to sponsor the 17 cents himself in Grandma Fox’s name.

                At the time of reporting, the group had more than 6,000 members. At that
                time, Brett brainstormed other ways he could raise funds in honor of his
                grandmother. He started a Web site to organize walks for Parkinson’s as well
                as brainstorming how to organize other events. Today, nearly 900 groups on
                Facebook organize people interested in Parkinson’s Research. The Michael J.
                Fox Foundation has nearly 15,000 members.

                Robyn Doolittle of the Toronto Star interviewed 13-year-old David Robertson
                about his use of Facebook for fundraising. At his fifth-grade birthday party,
                he asked his friends to donate money to the Santa Claus Fund, a drive put
                on by the Toronto Star that collects money to buy needy children gifts at
                Christmas. David raised $500 from people he knew, so he decided to expand
                his efforts to include people he didn’t know. He started a group, pledging to
                give $1 to the fund for every person who joined his group. In a short time, his
                group had 120 members. It’s a modest number, but probably a manageable
                amount when the chief donor makes his money through household chores.

                Tons of causes on Facebook raise money and attention this way. It’s an
                important way that charities can be brought to people’s attention.
                                                    Chapter 19: Ten True Facebook Tales          317
Virtual Support Network
               In 2007, monk-led protests in Myanmar led to a massive crackdown on such
               demonstrations by the ruling junta. The junta tried to restrict images of their
               actions from leaking to the outside world, but with the Internet and Facebook
               chugging along, that effort proved to be impossible.

               As reported by the Associated Press, the Facebook group, “Support the
               Monks’ Protest in Burma,” grew to more than 100,000 members in about
               ten days. Although it was started by someone in Britain, the group became
               a storage area for reports of what was happening from within Myanmar.
               Citizens posted photos, videos, and observations — the showdown couldn’t
               be hidden from the outside world. Although the international connections
               couldn’t physically support the monks and people of Myanmar, they could
               provide the global attention required to bring such showdowns to slightly
               better conclusions.

From a Skinny Kid to President
               Now, we know the 2008 presidential election got almost no press coverage.
               The whole thing was a foregone conclusion, with almost no heat in the pri-
               maries, and certainly no voter interest in the general election. (Did we lay it
               on thick enough? We’re just joshing you . . .) Well, if you can handle one more
               interesting look into how the presidency was won, regardless of your own
               personal vote, you need look no further than Facebook. As reported in The
               Washington Post about a month after Barack Obama’s win, it turned out the
               president-elect had a massive following on Facebook (see Figure 19-1).

Figure 19-1:
318   Part V: The Part of Tens

                With more than 3.2 million listed supporters, Barack Obama was able to use
                the page he had created to drive traffic, organize rallies, and collect dona-
                tions. He distributed content from the campaign trail on his page, and his
                supporters were able to interact with his team (and a little bit with him)
                directly. No one’s saying that he couldn’t have won the presidency with-
                out Facebook, but Facebook is one of many technologies that changed the
                way politicians campaign. Across the world, politicians can be found on
                Facebook, connecting with their constituents and trying to keep their jobs.
                                            Administrators. See Event administrator;
•A•                                             Group administrator; Page
abortion, 172                                   administrator
About (tab), 216                            adoption, 26, 300, 315
About Facebook link (Footer), 50            advertising
About Me section, 93                         attention from, getting, 275–277
Abram, Carolyn (author), 27                  business promotion and, 16–17
Access My Profile information (link), 238    campaigns and pricing, 284–286
Access My Public Information (link), 237     controlling spam, 289–290
Account. See also Event administrator;       creating, 279–281
    Group administrator                      engagement units, 277
 administrative actions, 43–44               on Facebook, 23, 208
 applications settings, 254–256              Facebook rules, 278
 deactivation, 17–19, 308, 312               Home page links to, 49
 dealing with problems, 307–308              managing, 287–289
 Events, 187                                 promoting your Page, 222–223
 flagging, 149                               removal of Groups for, 172
 navigating to settings, 43                  reviewing, 286–287
 Page, signing up for, 207                   social actions, 277–278
 Page Manager, 210                           social ads, 277
 Privacy Settings, 71–79                     targeting, 281–284
 Profile, signing up for, 29–31             Advertising link (Footer), 50
 removal of offenders, 67                   age. See Birthdays
 social plugin, signing up for, 243–245     age restrictions
 verification, 37–39                         advertising, 282
Action links. See also dashboard             am I too old?, 31
 Events, 186                                 am I too young?, 1, 18
 Fan Page, 199                               keeping in touch with students, 297–298
 Groups, 167                                 Page, 219
 Inbox, 147                                  protecting minors, 82
 Profile, 96–97                             AIM (AOL Instant Messenger), 59–60
active users, defined, 27                   albums. See Photo albums
activism                                    Allow (application prompt), 121
 combating terrorism, 314                   Allow Admins (prompt), 176
 global support of, 317                     Amazon (web site), 296
 political dissent, 315–316                 answering Questions, 126
activity partners                           Application Directory, 218–219
 finding, 24                                Application Fan Page, 254–256
 as friends, 52                             Applications. See also Facebook Platform
Add <Name> as a Friend, 96–97                account settings, 44, 254–256
Add More (link), 127                         action links, 239
Add Photos (link), 159                       adding tabs for, 216
Add to My Page (link), 218                   common features, 118
                                             creating, 15–16
320   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      Applications (continued)                       Privacy Settings, 71–74
       dashboards and bookmarks,                     public information, 237
          48, 239–240, 251–252                      basic information
       default settings, 47–48, 215                  Events, 185–187
       Events, 183–184                               Fan Page, 198–199
       Fan Page, 198–199                             Groups, 166, 167, 173–175
       Groups, 164–165                               Page, 212
       Home page link to, 47–48                      Profile, 93
       invitations, 242, 310                        Bassock, Brett (student), 316
       More Applications box, 218–219               Beatles Fans Around the World (Group),
       Notes, 134                                       164–165, 166, 168
       Page, 215–219                                Bebo (social networking site), 19
       Photos and Videos, 118–119                   best practices, applications, 258
       photo-sharing, 89, 118, 235                  BFF (best friends forever), 52
       privacy controls, 75–79, 103, 118, 256–257   Big Events, creating, 189–192
       privacy protection, 218                      Bio box (Profile), 97
       Profile boxes, 98–99                         biographical information. See basic
       reporting inappropriate content, 80–81           information
       Reviews, 216, 218                            birth families, finding, 26, 300, 315
       social plugin, 243                           Birthdays
       third-party, 235, 258, 293–296                default settings, 105
       touch screen devices, 250–251, 272–273        as Events, 185
       trustworthy, 253                              on Facebook Mobile, 269
       Windows as platform for, 234                  hiding, 30, 159
      Applications Settings (page), 254–256          Home page link to, 46
      Approve (application prompt), 121              notification, 91
      Ask a Question (link), 89, 126, 159            privacy controls, 76, 104–105, 256
      assumptions about you, 2                       signing up for an account, 30
      attachment options                             using Groupcard, 294
       messages, 144                                 Wall posts, 99, 159
       Page Updates, 226–227                        Blockbuster (Page), 217, 243
      attendance status (Events), 185               Blocking/block list
      audience engagement. See also advertising;     applications, 257
          business promotion                         privacy controls, 76–78, 103
       about using Facebook for, 1–2                blogging. See Notes
       creating a Page for, 205                     blue navigation bar
       user statistics, 210, 227–229                 bottom of the page, 49–50
      authentication, identity, 37–39                top of the page, 41–44
      Autism Awareness Month, 314–315               bookmarklet, 152
      autocomplete, 93                              bookmarks
                                                     applications, 47–48, 240, 255–256
      •B•                                            Facebook Mobile, 269
                                                     sharing, 152
      Barack Obama (Page), 317–318                  Boxes tab (Profile)
      Basic Directory Information                    about, 34
       biographical information, 92–94               Action links, 96–97
       Preview My Profile, 73                        adding applications, 240–242
                                                                               Index   321
 Applications, 98–99                         finding friends with, 59–60
 an “at-a-glance” look at you, 36            options, 155
 Bio box, 97                                 Pop In/Pop Out option, 154–155
 Friends box, 97–98                          sending flirting messages, 22–23
 Profile picture, 96                        Choose a Thumbnail (link), 150
browser. See Web browser                    Chrome web browser, 152
Building Facebook Applications for          city of residence
Dummies (Wagner), 233                        Friend List, 64
business Profiles, 205                       Groups, 175
business promotion. See also advertising;    privacy controls, 73
    Fan Page; Page                           setting up your Profile, 32
 applications, 250                          classmate search, 61–62
 becoming a fan, 24                         Clicks and Impressions, 286, 288–289
 categories of Profiles, 205                closed Groups, 167, 169, 177
 creating a Page, 99, 201–202, 207–210      college networks, 19–20, 21, 27,
 LinkedIn, 19, 309                               31–33, 37, 61–62
 targeted advertising, 16–17                Comment box, 246–247
 Wall posts, 108–109                        comments
buying merchandise, 294                      notification of, 139
                                             on photos and videos, 131
•C•                                          on posts/posting, 118
                                             as public communication, 160
campaigns, advertising, 284–286              social plugins for, 245–246
Canada, 28, 265, 315                         on status updates, 88
CAPTCHA (security check)                    communicating. See also public
 confirmation of account, 30                     communications
 identify verification, 37–39                all about Facebook for, 1–2, 141
 preventing spam, 82                         Chat feature, 152–155
captions (photos), 128                       Comments, 160
Careers link (Footer), 50                    “Facebook Me!”, 303
Carpool by Zimride (application), 295–296    finding people, 13–14, 298–300
category/type                                keeping in touch with family, 300–301
 business, 205, 210                          keeping in touch with people, 297–298
 Events, 186                                 messages, 142–149
 Groups, 166, 169, 174                       Notifications, 156–157
Causes (application), 237–243                Poke feature, 155
celebrity connections                        Publisher, 160
 joining Groups, 164–165                     Requests, 156
 MySpace, 19, 309                            Share feature, 149–152
 Pages for, 206                              using a Page for, 203–204
 using Suggestions for, 13                   Wall posts, 158–160
cell phones. See Facebook Mobile; mobile    Community Page, 199–200
     phones; texting/text messages          computer platform, 234–235
censorship, 18–19                           computer viruses, 67, 82, 305–306
Change Picture link (Profile), 96           confirmation of account, 30–31
charitable causes, 316                      Connect Web sites, 243–250
Chat                                        Connelly, John and Molly (adoptive
 components, 153–155                             parents), 315
 Facebook links to, 48, 152
322   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      contact information                     deactivation, account, 17–19, 308, 312
       default settings, 34, 74, 104          default settings
       Groups, 166                             albums and videos, 133
       Page, 212                               Applications, 47–48, 254
       privacy controls, 94, 104               Birthdays, 105
       Profile, 35                             contact information, 34, 74, 104
      contacts                                 Events, 190
       advertising targeted to, 283            Groups, 172, 176
       friends as, 52                          News Feed, 111
       importing e-mail addresses of, 58–59    Page, 210, 214–215
       sending friend requests to, 56–58       privacy controls, 71–72
      content ownership, 311–312               Profile, 36–37, 96–97
      conventions, Dummies, 2–3                Wall posts, 109, 169
      copyrighted materials, 18–19            Delete (albums, link), 127
      costs                                   demographics
       advertising, 208, 284–289               families and friends, 24–26
       Facebook Page, 202                      interest groups, 26–27
       Facebook payment plan, 10               international expansion, 28
       Sponsors help to cover, 49              life after being a student, 23–24
       text messaging fees, 220, 265           student, 19–23
      country                                  target audience, 281–284
       Page restrictions, 219                  too old for Facebook?, 31
       user statistics, 229                    too young for Facebook?, 1, 18
      coworker search, 62–63                   user statistics, 227–229
      Craigslist, 294                          workplace networks, 24
      Create an Album (option), 120–123       desktop application, 250
      credits balance, 44                     desktop e-mail client, 58
      cropping (photos), 127                  Developers link (Footer), 50
      CTR (click-through rate), 288–289       Digg (application), 295
      Custom Privacy settings                 Discography (application), 218
       limiting visibility with, 70–71        Discussion Board
       options, 102–103                        enabling, 176
       photos and videos, 132–134              Groups, 166, 167, 169, 182
                                               notification of a reply, 157
      •D•                                      Page, 217, 225
                                              Dogbook (application), 236
      dashboard                               Doolittle, Robyn (newspaper reporter), 316
       applications, 239, 251–252             drawing pictures (application), 295
       Events, 183–184, 190                   drugs, illicit use of, 172
       games, 47, 76, 252
       Groups, 173
       music, 294
       Notes, 136                             Edit Album, 127–130
       Photos, 119–120                        Edit Info (albums, link), 127
       privacy controls, 256–257              Edit My Profile, 46, 96–97
       Questions, 126                         Edit Photos (link), 127
      date of birth. See Birthdays            Edit Thumbnail, 96
      dating site, Facebook as, 93, 148,      Edit Video (link), 130–131
          298–299, 313–314
                                                                                Index   323
editing                                     Page, 217, 225
 Events, 194–195                            privacy controls, 186
 Page, 211                                 Everyone
 Photos, 126–130                            access to public information, 237
 Videos, 130–131                            photo and video privacy, 132–134
Education and Work                          privacy options, 68, 102–103
 advertising targeted to, 283–284          exploring topics (Questions), 126
 classmate search, 61–62
 coworker search, 62–63
 history, 36                               •F•
 importance of including, 94               face books, 27
 privacy controls, 73                      Facebook. See also Sharing on Facebook
 Profile tab, 35                             account deactivation, 17–19
Egypt, 315–316                               account settings, 43–44
e-mail addresses                             advertising, 208
 finding friends using, 13, 55–58            am I too old?, 31
 Groups, 174                                 am I too young?, 1, 18
 identity verification, 37–39                birth of, 27
 importing to Friend Finder, 58–59           comparison of Pages, Profiles, and
 network authentication, 33                     Groups, 203–204
 privacy controls, 94                        comparison to networking sites, 309
 signing up for an account, 29–31, 207       content ownership, 311–312
 uploading photos and videos, 261–262        covering the costs of, 10, 49
e-mail messages                              deletion of Groups, 173
 Facebook compared to, 142–143               demographics, 21–27
 links to your Page, 223                     impacts on daily life, 297–303, 313–318
 subscribing to applications, 237–238        international expansion, 28
e-mail notifications, 157, 178, 182, 195     organizing life with, 9–10
employment, finding, 23, 301–302             questions asked about, 305–312
engagement units, 277                        rights and responsibilities, 311–312
estimated reach, advertising, 283–284        sharing with non-users, 134
etiquette. See rules, Facebook               vanity URL/username, 222–223
Event administrator, 187                     as verified network, 19–20
Event “crasher”, 189                       Facebook Insights, 227–229
Events. See also RSVP                      Facebook logo, 42, 46
 about using Facebook for, 15, 22          “Facebook Me!”, 303
 accessing the Home page, 46, 183–187      Facebook Mobile. See also mobile phones
 canceling/editing, 194–195                  connecting with, 49, 260
 creating, 189–196                           downloading to, 274
 default settings, 190                       Home page, 267–268
 example, 20                                 messaging via, 38–39
 on Facebook Mobile, 269                     Notes, 265
 finding, 188–189                            notifications, 265–266
 Groups, 168, 176, 182                       Photos, uploading to, 261–262
 guest list, 195–196                         real-time implications of, 53–54
 Home page reminder for, 48                  status updates, 220–221
 invitation reminders, 27                    texting, 262–265
 messaging guests, 195                       using touch screen devices, 272–273
 notification of, 196
324   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      Facebook Mobile (continued)                   FARC (Revolutionary Armed Forces of
        Wall posts, 264                                   Columbia), 314
        Web access, 266–272                         Fattah, Esraa Abdel (activist), 316
      Facebook Official, 35, 93, 302–303            Favorite Books, 99
      Facebook Platform. See also Applications      favorites. See also Likes and Interests
        application use outside, 243–250              privacy controls, 73
        application use within, 236, 239–243          Profile, 35
        availability to developers, 233             FBO. See Facebook Official
        best practices for developers, 258          filtering
        described, 234–235                            Events search, 188–189
        finding applications, 251–253                 finding and contacting friends, 23–24
        managing applications, 253–258                Friend List, 64–65
        other categories of applications, 250–251     Groups search, 170–171
        Request for Permission Page, 236–239          News Feed, 111, 112–113
      Facebook Plug-In, installation, 123             posts on friends’ Profiles, 88
      Facebook User Operations                        Search terms, 114–115
        evaluates inappropriate content, 81–82      Find Your Friends, 49
        investigates inappropriate use, 18          Firefox web browser, 137, 144, 152
      fake information                              Fischkin, Barbara (mother), 314–315
        be real and honest, 100–101                 Fischkin, Dan (autistic child), 314–315
        don’t use, 99                               flirting. See gossip and flirting
        privacy options, 106                        Footer (links), 49–50
      fake names/accounts                           foreign languages
        Name Change, 307–308                          <Language> link (Footer), 50
        reporting, 80–81                              translating Facebook to, 28
        signing up for an account, 29               forwarding messages, 143
        use for Pages, 209                          Fox, Elaine (grandmother), 316
        violation of Terms of Use, 17–18, 236       Fox, Michael J. (actor), 316
      fake profiles, 37–39                          Friend Finder
      family                                          adding friends by way of, 55–57
        being real and honest with, 100–102           classmate search, 61–62
        finding birth parents, 300                    coworker search, 62–63
        hiding information from, 25                   getting started with, 31
        keeping in touch with, 24–25, 300–301         importing addresses, 57–59
        Profile relationships, 35                     instant messaging with, 59–60
        using News Feed with, 110                     making connections with, 13
      Fan Page, 198–199. See also Page                quick-search, 63
      fans                                            Suggestions tool, 60–61
        business promotion, 24                      Friend List
        connecting to a Page, 222–223                 creating, 64–66
        friending a Page, 198–201                     editing, 43
        message links to Pages, 46                    Facebook Mobile access, 271–272
        posting to a Page, 214–215                    Home page link to, 47
        updating, 224–226                             housecleaning, 67
        user statistics, 227–229                      limiting visibility, 70–71
        Wall posts for, 108–109                       privacy controls, 73, 104
      FAQ. See also Questions                         restricted lists, 308
        application, 253                              using Chat, 153–154
        Facebook, 305–312                             using News Feed, 111
                                                                              Index   325
friend requests                         Friends Online, 153–155
  from family, 300–301                  Friends Only
  ignoring/not accepting, 308             photo and video privacy, 132–134
  notification of, 42                     privacy options, 69
  privacy controls, 72                  Friendster (social networking site), 19
  random requests, 54                   FrontierVille (game), 238, 240, 252
Friend Selector                         fundraising, 316
  Events, 186–187, 191
  Groups, 178–179
  for Pages, 222–223                    •G•
friends                                 games
  audience options, 68–69                account settings, 44
  average numbers of, 55, 112            applications, 236, 296
  being real and honest with, 100–102    dashboard, 252
  blind dates as, 298–299                Home page link to, 47
  blocking, 76–78                        privacy controls, 76, 256
  connecting with, 13–14, 49            Gawker (blog), 245
  convincing them to join, 310–311      gender
  counting, 249                          advertising targeted to, 282
  defined, 52                            hiding, 30, 72
  “Facebook Me!”, 303                    Page setting for, 219
  on Facebook Mobile, 264                privacy concerns, 72, 313–314
  family as, 300–301                     relationship status and, 93
  finding, 31, 48–49, 299–300            signing up for an account, 30
  Groups membership, 171                Get Connected, Home page link to, 49
  hiding from, 69, 71, 224              gifting
  Home page link to, 47                  account settings, 44
  ignoring requests, 308                 as flirting message, 22–23
  maintaining privacy, 53                notification of, 42
  as members of Groups, 168             “Give My Regards to Broad Street”
  privacy controls, 102–103, 256             (McCartney), 166
  quality versus quantity, 54–55        gossip and flirting, 22–23, 158
  random requests, 54                   Graffiti (application), 295
  requests, 49                          Group administrator
  school roommates, 298                  access settings, 176–177
  tagging notes, 138                     basic duties of, 172
  tagging photos of, 129                 basic information needed, 173–175
  unfriending (pruning), 67              creating Events, 182
  using applications, 253                customizing options, 175–176
  using News Feed with, 110              designating officers, 179–180
  to young to join Facebook, 297–298     inviting people to join, 178–179
Friends box (Profile), 97–98             managing the member list, 180
Friends’ Events                          messaging members, 182
  Home page link to, 46                  uploading pictures, 181
  viewing, 185, 189                     Groupcard (application), 238, 294
Friends Groups, 171                     Groups
Friends of Friends                       about using Facebook for, 15
  messaging, 148                         access to, 169
  photo and video privacy, 132–134       Action links, 167
  privacy options, 69                    Administration section, 168
326   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      Groups (continued)                       high school networks, 19–20, 21, 27,
       Basic Information, 166, 167                 32–33, 61–62
       comparison to a Page, 203–204           Highlights. See News Feed
       component tabs, 166–167                 Home page (Event), 183–187
       creating and using, 26–27               Home page (Facebook Mobile), 267–268
       creating your own, 172–182              Home page (Group), 165
       default settings, 172, 176              Home page (Profile)
       deletion from Facebook, 173              about what you see on, 44
       described, 163                           application links, 47–48
       discussion board, 166, 167, 169, 182     bottom of the page links, 49–50
       fundraising, 316                         Chat feature, 48
       hiding information, 165                  left column links, 46–47
       Home page, 165                           navigating to, 42, 43
       Home page link to, 47, 163               News Feed, 45
       joining, 164–165                         Publisher, 45
       inappropriate content, 80–81, 171–172    right column links, 48–49
       notifications, 178, 180, 182             using touch screen devices, 272–273
       Officers, 167–168                       Home Stream. See News Feed
       Photos, 166–167                         hometown
       Profile picture, 167                     building the Profile, 12, 36
       searching for, 164, 169–171              privacy controls, 73
       suggestions for, 171                     using Friend Lists, 111
       Videos, 167                             HTML formatting, 136–137, 216
       Wall, 166                               Hughes, Chris (Facebook founder), 27
       workplace networks as, 24
      guarantee, money-back, 10
      Guest List (Events), 195–196             •I•
      gun control, 172                         icons
                                                 Dummies use of, 5
      •H•                                        editing (pencil), 32, 34, 36, 93
                                                 Home page, 42
      harassment, reporting, 80–81               Messages (speech bubbles), 144–145
      Harvard University, 27                     Mobile for Pages, 221
      Help Center                                navigation bar (flag), 42, 146–147, 156
       applications and tools, 44                Notifications (Globe), 156–157
       dealing with problems, 307–308            online status (green dot), 154
       Footer link, 50                           privacy control (gray lock), 75
       navigating to, 43                         Publisher (magnifying glass), 75
      Hide/hiding                                Share (page outline), 150
       birthdays, 30, 159                        Video (camcorder), 126
       from family, 25                         ICQ Chat, finding friends, 59–60
       from friends, 69, 71, 224               identity
       gender, 30, 72                            lying or falsifying, 17–18
       Group information, 165                    Profile picture, 36–37
       News Feeds, 53, 111, 201, 257, 308        signing up for an account, 29–30
       notifications, 157                        verification, 37–39
       Profile information, 201, 302             verified networks, 19–20
       Wall posts, 109                         identity theft, 67
                                                                                     Index    327
iLike (music application), 294
illegal acts, 18–19, 199                        •J•
illicit drugs, 172                              job hunting, 23, 301–302
importing, 138                                  “John and Molly looking to adopt”
inappropriate content                               (Group), 315
  Fan Pages, 199
  investigating, 18
  reporting, 80–81, 171–172                     •L•
Inbox (link), 42. See also messages
                                                Lady Gaga (application), 296
Info tab (Page), 211–212
Info tab (Profile)
                                                  advertising targeted to, 283–284
  about editing the fields, 92–93
                                                  translations, 28
  Basic Information section, 34–35, 93
                                                <Language> link (Footer), 50
  contact information, 94
                                                Lexulous (game application), 300
  Education and Work section, 94
  Personal Information section, 93
                                                  becoming a fan, 199–201, 211, 226
  Photos, 94–95
                                                  comments/notes, 139, 246–247
  privacy controls, 94
                                                  Events, 194
Information Box, 36
                                                  on posts/posting, 118
information sections. See Basic Directory
                                                  social plugins for, 245–246
      Information; basic information; contact
                                                Likes and Interests
                                                  advertising targeted to, 281–284
instant messaging (IM), 59–60
                                                  Page, 200–201
Instant Personalization
                                                  privacy controls, 73
  described, 76
                                                  Profile, 34–35, 93
  Opt In/Opt out, 249–250
                                                LinkedIn (social networking site), 19, 309
  privacy controls, 257
                                                Links (application)
Intellectual Property, violations of, 199
                                                  avoiding computer viruses, 305–306
Interactions Graph, 227–229
                                                  Groups, 168, 176
Interested In (relationship status), 74, 93
                                                  Home page access to, 47–48
interests. See Likes and Interests
                                                  Page, 224–225
Internet. See Web browser; Web sites
                                                  reporting inappropriate content, 80–81
Internet Explorer web browser, 137, 152
                                                  sharing with Publisher, 90
                                                Live Feeds. See News Feeds
  applications, 242, 310
                                                Live Streams, 247–248
  blocking, 77–78
                                                Living Social, Visual Bookshelf
  Events, 15, 186–187, 191, 195–196
                                                     (application), 296
  Friend List, 64–65
  guest list reminders, 27
                                                  applications, 243–245
  ignoring, 257
                                                  Facebook Mobile, 267
  to join Groups, 178–179
                                                  Page account, 207–208
  pending requests, 49
                                                  Profile account, 31
  privacy controls, 257
                                                  ending your session, 44
  applications, 250–251
                                                  Facebook Mobile, 270
  using Facebook Mobile, 272–273
                                                Looking For (relationship), 74, 93, 148–149
                                                lying. See fake information; fake names/
328   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

                                                Morales, Oscar (Facebook member), 314
      •M•                                       More Applications box (Page), 218–219
      Make Profile Picture (link), 132          Moskovitz, Dustin (Facebook founder), 27
      malicious applications, 218               Most Recent (News Feed), 45, 112–113
      Manage Pages (link), 43                   moving/relocating, finding friends, 23, 299
      Marketplace (application), 294            multimedia messaging service (MMS), 262
      Marx, Groucho (comedian), 169             music
      Match.com (social networking site), 19     applications, 236
      McCartney, Paul (singer), 166              Groups, 166
      McCollum, Andrew (founder), 27             sharing, 152
      Meebo (social networking site), 19        Music, by iLike (application), 294
      meetings, planning, 15. See also Events   My Draft (Notes link), 136
      Members (Groups), 168                     My Uploads
       invitations to join, 178–179              additions and changes, 119
       managing the member list, 180–181         Home page link to, 46
      messages. See also Chat; Poke             Myanmar, 317
       attachments, 144                         MySpace (social networking site), 19, 309
       on Facebook Mobile, 264, 270–272
       Groups, 182
       Home page link to, 46
       to non-friends, 147–149                  name
       notification of, 42                       Group, 173
       Page Updates, 225–226                     Name Change, 307–308
       privacy controls, 73                      navigating to a Profile, 46
       as private communications, 142–143        selection for Pages, 209
       receiving, 144–147                        signing up for an account, 29
       replying to, 144                          vanity URL/username, 222–223
       sending, 143–144                         National Breast Cancer Foundation
       threads, 145–147                             (Group), 166
       using Share feature, 149–150             navigation bar
       using the Share buttons, 150–152          bottom of the page, 49–50
       using touch screen devices, 272–273       on Facebook Mobile, 269
      Michael J. Fox Foundation, 316             top of the page, 41–44
      Microsoft Docs (web site), 249            networking, 301–302
      Microsoft Entourage, 58–59                networks
      Microsoft Outlook, 58–59                   Group, 173
      minors (under age 13)                      photo and video privacy, 133–134
       account restrictions, 1, 18               privacy options, 69–71, 102–103
       privacy protection, 81–82                 school, 19–20, 21, 27, 61–62
      MMS. See multimedia messaging service      types of, 32
      Mobile for Pages, 220–221                  verification, 37
      mobile phones. See also Facebook Mobile    when you can’t join, 17
       account verification via, 38–39           why should I join, 33
       social plugins, 250–251                  New York Times (fan page), 198
      Mobile Text, 262–265                      news applications (Digg), 295
      Mobile Uploads                            News Feeds (feature)
       additions and changes, 119                as communications tool, 110–112
       Home page link to, 46                     default settings, 111
                                                                                Index   329
 on Facebook Mobile, 269
 filtering, 112–113                       •O•
 hiding, 53, 111, 201, 257, 308           Obama, Barack, 308, 317–318
 keeping current with, 45                 offensive/inappropriate content
 navigating to, 46                         Groups, 171–172
 from Pages, 201                           investigating, 18
 posting Events, 193–194                   Profiles, 80–81
 privacy controls, 257                    Official Fan Page, 198–199. See also fans
 promoting your Page, 223                 offline relationships. See relationships
 real-time implications of, 53–54         The Onion magazine (Page), 212–213
 status updates, 89, 224                  open conversations. See public
 writing a note for, 135–136                   communications
Nike (Page), 217                          open Groups, 167, 176
non-Facebook users                        operating system, computer, 234
 convincing them to join, 310–311         Opt In, updates, 227
 sharing with, 134                        Opt Out, updates, 226
non-friends, messaging, 147–149           Options link (Wall), 109
non-people entities, Pages for, 99, 197   Organize (photos, link), 127, 129–130
Norway, 28                                Orkut (social networking site), 19
 as blogging tool, 47, 134
 on Facebook Mobile, 265                  •P•
 formatting, 136–137
 Home page link to, 47
                                           account, signing up for, 207
 importing a blog into, 138–139
                                           advertising, 287–289
 inserting photos into, 137–138
                                           applications, 215–217, 253–254
 Page, 224–225
                                           applications, adding, 218–219, 250–251
 Profile link to, 99
                                           business categories, 205
 reading, liking, commenting, 139
                                           community pages, 199–200
 tagging, 118, 138
                                           comparison to Profiles and Groups,
 writing, 135–136
                                              16–17, 203–204, 206–207
                                           connecting to, 200–201
 birthdays, 91
                                           creating, 201–202, 208–210
 comments, 139
                                           default settings, 214–215
 described, 156–157
                                           described, 197
 discussion posts, 169
                                           discussion board, 217, 225
 Events, 196
                                           events, 217, 225
 examples of, 157
                                           fan invitations, 222–223
 Facebook communications, 141, 157
                                           fan pages, 198–199
 Groups, 178, 180, 182
                                           inappropriate content, 80–81, 199
 hiding, 157
                                           Info tab, 212
 for looking at Profiles, 306–307
                                           message updates, 46
 photo upload, 123
                                           mobile text updates, 220–221
 tagged photos, 129
                                           name, selection, 209
 video upload, 124
                                           for non-people entities, 99, 197
Notifications (Globe icon), 42, 156–157
                                           options, customizing, 210–211
Notifications page, 157
                                           Photos, 217
nudity, 172
330   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      Page (continued)                            Profile picture, 95
       privacy controls, 73                       sharing with non-Facebook users, 134
       Profile, 99                                tagged Photos, 22, 94
       reviews, 218                               uploaded Photos, 95
       rich content, adding, 224–225             Photo Publisher, 120–124
       Suggestions for finding, 48–49            Photos. See also Profile picture
       Updates tab, 224–225                       Action links, 97
       videos, 217                                additions and changes, 89, 119
       Wall posts, 108–109, 212–214               application described, 14–15, 118–119
       Wall settings, 214–215                     editing, 126–130
       who doesn’t need a Page?, 205–206          Events, 187
       who needs a Page?, 205                     Groups, 168, 176, 181
      Page administrator                          Home page link to, 46
       identifying the, 207, 209                  inserting into notes, 137–138
       as shared responsibility, 221–222          Page, 217, 224–225
       Wall settings options, 214–215             privacy controls, 132–134
      Page Control Panel                          Profile, 94–95
       adding administrators, 221–222             removal of tagging, 131
       adding applications, 217–219               reporting inappropriate content, 80–81
       editing settings with, 219                 sharing with, 94–95
       navigating to, 211                         tagging, 22, 42, 118, 126–130
      Page Manager, 210                           uploading, 120–123, 261–262
      Palo Alto, CA, 27                           viewing, 131
      Pandora (web site), 249                    Photos Dashboard, 119
      Parkinson’s Research (Groups), 316         photo-sharing websites, 89, 118, 235
      party planning. See Events                 pictures, drawing (application), 295
      passwords and username                     platform. See computer platform; Facebook
       creating Page account, 207–208                Platform
       forgetting and resetting, 308             plugins. See social plugin
       logging in with, 208                      Pokes
       signing up for an account, 30              Action links, 97
       vanity URLs and, 222–223                   described, 155
      Past Events                                 on Facebook Mobile, 264
       Home page link to, 46                      as flirting messages, 22–23
       viewing, 185                               Home page link to, 49
      Pay for Clicks, 286                         as thinking of you messages, 22
      permission                                 politics
       accessing personal information, 242–243    campaign and election, 317–318
       additional privacy controls, 78–79         demonstrations and protest, 317
       applications, 236–239, 255–256             dissent and activism, 315–316
       friend invitations, 55–56                  identifying your personal views, 92–93
       Name Change, 307–308                      Pop Out Chat (option), 154–155
       to see/join Groups, 167, 170              pornography
      Personal Information (Profile), 93          inappropriate content reporting, 80–81
      pets on Facebook, 236                       investigating presence of, 18–19
      Photo albums                                removal of Groups for, 172
       creating, 120–123                         Post Link (link), 160
       default settings, 133                     Post to My Wall (link), 238
       privacy controls, 132–134                 Post to Profile (link), 150–151
                                                                             Index    331
Posts by Everyone, 115                     malicious applications, 218
Posts by Your Friends, 114                 messaging non-friends, 149
posts/posting. See also Publisher          of minors, 81–82
 add photos, 89                            Pages compared to Groups, 203–204
 ask a question, 89                        personal responsibility for, 79–80
 from friends, 91                          Profile, 99
 linking, 90                               Publisher, 160
 notification of, 42                       random friend requests, 54–55
 to a Page, 214–215                        sharing profile information and, 12
 Recent Activity, 91                       unwanted friend requests, 308
 sharing thoughts by, 13–14               Privacy Settings
 status updates, 88–89                     Account link to, 43
 user statistics, 227–229                  choosing options, 102–103
 to the Wall, 86–87                        date of birth, 104–105
predators                                  editing, 250
 addressing the problem of, 67             importance of learning, 311
 protecting minors from, 81–82             Wall, 91
Presidential politics, 317–318            private Events, 186, 191
Preview My Profile, 73                    Profile, application, 254–256
pricing, advertising, 284–286             Profile, beginning your
privacy controls                           account access/settings, 43–44
 about using, 1, 71–72, 311                account verification, 37–39
 applications, 78–79, 118, 256–257         boxes and tabs, 34
 attention of Facebook to, 67–68           city of residence, 32
 Basic Directory Information, 72–74        editing, 46
 between friends, 53                       hometown, 12, 36
 between parents and children, 25          information fields, 34–35
 Block list, 76–78                         privacy controls, 20, 53
 customizing, 70–71                        relationship status, 22–23
 default settings, 71–72                  Profile, building your
 Events, 186                               adding applications, 240–242
 Groups, 168                               becoming a fan, 200–201
 identifying the audience, 68–69           birth date, 104–105
 Page, 99, 214                             boxes and tabs, 95–99, 240–242
 photos, 14–15, 118, 132–134               causes for deactivation, 17–19
 Profile, 12, 20, 99                       comparison to Pages, 16–17, 203–204,
 Search, 72, 114                              206–207
 Sharing, 74–75, 151                       comparison to other networking sites, 19
 videos, 131, 132–134                      creating a positive image, 101–102
 Web sites, 75–76                          customizing, 210
Privacy Policy, 30–31, 50                  default links, 96–97
privacy protection                         description, 85–86
 answering Questions, 126                  fake profiles, 37–39, 236
 Ask Question (application), 89            hiding information, 201, 302
 computer viruses, 67, 82, 305–306         Info tab, 92–94
 friending, 67                             job hunting and, 23, 301–302
 honesty and, 106                          linked to tagged Photos, 22
 inappropriate content reporting, 80–81    posting to Publisher, 45
 inappropriate use investigation, 18       preview, 73
332   Facebook For Dummies, 3rd Edition

      Profile, building your (continued)
       privacy controls, 102–103                 •Q•
       reasons for creating, 12–13               QQ (social networking site), 19
       reporting inappropriate content, 80–81    Questions (application), 89, 126, 159
       as a social résumé, 11–12                 questions to ask yourself
       strategies for building, 99–102            am I too old for Facebook?, 31
       updating, 100, 101                         am I too young for Facebook?, 1, 18
       Wall tab, 86–91                            what is a friend?, 52–54
      Profile, business, 205                      who doesn’t need a Page?, 205–206
      Profile picture                             who needs a Page?, 205
       changing, 37, 96                          Quick Events, creating, 192–194
       default settings, 36–37                   quick-search, 63
       Events, 186, 192                          quiz applications, 236
       on Facebook Mobile, 270                   Quora (web site), 244–245
       Fan Page, 198
       Groups, 167, 181
       importance of, 72, 96                     •R•
       Page, 212
                                                 random friend requests, 54–55
       selecting, 36
                                                 real-time sharing (Twitter), 19, 224, 309
       uploading, 35
                                                 real-time updates, 53–54
      Profile Picture Album, 95, 132
                                                 Recent Activity, 91, 248. See also News Feeds
      public communications
                                                 Recent Albums
       comments as, 160
                                                  additions and changes, 119
       privacy protection of, 160
                                                  Home page link to, 46
       sharing albums with non-users, 134
                                                 Recent News (Groups), 166, 174
       Wall posts as, 158–160
                                                 Recommendations (stream), 248
      public Events, 186, 189, 191
                                                 red flags (navigation bar), 42
      public information, 237
                                                 red-eye reduction, 127
      Public Search
                                                 registering an account, 29–31
       privacy controls, 76, 257
                                                 Relationship Status, 35, 93
       privacy of minors, 81–82
      Publisher, 212–213
                                                  about using Facebook for, 1–2
      Publisher (Event), 187
                                                  advertising targeted to, 283
      Publisher (Facebook Mobile), 273
                                                  creating a social graph, 10–11
      Publisher (Fan Page), 199
                                                  “Facebook Me!”, 303
      Publisher (Home page), 45
                                                  Facebook Official, 35, 93, 302–303
      Publisher (Notes), 135–136
                                                  with friends, 52
      Publisher (Page), 211–214, 217, 224–227
                                                  messaging non-friends, 148–149
      Publisher (Photos), 120–124
                                                  with Pages, 200–201
      Publisher (Profile)
                                                 religious views, 92–93
       Ask Question posts, 89
                                                 Remember Me option, 44
       creating posts, 87–88
                                                 reporting inappropriate content
       linking to Internet content, 90
                                                  Fan Pages, 199
       photo sharing, 89
                                                  Groups, 171–172
       as public communication, 160
                                                  Pages/Profiles, 80–81
       Recent Activity posts, 91
                                                 Request for Permission Page, 236–239
       status updates, 88–89
       using touch screen devices, 272–273
                                                  applications, 242
      Publisher (Wall posts), 91, 109, 158–160
                                                  described, 156
                                                                                  Index   333
  Home page link to, 49                       Events, 188–189
  Name Change, 307–308                        on Facebook Mobile, 269
  random friend requests, 54–55               Groups, 164, 169–171
Restaurant City (game application), 296       making connections with, 13
restaurant game applications, 236             messaging non-friends, 148